UNIVERSITY OF

ILLINOIS LIBRARY

AT URBANA CHAMPAIGN

BIOLOGY

JUL 1 1 1989

Published by Field Museum of Natural History

Volume 41

A Taxonomic and Phytogeographic Study

of Brunswick Peninsula (Strait of Magellan)

Hepaticae and Anthocerotae

JOHNJ. ENGEL ADD

HliV

December 29, 1978

FIELDIANA: BOTANY

A Continuation of the

BOTANICAL SERIES

of

FIELD MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY

VOLUME 41

FIELD MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY

CHICAGO, U.S.A.

A Taxonomic and Phytogeographic Study

of Brunswick Peninsula (Strait of Magellan)

Hepaticae and Anthocerotae

JJE

FRONTISPIECE. Adelanthus tenuis Engel & Grolle.

FIELDIANA

Botany

Published by Field Museum of Natural History

Volume 41

A Taxonomic and Phytogeographic Study

of Brunswick Peninsula (Strait of Magellan)

Hepaticae and Anthocerotae

JOHN J. ENGEL

Donald Richards Associate Curator of Bryology

Department of Botany

Field Museum of Natural History

December 29, 1978

Publication 1291

Library of Congress Catalog Card No.: 77-20521

ISSN 0015-0746

PRINTED IN THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page

Acknowledgements vii

I. The Brunswick Peninsula 1

A. Introductory remarks 1

B. Climate 1

II. Collectors of Hepaticae and Anthocerotae 7

A. Gazetteer of Brunswick Peninsula localities 7

B. Excluded collectors of Brunswick Peninsula Hepaticae 8

C. Personal collection localities and numbers 10

in. Vegetation of the peninsula 12

IV. Phytogeography 16

A. The phytogeographic categories 16

I. Temperate 17

A. American Temperate 17

1. Endemic to Brunswick Peninsula 17

2. Falkland-Brunswick Peninsula 18

3. Fuegian-Brunswick Peninsula 18

4. Magellanian-Brunswick Peninsula 21

5. Valdivian-Brunswick Peninsula 21

6. Valdivian + Magellanian + Brunswick Peninsula 23

7. Andean-Brunswick Peninsula 31

B. Extra-American Temperate 33

1. Amphipacific temperate 33

2. Amphiatlantic temperate 33

3. Pan-temperate 34

II. Non-temperate 35

A. Subantarctic 35

B. Antarctic 36

C. Pan-tropical 38

D. Widespread 38

B. Distribution within the Brunswick Peninsula 38

V. Systematic Account 51

A. Introduction 51

1. Format 51

2. Nomenclature and literature citations 51

a. Author citations 51

b. Journal citations 51

c. Synonymy 51

d. Typifications 51

e. Herbarium citations . . 52

IV

3. Ecology 52

4. Distribution 53

5. Literature records 53

6. Specimens seen 54

B. Key to Classes and Orders of Hepaticae and Anthocerotae 54

C. Order Jungermanniales: Key to the genera of the Brunswick Peninsula .. 55

D. Order Metzgeriales: Key to the genera of the Brunswick Peninsula 253

E. Order Marchantiales: Key to the genera of the Brunswick Peninsula 278

F. Order Anthocerotales: Key to the genera of the Brunswick Peninsula 282

VI. References 286

VII. Index of taxa . . . 300

PLATES1

FRONTISPIECE. Adelanthus tennis Engel & Grolle.

1. Map of southern South America south of 52° S. showing average

annual rainfall 3

2. Collection localities of Brunswick Peninsula Hepaticae and Anthocerotae ... 9

3. Vegetation regions of southern South America south of 48° S 14

4. Simplified map of vegetation types in the Brunswick Peninsula 15

5. Map of Lophocolea elata (Gott.) Steph 18

6. Map of Leptoscyphus aequatus (Hook. f. & Tayl.) Mitt 19

7. Map of Hygrolembidium isophyllwn Schust 20

8. Map of Lophocolea sylvatica Mitt 22

9. Map of Lepicolea rigida (De Not.) Scott 26

10. Map of Telaranea plumulosa (Lehm. & Lindenb.) Fulf. 27

11. Map of Lophocolea textilis (Hook. f. & Tayl.) G. L. & N 28

12. Map of Gackstroemia magellanica (Lam.) Trev 29

13. Map of Pseudocephalozia quadriloba (Steph.) Schust 30

14. Map of Temnoma quadripartitum (Hook.) Mitt 31

15. Map of Metzgeria decipiens (Mass.) Schiffn 32

16. Map of Leptoscyphus expansus (Lehm.) Grolle 34

17. Map of Jamesoniella colorata (Lehm.) Schiffn 35

18. Map of Herzogobryum erosum (Carring. & Pears.) Grolle 36

19. Map of Metzgeria leptoneura Spruce 37

'All maps with the exception of those in Plates 3, 13, 15 and 19 were made from

tracings made by the author. The south polar projection was adapted from a Na-

tional Geographic Society map (1943). The non-detailed map of southern South

America and the world projection map were adapted from the Goode base map

series, University of Chicago. The detailed map of southern South America (pi. 1)

was adapted from several U.S. Naval Oceanographic Office charts. The map used in

Plate 15 was kindly sent to me by Dr. Hugo Sjors, University of Uppsala.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

Most of this study was carried out while I was a post-doctoral

research fellow at Michigan State University; this fellowship was

supported by the National Science Foundation (grant GA- 14262 to

Dr. Henry Imshaug) and is acknowledged with thanks.

I should like to extend special thanks to Dr. Henry A. Imshaug,

Michigan State University, for his interest, good humor, guidance,

and stimulating discussions. Thanks also to Dr. Imshaug for pro-

viding me with the opportunity of collecting in southern South

America. I am grateful to the National Science Foundation (grants

GA-1192 and GV-26615 to Dr. Imshaug) which facilitated field

work.

I wish to acknowledge the Richards Foundation for its support of

bryology at Field Museum over a period of many years. This wel-

come assistance made possible the final part of research on this

project. The Donald Richards Bryological Fund also was used to

help defray the cost of publication.

I would like to extend special thanks to my wife, Karen, who has

aided in many and various stages in preparation of the manuscript.

I am grateful to her for her continued support and encouragement.

My gratitude to the following individuals for identifying Bruns-

wick Peninsula groups in which they specialize. The individuals

and their groups are: Dr. R. Grolle, Jena, Germany (Cryptochila,

Jamesoniella) ; Dr. Gabriela Hassel de Menendez, Buenos Aires,

Argentina (Riccardia); and Dr. H. Inoue, Tokyo, Japan (Plagi-

ochila).

Special thanks to Dr. Edmundo Pisano V., Punta Arenas, Chile,

for comments on vegetational aspects of the peninsula and for for-

warding various interesting specimens.

My sincere thanks to the individuals and institutions listed be-

low for assistance and loan of specimens: Dr. Francesco Bianchini

(VER), Dr. C.E.B. Bonner (G), Dr. A. Bresinsky (M), Dr. Howard

viii

Crum (MICH), Dr. Suzanne Jovet-Ast (PC), Dr. T. Koponen (H),

Prof. Dr. J. Miege (G), Dr. Elsa Nyholm (S), Mr. R. Ross (BM), Dr.

R. Santesson (formerly at UPS), Dr. Gary L. Smith (NY), and Prof.

Dr. Carlo H. Steinberg (FI).

I. THE BRUNSWICK PENINSULA

A. Introductory Remarks

The Brunswick Peninsula lies on the Strait of Magellan and is a

southern extension of the South American continent. Cabo Fro-

ward (53°53'43" S.), its southern tip, is the most southerly point of

the South American mainland. The peninsula, which is 76 miles

long and 62 miles wide, lies between the Strait of Magellan on the

south and east and Seno Otway on the northwest, with Canal Je-

ronimo connecting the two.

The Brunswick Peninsula is critically located for taxonomical,

ecological, and phyto geographical studies of the Hepaticae of

southern South America, and the significance of the peninsula re-

sults principally from the following two features: 1) The peninsula

is historically important as it was a convenient and often necessary

stopping point for ships navigating the Strait of Magellan. As was

often the case with early expeditions, an individual with botanical

or medical training utilized the opportunity of harbor time by col-

lecting the flora of the area. As a result of this attention, there

exists a rather high percentage of Magellanian taxa, the original

material of which was gathered in the Brunswick Peninsula. 2)

There is perhaps no region in southern South America better

suited for studying hepatic distributions as compared to moisture

gradients. The rainfall of the region varies drastically, with under

400 mm. annually in the neck portion to over 1,500 mm. annually

in the western portion of the peninsula (see "Climate" below).

B. Climate

The climatic data available for southern South America is based

upon a rather small number of stations, some of which have been

established for only a short duration.

Precipitation

The position of southern South America in relation to the polar

2 FIELDIANA: BOTANY, VOLUME 41

front places it in the path of the eastward moving cyclonic storms

moving off the Pacific Ocean. The storms originate in mid-ocean

where the tropical and polar Pacific air masses come into contact.

The coastal cordillera acts orographically on the storms moving

inland, and the windward slopes receive heavy precipitation, which

except in montane areas is in the form of heavy rains or mists but

not snow.

Rutland (1957) published annual precipitation figures for the

following three pairs of stations in southern Chile and states that

these "... show an important similarity, and indicate the frame-

work of a pattern which is probably common throughout the west-

ern half of the region."

Western Eastern

Location section nun. rainfall Section nun. rainfall

North IslaGuafo 1,270 Melinka 3,175

Central Cabo Raper 2,032 San Pedro 4,724

South Evangelistas 2,769 Bahia Felix 5,080

The stations illustrate an increase in rainfall southward and an

increase westward over a relatively short distance. Elevated por-

tions of islands to the interior of the archipelago as well as the

mainland coast receive considerably more precipitation than the

outer exposed islands. This is rather dramatic in the Strait of Ma-

gellan region with Bahia Felix receiving nearly twice the rainfall

of Grupo Evangelistas (see also pi. 1).

Precipitation decreases markedly eastward, particularly in those

localities in the rain shadow of the Andes. In the straits region this

may be illustrated by the 5,080 mm. annual rainfall of Bahia Felix1

compared to the 436 mm. of Punta Arenas (see table 1), and in the

Brunswick Peninsula the western portion receives 1,500 mm. an-

nually as compared to under 400 mm. near the peninsular neck

(see pi. 1). The steady decrease in rainfall continues to the east,

and Punta Dungeness at the eastern mouth of the Strait of Magel-

lan receives only 254 mm. annually (Butland, 1957). Table 1 indi-

cates the rainfall data available for the Brunswick Peninsula. To

my knowledge no rainfall figures are available for the western

portion of the peninsula, but the nearest comparable areas (i.e.,

Bahia Felix and Grupo Evangelistas) are included.

There are differences in seasonal distribution of rainfall in the

various parts of southern Chile. The portion north of Peninsula

•Note that Butland (1954) and Almeyda & Saez (1958) record differing, but

rather similar, rainfall figures for Bahia Felix.

§

CO

08

"O

— « g

o

CO

CO

I

£

0)

-C

j

4 FIELDIANA: BOTANY, VOLUME 41

TABLE 1. Annual and seasonal rainfall (mm.) at stations in the Brunswick Penin-

sula and nearest stations to the west of the peninsula for which records are available

(after Almeyda and Saez, 1958).

Years

Taitao has a rather distinct winter maximum while the portion to

the south has a more uniform distribution (Rutland, 1957). Never-

theless, as Table 1 illustrates, the majority of stations receive an

autumnal maximum and a spring minimum. These differences are

greater in the rain-shadow area than in the western portion; com-

pare, for example, the data for Punta Arenas with that of Grupo

Evangelistas and Bahia Felix.

Butland (1957) points out there are differences in number of

days with rain between the windward and leeward portions of

southern Chile. The Grupo Evangelistas station, which is charac-

teristic of the west coast, has on the average no month with more

than five days without rain, which falls in the "... form of a driv-

ing, drizzly, fine rain, lasting for hours, often for days and not

infrequently for periods of a week or more, although downpours of

heavy rain are also quite common" (Butland 1957, p. 29). The

frequency of rainy days decreases to one in four in the rain shadow

area.

Temperature

There is a notable absence of extremes of temperature in south-

ern South America. The Pacific coastal area from Isla Guafo to

Cabo de Homos has similar temperatures throughout the year,

with a seasonal range of less than 6° C. (Butland, 1957). The sea-

sonal range increases eastward. No portion of southern Chile ex-

periences average sea-level temperatures below the freezing point

in July, the coldest month (Almeyda & Saez, 1958; Butland,

ENGEL: BRUNSWICK PENINSULA 5

1957). Eastern and central Isla Grande de Tierra del Fuego appar-

ently have the coldest winter temperatures in Tierra del Fuego

with an increase northeastward.

The Pacific side of southern South America is influenced by the

Pacific-Antarctic drift from the northwest and results in a mild,

oceanic tendency while the Atlantic coast is influenced by the

northward, cold Falkland current which results in cold conditions

in eastern Tierra del Fuego and Patagonia. Butland (1957, p. 21)

points out that, "In this respect it is interesting and important to

note that the archipelagic character, imposed on the south of the

region by the penetration of Magellan's Strait, permits an exten-

sion of maritime conditions to its eastern exit, splitting the cold

Atlantic southeast into two cold nuclei around Puerto Gallegos and

Rio Grande, north and south of the Strait respectively." The Bruns-

wick Peninsula lies approximately mid-way in the Strait of Magel-

lan and is thus strongly affected by the oceanic influence of the

Strait. Butland states (1957, p. 21), "The lowest recorded tempera-

ture is only 15° F. (—9° C.) at Punta Arenas, but inland tempera-

tures in winter undoubtedly fall below this recorded minimum,

although they rarely register negative values on the Fahrenheit

scale." See Table 2 for temperature data. To my knowledge there

are no figures for the western portion of the Brunswick Peninsula,

but I have included in Table 2 figures from Grupo Evangelistas,

the nearest comparable area.

TABLE 2. Median temperatures (C.) at stations in the Brunswick Peninsula and

nearest stations to the west of the peninsula for which records are available (after

Almeyda and Saez, 1958).

Years Median maximum

Location observed Annual January July for January

Punta Arenas 42 6.7 11.1 2.3 15.2

Puerto San Isidro 29 5.9 9.3 2.6 12.4

(53°47' S.,

70°58' W.)

Grupo Evangelistas 23 6.4 8.7 4.4 10.6

(52°23' S.,

75°07' W.)

During the austral summer months the cool oceanic influence

decreases northeastward from the Pacific. However, in no part of

southern Chile can average summer temperatures be considered as

warm, with mean temperatures of the three summer months rarely

exceeding 10° C. in the greater part of Province Magellanes (But-

6 FIELDIANA: BOTANY, VOLUME 41

land, 1957). The lack of warmth in summer is a notable feature

and one emphasized by Darlington (1965) in explaining plant and

animal distribution patterns in southern South America.

Wind.

Southern Chile experiences prevailing westerly winds which

most frequently originate from the northwest. Butland (1957, p.

24) published the following figures for Punta Arenas and stated,

"The frequency and strength of the winds in the summer does

much to explain the cool summer conditions experienced. . . ."

Season (austral) Average strength in m.p.h.

spring 9.6

summer 10.3

autumn 8.3

winter 6.9

II. COLLECTORS OF HEPATICAE AND ANTHOCEROTAE

A. Gazetteer of

Brunswick Peninsula Hepaticae Collection Localities

The localities in this gazetteer may be located on the map (pi. 2).

The numbers to the left of the localities correspond to the numbers

indicating specific localities on the map.

1. Amarillo, Rio— 53°27' S., 70°58' W. Halle, Skottsberg.

2. Arauz, Bahia— 53°32' S., 72°22' W. Halle, Skottsberg.

3. Blanco, Rio— 53°34' S., 70°56' W. Hassel de Menendez.

4. Bougainville, Bahia — 53°50' S., 71°04' W. Astrolabe, Commerson, Dumont

d'Urville, Engel, Hombron, Jacquinot, Le Guillou.

5. Bulnes, Fuerte— 53°37' S., 70°56' W. Engel, Fulford, C. A. & G. Hassel de Me-

nendez, R. Hatcher.

6. Cabeza del Mar, Hotel— 52°48' S., 71°00' W. Ostafichuk.

Cabeza del Mar, Seccion — See Seccion Cabeza del Mar.

Camden, Bahia — See Camden, Caleta.

7. Camden, Caleta— 53°12' S., 71°37' W. Engel.

8. Club Andino— 53°09' S., 71°01' W. Engel, Imshaug, Schuster.

9. Colorado, Rio— 53°28' S., 70°58' W. Halle, Skottsberg.

10. Condor, Monte— 53°20' S., 72°23' W. Engel, Imshaug.

Cutter, Caleta— See Cutter, Puerto.

11. Cutter, Puerto— 53°22' S., 72°25' W. Engel, Halle, Skottsberg.

12. El Parrillar, Laguna— 53°25' S., 71°17' W. Engel, Pisano.

Famine, Port — See Hambre, Puerto del.

13. Fortescue, Bahia— 53°42' S., 72°00' W. Engel, Safford.

14. Froward, Cabo— 53°54' S., 71°18' W. Dusen.

15. Gallant, Puerto— 53°40' S., 71°58' W. Cunningham, Dumont d'Urville, Dusen,

Engel, Hombron, Jacquinot, Lechler, Le Guillou, Savatier, Wawra.

16. Grande, Rio— 53°05' S., 71°20' W. Pisano.

17. Hambre, Puerto del— 53°38' S., 70°56' W. Andersson, Astrolabe, Engel, Hassel

de Menendez, Hombron, Jacquinot, Matteri.

18. Indio, Bahia del— 53°48' S., 71°02' W. Pisano.

19. Isabel, Isla— 52°53' S., 70°43' W. Megere.

Jerome, Canal — See Jeronimo, Canal.

8 FIELDIANA: BOTANY, VOLUME 41

20. Jeronimo, Canal— 53°23' S., 72°29' W. Halle, Skottsberg.

21. La Quema, Ch.— 53°09' S., 71°25' W. Engel.

22. Loreto, Mina— 53°08' S., 71°01' W. Exp. Fac. C. F. E. & N., Scott Elliot.

Magallanes, Estrecho de — See Magellan, Strait of.

Magelhaens Sund — General term occasionally used with reference to collections

of Andersson, who visited Puerto del Hambre (q. v., but see also comments

on p. 39).

Magellan, Strait of— 54°00' S., 71°00' W. Albatross, Andersson, Ball, Collinson,

Commerson, Coppinger, Couteaud, Cunningham, Dow, Dumont d'Urville,

Dusen, Gortner, Hahn, Hombron, Hyades, Jacquinot, Lechler, Le Guillou,

Megere, Nadaud, Naumann, Popeleur de Terloo, Pehlke, Pillwax, Racov-

itza, Savatier, Schubert, Skottsberg, Spegazzini, Warnstorf, Wawra,

(?Whinnii).

23. Mina Rica, Cerro— 53°07' S., 71°07' W. Santesson.

24. Minas, Rio de las— 53°09' S., 70°55' W. Engel, Exp. Fac. C. F. E. & N., Halle,

Imshaug, Skottsberg.

25. Nassau, Isla— 53°50' S., 71°04' W. Imshaug.

26. Negro, Cabo— 52°57' S., 70°47' W. Ostafichuk.

27. Pomar, Puerto— 53°16' S., 72°11' W. Halle, Skottsberg.

28. Punta Arenas— 53°09' S., 70°55' W. Benove, Biese, Exp. Charcot, Cunningham,

Darwin, Dusen, Engel, Exp. Fac. C. F. E. & N., Halle, Hyades, Lechler,

Naumann, Racovitza, Santesson, Savatier, von Schrenk, Scott Elliot,

Skottsberg, Spegazzini, Thaxter.

Sandy Point — See Punta Arenas.

29. San Isidro, Cabo— 53°47' S., 70°58' W. Roivainen.

30. San Isidro, Puerto— 53°47' S., 70°58' W. Roivainen.

31. San Juan, Rio— 53°39' S., 70°56' W. Engel, Imshaug.

32. San Nicolas, Bahia— 53°50' S., 71°06' W. Astrolabe, Dumond d'Urville, Engel,

Hombron, Jacquinot, Le Guillou, Pisano.

33. Santa Ana, Punta— 53°38' S., 70°55' W. Engel.

34. Santa Brigada, Punta— 53°50' S., 71°04' W. Imshaug.

35. Seccion Cabeza del Mar— 52°42' S., 70°56' W. Ostafichuk.

36. Silva Palma, Fiordo— 53°27' S., 71°46' W. Pisano.

37. Titus, Angostura— 53°26' S., 71°46' W. Pisano.

38. Tres Brazos, Rio— 53°16' S., 70°56' W. Benove, Ostafichuk.

39. Tres Puentes— 53°07' S., 70°56' W. Santesson, Schwabe.

40. Wood, Bahia— 53°49' S., 71°38' W. Cunningham.

York, Bahia— See York, Rada.

41. York, Rada— 53°34' S., 72°19' W. Lechler.

42. Yumbel, Rio— 53°48' S., 71°02' W. Pisano.

B. Excluded Collectors of Brunswick Peninsula Hepaticae

Burchell — See notes under Bazzania spruceana Steph.

Forster — John Reinhold Forster and his son John George Adam

ENGEL: BRUNSWICK PENINSULA

72'

PLATE 2. Collection localities of Brunswick Peninsula Hepaticae and Anthocero-

tae. The numbers correspond to those to the left of specific localities in the gazet-

teer.

Forster accompanied Cook's second voyage. In southern South

America the expedition did not enter the Strait of Magellan, but

rather the botanical collections were made at Christmas Sound

on the southern coast of Tierra del Fuego, and Isla Ano Nuevo,

north of Isla de los Estados (see Godley, 1965).

Hooker — Sir Joseph Dalton Hooker served as botanist and assis-

tant surgeon on the H.M.S. Erebus under the command of Capt.

James Clark Ross. In southern South America the Erebus and

Terror did not enter the straits, but rather spent a period in 1842

at Cabo San Martin on Isla Hermite (see Godley, 1965).

10 FIELDIANA: BOTANY, VOLUME 41

Husnot — T. Husnot did not visit southern South America. The sev-

eral references that state Husnot collected Hepaticae in Pata-

gonia or the Magellanian region all stem from erroneous inter-

pretation of specimens which were originally communicated by

Husnot.

Menzies — Archibald Menzies did not visit the Strait of Magellan;

his collections in southern South America were made on Isla de

los Estados (see Godley, 1965).

Richard — See note under Bazzania nitida.

Rom — = Herbarium Roma.

Wilkes — Charles Wilkes commanded the United States Exploring

Expedition, which in southern South America made collections

in Tierra del Fuego at Bahia Orange and Bahia Buen Suceso (see

Godley, 1965).

C. Personal Collection Localities and Numbers

1797-1855 PUERTO DEL HAMBRE: Nothofagus forest (ecoton-

al), Fuerte Bulnes, Punta Santa Ana. 17 December 1967.

1856-1879a PUERTO DEL HAMBRE: Remnants of Nothofagus

betuloides and Drimys forest, N. side of Rio San Juan, ca.

1 km. from straits. 17 December 1967.

1879b-1937 PUNTA ARENAS: Nothofagus woods E. of Mina Lor-

eto on S. side of Rio de las Minas, ca. 215 m. 18 Decem-

ber 1967.

1938-1991 PUNTA ARENAS: Ridge above refugio (Club Andino),

8 km. W. of Punta Arenas, 305-610 m. 19 December

1967.

1992-2043 SENO OTWAY: Nothofagus betuloides and Drimys

forest at Bahia Camden. 10 December 1967.

2044-2067 SENO OTWAY: Along shore E. of Canelos and just W.

of Ch. La Quema. 20 December 1967.

2068-2089 LAGUNO EL PARRILLAR: Nothofagus antarctica

forest just E. of lake, ca. 365 m. 21 December 1967.

2090-2118 LAGUNO EL PARRILLAR: Sphagnum bog near E.

shore of lake, ca. 365 m. 21 December 1967.

2119-2128 LAGUNO EL PARRILLAR: Old undisturbed Nothofa-

gus pumilio forest, 4 km. E. of lake, ca. 305 m. 21 De-

cember 1967.

ENGEL: BRUNSWICK PENINSULA 11

2129-2186 PUERTO CUTTER: Between copper mine and river S.

of mine. 23 December 1967.

2187-2219 PUERTO CUTTER: Along shore N. of copper mine. 23

December 1967.

2220-2237 PUERTO CUTTER: Moor W. of copper mine. 24 De-

cember 1967.

2238-2264 PUERTO CUTTER: Rain forest slightly W. of copper

mine. 24 December 1967.

2265-2297 PUERTO CUTTER: Coastal rocks at copper mine. 25

December 1967.

2298-2317 PUERTO CUTTER: Coastal rocks on N. side of copper

mine. 25 December 1967.

2318-2357 PUERTO CUTTER: Stream in ravine at base of Monte

Condor. 26 December 1967.

2358-2368 PUERTO CUTTER: Outcrops slightly W. of mine. 26

December 1967.

5944-6000 BAHIA FORTESCUE: Climax forest (Nothofagus be-

tuloides and a few Drimys). 6 October 1969.

6001-6063 PUERTO GALLANT: Poorly developed woods (Notho-

fagus betuloides, Empetrum, Pernettya) on NE side of

port. 6 October 1969.

6064-6092 PUERTO GALLANT: Stream with cascades in open

stand of Nothofagus betuloides, NE side of port. 6 Octo-

ber 1969.

6305-6331 BAHIA SAN NICOLAS: Grassy slope on W. side of

bay. 9 October 1969.

6332-6388 BAHIA SAN NICOLAS: Mature forest (Drimys, Noth-

ofagus betuloides, Rhamnus, Berberis ilicifolia) on W.

side of bay. 9 October 1969.

6389-6418 BAHIA SAN NICOLAS: Forest (Nothofagus betu-

loides, Drimys) on E. side of bay. 9 October 1969.

6419-6448 BETWEEN BAHIA BOUGAINVILLE AND BAHIA

SAN NICOLAS: Scattered mounds of Sphagnum in open

mosaic of Empetrum and Nothofagus on ridge between

bays, ca. 155 m. 9 October 1969.

III. VEGETATION OF THE PENINSULA

For extensive treatment of the vegetation of the Brunswick Pen-

insula I refer the reader to the extensive treatment by Pisano

(1973). Prior to the work of Pisano, both in 1973 and his earlier

1970 publication, comments regarding the vegetation of the Bruns-

wick Peninsula are rather sparse. Some of the more significant

contributions were made by Dusen (1903) and Skottsberg (1910,

1916).

It is of interest to note the various maps which include Bruns-

wick Peninsula vegetation types, especially delimitation of the

evergreen-deciduous forest boundaries. Bougainville (1772) in-

cluded a map of the vegetation along the Strait of Magellan and

delimited an eastern pampas, a central forest region, and a west-

ern non-forest region. The boundary of the central and western

regions was placed at Cabo Quod, immediately west of the Jeron-

omo Canal [see also comments in Godley (1965, p. 142)]. The map

of Skottsberg (1910) included the area south of 41° S with three

vegetation types indicated in the Brunswick Peninsula: an alpine

zone, an evergreen forested region and a deciduous forested region,

with a boundary between the forest types roughly connected by

Bahia Camden and Puerto del Hambre. A similar boundary delim-

iting forest types within the Brunswick Peninsula may be found in

Skottsberg (1916, f. 1), Schmithiisen (1956, 1960), Butland (1957)

(with a line slightly to the north), Holdgate (1961), and Hueck

(1966) (with a line slightly to the north). Kuschel (1960) and Dar-

lington (1965) include the peninsula in the "magellanic forest" re-

gion. Young (1972) includes the following "vegetation formations"

in the Brunswick Peninsula: 1) evergreen rain forest which fringes

the western side of the peninsula; 2) evergreen transitional (mesic)

forest which extends from the eastern boundary of the evergreen

rain forest east to a line which roughly connects Punta Canelo

with Punta Guairabo; and 3) summergreen forest which extends

from the eastern transitional forest boundary to the peninsular

neck. A portion of the vast Patagonian steppe lies in the neck of

12

ENGEL: BRUNSWICK PENINSULA 13

the peninsula and a steppe-forest boundary has been placed near

Cabo Negro by Auer (1958), Rutland (1957), Holdgate (1961),

Skottsberg (1910), and Young (1972).

Godley (1960) modified the southern South American vegetation

regions of Skottsberg (1910) and included a Magellanian moorland

[see also the comments in Holdgate (1961)]. Plate 3 shows the

vegetation regions of southern Chile south of 48° S from the map in

Godley (1960). The moorland region occurs south of 48° S to Cabo

de Hornos and is limited by the Magellanian rain forest to the east

and Pacific Ocean to the west. The moorland is extremely wet, has

a permanently saturated peaty soil and is exposed to violent winds.

The ground supports a variety of bog associations, the dominant

plants of which are Astelia pumila, Donatia fascicularis, Gaimar-

dia australis, Tetroncium magellanicum, Oreobolus obtusangulus,

and Caltha dioneaefolia (Kuschel, 1960). Nothofagus betuloides

forests occur only scattered and discontinuous and chiefly on

coastal fringes or in sheltered gullies [see also the comments in

Holdgate (1961)]. In the Strait of Magellan area Godley (1960)

placed the eastern boundary of the moorland just west of Canal

Jeronomo [which is similar to the data of Bougainville (1772)],

thus excluding this vegetation type from the Brunswick Peninsula.

Pisano (1973) treats the meso-hygromorphic and hygromorphic

plant communities of the Brunswick Peninsula and recognizes 22

plant communities at the level of association and 12 at the level of

subassociation. These are grouped floristically into the following

"biotic provinces": Magellanian Deciduous Forest, Magellanian

Evergreen Forest, Patagonian Mixed Forest, and Magellanic Tun-

dra. The vegetation studies of peripheral areas by Pisano should be

consulted: Fiordo Toro (1970), Isla Capitan Aracena (1972), and

Fiordo Parry (1971).

In the "Ecology" discussions of numerous taxa included here I

have referred to a "bryophyte rich fades" occurring in the ever-

green Nothofagus region. This facies is characterized by extensive,

thick, spongy carpets of bryophytes which mostly take the form of

massive mounds covering the floor, frequently accompanied by

small areas of standing water between the mounds. In the Pata-

gonian Channel region this facies usually occurred within wooded

areas, while in the Brunswick Peninsula localities where I ob-

served this facies (inner portion of Puerto Gallant and widespread

in Puerto Cutter area), trees and shrubs were absent or only

sparsely present. It is of interest to note that this facies was totally

14

FIELDIANA: BOTANY, VOLUME 41

HAGELLANIC MOOR

LAND.N.BETULOIDES

ONLY LOCALLY DEVELOPED

PLATE 3. The vegetation regions of southern South America south of 48° S. (after

Godley, 1960).

absent from the southeastern shores of Bahia Fortesque (which

supported a climax forest of Nothofagus betuloides and a few Dri-

mys with an inconspicuous floor cover of bryophytes), while imme-

diately to the north at Puerto Gallant it was well developed. It may

be that such factors as topography, drainage, exposure, and tem-

perature are associated with the development of the "bryophyte

rich fades".1

'For a discussion of soil types and factors influencing peat formation in southern

Chile see Holdgate (1961).

ENGEL: BRUNSWICK PENINSULA

15

•^ Patagonian steppe

U Nothofagus antarctica-Chiliotrichium diffusum

£vv| Aquatic Nothotagus antarctica association

Nothofagus pumilio

Nothofagus betuloides-Drimys winter!

Magellanian tundra

Nothofagus betuloides -Drimys-Pseudopana*

^ Absence of vegetation

PLATE 4. Simplified map of vegetation types in the Brunswick Peninsula redrawn

from map by Pisano (in litt.). For a more detailed map see Pisano (1973).

Mention should also be made here of the "scattered mounds of

Sphagnum" which are mentioned in the "Ecology" discussions of

several taxa. I encountered the rather extensive scattered Sphag-

num mounds in an open mosaic of a fewEmpetrum and a few small

Nothofagus on the ridge between Bahia Bougainville and Bahia

San Nicolas.1 This area likely once supported a rather extensive

Sphagnum bog which at the present stage of succession exists

merely as scattered mounds of Sphagnum. The mounds support an

ensemble of Hepaticae typical of Sphagnum bogs, e.g., Calypogeia

sphagnicola and Lophozia patagonica.

1 Young (1972) includes the Bahia San Nicolas area in the "evergreen transitional

(mesic) forest" and states the "Sphagnum moorland" is almost entirely confined to

these forests. Young (p. 313) further states that in the "Sphagnum moorland" there

is a rather deep layer of peat with trees ". . . small and infrequent, probably because

of the instability of the substrate."

IV. PHYTOGEOGRAPHY

A. The Phytogeographic Categories

There are a large number of monotypic genera and stenotypic1

species which possess a range centering about the cool, moist south

temperate and subantarctic regions of the world. In this area there

are also a high proportion of taxa which Schuster (1969a, p. 82)

states "can be interpreted as 'relict' groups, rather than as rela-

tively new and as yet undi versified groups." The chief difficulty in

the assessment of the phytogeographical relationships of the

Brunswick Peninsula Hepaticae and Anthocerotae is the delimita-

tion of the south temperate and subantarctic patterns of distribu-

tion. I have delimited these patterns after the concept of the zones

or regions developed by Skottsberg (1910, 1916, 1960), Godley

(1960), Wace (1960, 1965), and Greene (1964).

I have recognized 14 categories of distribution patterns of Bruns-

wick Peninsula Hepaticae. The Anthocerotae fall within three of

these categories. The data for these distributions was gathered

from specimens personally examined, and reports extracted from

the literature. If the report is regarded as questionable, it is not

included here. To my knowledge, references to Macquarie Island

hepatics are restricted to the following: Hodgson (1953, 1961,

1962), Ashton and Gill (1965), Grolle (1966a, 1967), and Gillham

(1967). The paucity of Macquarie Island reports undoubtedly af-

fects the data in the amphipacific, pantemperate, and subantarctic

groups. The only recorded hepatic species shared by the Brunswick

Peninsula and Macquarie Island are Jamesoniella colorata and

Lepidozia laevifolia (fide Hodgson in Ashton & Gill, 1965).

I recognize 193 species of Hepaticae and Anthocerotae belonging

to the Brunswick Peninsula flora.

!Taxa with very narrow habitat requirements.

16

ENGEL: BRUNSWICK PENINSULA 17

CONSPECTUS OF PHYTOGEOGRAPHICAL CATEGORIES1

Number of Percent of

Category Species Total Flora

I. Temperate

A. American Temperate

1) Endemic 9 4.7

2) Falkland-Brunswick 0 0

3) Fuegian-Brunswick 19 9.8

4) Magellanian-Brunswick 29 15.0

5) Valdivian-Brunswick 6 3.1

6) Valdivian+Magellanian+Brunswick 91 47.2

7) Andean-Brunswick 5 2.6

B. Extra- American Temperate

1) Amphipacific temperate 8 4.1

2) Amphiatlantic temperate 11 5.7

3) Pan-temperate 5 2.6

II. Non-temperate

A. Subantarctic 4 2.1

B. Antarctic 0 0

C.Pan-tropical 1 0.52

D. Widespread 5 2.6

Total 193

JThe category reference numbers and letters in the conspectus correspond to those

attached to the headings within the text.

I. TEMPERATE

Species occurring within the south temperate regions of the

world.

A. American Temperate

Species occurring within the south temperate regions of the

American sector. There are four species which occur in southern

South America as well as South Georgia (see category 6e). Their

distribution is regarded as temperate rather than subantarctic, as

northward extension from the subantarctic is not confined to

higher altitudes.

1) Endemic to Brunswick Peninsula. — It is likely that after more

southern South American collections are examined the number of

species endemic to the Brunswick Peninsula will be diminished,

with the taxa in this category subsequently being placed in either

category 4 or 5.

Apometzgeria pubescens Colura patagonica

Cheilolejeunea intricate. Plagiochila anthracina

18

FIELDIANA: BOTANY, VOLUME 41

PLATE 5. Lophocolea data (Gott.) Steph.

Plagiochila cymbiformis

(?) Plagiochila dusenii

Plagiochila engelii

Plagiochila parvidens

(?) Radula diversifolia

Although Apometzgeria pubescens is also distributed in the

Northern Hemisphere, it is treated here because in the Southern

Hemisphere it is restricted to the Brunswick Peninsula. The world-

wide distribution of the species can be termed bipolar.

2) Falkland-Brunswick Peninsula. — Taxa known only from the

Brunswick Peninsula and the Falkland Islands. No species fall

within this category.

3) Fuegian-Brunswick Peninsula. — Species occurring in Tierra

del Fuego (and occasionally Falkland Islands) and north of the

ENGEL: BRUNSWICK PENINSULA

19

PLATE 6. Leptoscyphus aequatus (Hook. f. & Tayl.) Mitt.

Strait of Magellan only in the Brunswick Peninsula (pi. 5). Of the

19 taxa in this group, 63 per cent have been found to occur in the

Fuegian portion of Magellanian moorland. Their occurrence in the

moorland is indicated in the following list by an asterisk, and those

taxa restricted to the moorland in Tierra del Fuego are indicated

by a double asterisk. This region occurs south of 48° S to Cabo de

Hornos, and is limited by the Magellanian rain forest to the east

and the Pacific Ocean to the west [see discussion and map in God-

ley (1960), and also the discussion by Young (1972), who uses the

term "alpine moorland"]. See p. 13 for notes on the term

"moorland." Of the remaining seven taxa, Lophocolea elata is

known from deciduous Nothofagus forests and Adelanthus tenuis,

Frullania lobulata, and Pseudocephalozia cucullata from evergreen

Nothofagus forests. Archeochaete kuehnemannii, Lophozia crispata,

PLATE 7. Hygrolembidium isophyllum Schust.

20

ENGEL: BRUNSWICK PENINSULA

21

and Frullania patagonica occur in the deciduous and evergreen

Nothofagus forest regions. A dagger indicates occurrence in the

Falkland Islands.

t* Adelanthus integerrimus

t Adelanthus tenuis

* Allisoniella subbipartita

t Archeochaete kuehnemannii

** Archilejeunea fuegiana

t** Balantiopsis bisbifida

** Cephalolobus sphenoloboides

** Colura naumannii

Frullania lobulata

Frullania patagonica

* Gackstroemia hariotiana

t** Harpalejeunea marginalis

* Harpalejeunea parasitica

* Krunodiplophyllum squarrosum

t Lophocolea elata

Lophozia crispata

** Plagiochila arborescens

Pseudocephalozia cucullata

t* Riccardia fuscobrunnea

4) Magellanian-Brunswick Peninsula. — Species occurring from

Fuegia north to 48° S. or only from Brunswick Peninsula north to

48° S. (the Falkland Islands are often also included) (pi. 6-7). The

northern boundary was affixed by Skottsberg (1916) to delimit the

Magellanian and Valdivian regions and has been widely followed

by various authors. Of the 29 taxa in this group, 79 per cent have

been found in the Magellanian moorland, and these are so indi-

cated by an asterisk. Of the remaining six taxa Hygrolembidium

isophyllum is known from deciduous Nothofagus forests, and Ce-

phaloziella gemmata from evergreen Nothofagus forests. Anastro-

phyllum ciliatum, Cephalozia patagonica, Cephaloziella verrucosa,

and Riccardia diversiflora are known from both evergreen and de-

ciduous Nothofagus forests.

A dagger indicates occurrence in the Falkland Islands.

t Anastrophyllum ciliatum

* Anastrepta longissima

* Anastrophyllum involutifolium

t* Andrewsianthus australis

* Cephalozia heteroica

Cephalozia patagonica

Cephaloziella gemmata

Cephaloziella verrucosa

t* Chiloscyphus hookeri

* Chiloscyphus magellanicus

* Clasmatocolea navistipula

* Clasmatocolea puccioana

t* Evansianthus georgiensis

t* Frullania microcaulis

t* Gackstroemia patagonica

* Harpalejeunea decurvicuspis

t Hygrolembidium isophyllum

t* Kurzia mollis

t* Kurzia setiformis

t* Leptoscyphus aequatus

* Megaceros endiviaefolius

t* Plagiochila obovata

* Plagiochila pseudansata

Riccardia diversiflora

t* Saccogynidium vasculosum

* Schistochila cunninghamii

t* Schistochila leucophylla

t* Schistochila splachnophylla

t* Telaranea oligophylla

5) Valdivian-B runs wick Peninsula. — Species occurring in the

FIELDIANA: BOTANY, VOLUME 41

53

PLATE 8. Lophocolea sylvatica Mitt.

Brunswick Peninsula (and occasionally Falkland Islands) and

Chile and/or Andean Patagonia (see p. 25 for definition) north of

48° S. and south of 36° S. (pi. 8). The taxa in this group, except for

their occurrence in the Brunswick Peninsula, are unknown from

the Magellanian region. Skottsberg (1916, p. 13) places the north-

ern boundary of the Valdivian region at 40° S., while Kuschel

(1960) states that the zone occurs from 36° S. in the Andes, 37° S.

in the coastal range and 38° S. in the central valley. As stated

above, the southern boundary of the region has been placed at

48° S. This forest region is characterized by possessing a "species

ENGEL: BRUNSWICK PENINSULA 23

rich" vegetation, dominated by Eucryphia cordifolia, Laurelia ser-

rata, Weinmannia trichosperma, and Anomyrtus spp. (Holdgate,

1961). The following species are known to occur on the mainland,

and those taxa indicated by an asterisk are also found on Juan

Fernandez. A dagger indicates occurrence on the Falkland Islands.

t Lejeunea corralensis Metzgeria divaricata

t* Lophocolea sylvatica t* Plagiochila gayana

Lophozia patagonica Plagiochila latifrons

6) Valdivian + Magellanian + Brunswick Peninsula. — Species

which are essentially widespread in the American temperate zone

(pi. 9-12). Of the 91 taxa in this group, 77 per cent are known to

occur in the Magellanian moorland. Their occurrence in the moor-

land is indicated by an asterisk. It should be repeated here that the

moorland occurs south of 48° S. and thus is restricted to the Magel-

lanian floristic region. With regard to the Magellanian region, of

the remaining 23 per cent, Clasmatocolea rigens, Diplophyllum

acutilobum, Leptophyllopsis irregularis, Megaceros fuegiensis, and

Temnoma pilosum occur in the deciduous Nothofagus zone. Aphan-

olejeunea asperrima, Austrolejeunea radulifolia, Isotachis grossi-

dens, Lethocolea radicosa, Plagiochila ansata, P. equitans, P. hirta,

P. neesiana, Riccardia autoica, and Schistochila reflexa occur in the

evergreen Nothofagus region. Lophocolea sabuletorum, Metzgeria

violacea, Plagiochila jacquinotii, Riccardia opuntiiformis, R. pa-

tens, Symphyogyna hochstetteri, and Telaranea pseudozoopsis occur

in the deciduous and evergreen Nothofagus regions. (I have not

attempted to place Plagiochila oligodon and P. remotidens due to

insufficient data regarding these taxa.) A dagger indicates occur-

rence in the Falkland Islands. The taxa, with the exception of

groups e and f, are arranged according to their latitudinal range.

a) South from 45° S. (pi. 9):

* Clasmatocolea obvoluta * Plagiochila duricaulis

t* Lepicolea rigida * Pseudolepicolea quadrilaciniata

t* Lophocolea divaricata Riccardia opuntiiformis

* Paraschistochila spegazziniana t* Riccardia spectabilis

b) South from 43°30' S. (line from north side of I. Guafo) (pi. 10):

* Acromastigum cunninghamii t* Lophocolea leptantha

* Chiloscyphus pallido-virens t* Metahygrobiella tubulata

t* Clasmatocolea cookiana * Metzgeria decrescens

t* Leptoscyphus patagonicus t Plagiochila ansata

24

FIELDIANA: BOTANY, VOLUME 41

t Plagiochila hirta

* Pleurocladopsis simulans

* Riccardia spegazziniana

c) South from 40° S. (pi. 11):

* Apometzgeria frontipilis

t* Blepharidophyllum gottscheanum

t Diplophyllum acutilobum

Isotachis grossidens

* Leptoscyphus horizontalis

t* Lophocolea textilis

t Megaceros fuegiensis

Plagiochila equitans

t* Riccardia alcicornis

Riccardia autoica

* Riccardia fuegiensis

* Schistochila quadrifida

t* Telaranea plumulosa

* Telaranea seriatitexta

* Riccardia mycophora

t* Riccardia pallidevirens

Riccardia patens

* Riccardia rivularis

* Riccardia spinulifera

t* Riccardia tenax

* Schistochila gayana

?t* Schistochila laminigera

t Telaranea pseudozoopsis

Temnoma pilosum

* Tylimanthus flavicans

d) South from 36° S.; from latitude indicated (pi. 12):

t* Anastrepta bifida (39°52' S.)

t* Aphanolejeunea asperrima (39°52' S.)

t* Balantiopsis cancellata (39°48' S.)

* Chiloscyphus valdiviensis (39°36' S.)

t* Clasmatocolea fulvella (36°50' S.)

* Clasmatocolea gayana (39°53' S.)

* Clasmatocolea trachyopa (39°56' S.)

t* Frullania boveana (39°53' S.)

t* Frullania magellanica (39°52' S.)

t* Gackstroemia magellanica (39°52' S.)

* Herberta runcinata (39°36' S.)

t* Isotachis humectata (36°43' S.)

* Lepidolaena menziesii (36°50' S.)

t* Lophocolea austrigena (39°52' S.)

* Lophocolea gottscheoides (36°50' S.)

* Lophocolea otiphylla (36°43' S.)

t Metzgeria violacea (39°46' S.)

* Plagiochila bispinosa (39°16' S.)

* Plagiochila dura (39°38' S.)

t* Plagiochila elata (39°36' S.)

* Plagiochila fuegiensis (39°38' S.)

* Radula flavifolia (36°50' S.)

t* Radula helix (39°38' S.)

* Riccardia floribunda (39°52' S.)

* Riccardia umbrosa (39°56' S.)

* Schistochila lamellata (39°52' S.)

Schistochila reflexa (39°46' S.)

* Schistochila subimmersa (39°27' S.)

* Stohnophora abnormis (36°50' S.)

t* Telaranea blepharostoma (39°48' S.)

* Trichocolea elegans (39°48' S.)

t* Tylimanthus urvilleanus (39°38' S.)

e) Valdivian+Magellanian+ Brunswick Peninsula + South Geor-

gia.— The species listed here are considered as south temperate

rather than subantarctic, as northward extension from the sub-

antarctic is not confined to higher altitudes.

t* Cephaloziella dusenii

t Clasmatocolea rigens

t* Lepidozia chordulifera

t* Roivainenia jacquinotii

f) Species about which insufficient knowledge is known concern-

ing range:

Austrolejeunea radulifolia

t* Lepidozia fuegiensis

t Leptophyllopsis irregularis

t Lethocolea radicosa

ENGEL: BRUNSWICK PENINSULA 25

t Lophocolea sabuletorum * Plagiochila rectangulata

* Plagiochila jacquinotii * Plagiochila remotidens

Plagiochila neesiana t Symphyogyna hochstetteri

Plagiochila oligodon

Skottsberg (1910, 1916) and Moore (1968) recognize three vege-

tation zones in the region south of 40° S.:

i. West Patagonia. The region including the west slope of the

Andes to the Pacific Ocean, characterized by high precipita-

tion and supportive of lush rain forests and Magellanian

moorland.

ii. Andean Patagonia. The eastern slope of the Andes from base

to snowline. This region experiences moderate rainfall and

supports a deciduous, comparatively dry forest. Hueck (1966)

recognizes two forested regions which extend to Andean Pa-

tagonia: the Northern Nothofagus forests which are composed

predominantly of two species of deciduous Nothofagus (N.

obliqua and N. procera) and the Araucaria-Libocedrus zone.

iii. East Patagonia. The steppe region, ranging east from the

Andean foothills, characterized by grassland and xerophytic

shrubs.

As is to be expected, the vast majority of Hepaticae in categories

3, 4, and 5, given in preceding pages here, occur predominantly in

the West Patagonian zone. The following Valdivian-Magellanian

Hepaticae and Anthocerotae occur within the Andean Patagonia

zone, and nearly all in the Lago Nahuel Huapi region. In nearly all

instances, the species also occur, within the Valdivian region, on

the west side of the Andes.

Apometzgeria frontipilis Riccardia autoica

Clasmatocolea fulvella Riccardia floribunda

Clasmatocolea rigens Riccardia fuegiensis

Frullania magellanica Riccardia mycophora

Isotachis grossidens Riccardia patens

Isotachis humectata Riccardia rivularis

Lepidolaena menziesii Riccardia tenax

Lepidozia chordulifera Riccardia umbrosa

Lophocolea textilis Roivainenia jacquinotii

Megaceros fuegiensis Schistochila laminigera

Metzgeria violacea Telaranea pseudozoopsis

Plagiochila bispinosa Temnoma pilosum

Plagiochila elata Trichocolea elegans

Plagiochila rectangulata Tylimanthus flavicans

Radula flavifolia Tylimanthus urvilleanus

Riccardia alcicornis

50

PLATE 9. Lepicolea rigida (De Not.) Scott.

26

50

PLATE 10. Telaranea plumulosa (Lehm. & Lindenb.) Fulf.

27

PLATE 11. Lophocolea textilis (Hook. f. & Tayl.) G. L. & N.

28

PLATE 12. Gackstroemia magellanica (Lam.) Trev.

29

SOUTH AMERICA

PLATE 13. Pseudocephalozia quadriloba (Steph.) Schust. ( + Inaccessible Island).

30

ENGEL: BRUNSWICK PENINSULA

31

PLATE 14. Temnoma quadripartitum (Hook.) Mitt.

Megaceros fuegiensis is the only species of Valdivian-Magel-

lanian Hepaticae or Anthocerotae to occur in east Patagonia. Of

the remaining Brunswick Peninsula taxa, Anthoceros punctatus,

Leptoscyphus expansus, Marchantia berteroana, M. polymorpha,

and Reboulia hemisphaerica also occur here.

7) Andean-Brunswick Peninsula. — Species extending north of

36° S. in the Andes (pi. 13). Of the American temperate species,

there are five taxa which have utilized the Andes as a migratory

route. A dagger indicates occurrence on the Falkland Islands.

Bazzania peruviana

Chiloscyphus integrifolius

t Noteroclada confluens

Porella subsquarrosa

t Pseudocephalozia quadriloba

s

I

«3

I— I

W

32

ENGEL: BRUNSWICK PENINSULA 33

B. Extra-American Temperate

1. Amphipacific Temperate

Distribution mainly in temperate parts of the South Pacific in

the southern hemisphere, i.e., temperate South America (occasion-

ally Juan Fernandez), New Zealand, Tasmania, and Southeast

Australia (pi. 14-15). There are varying degrees of penetration

northward into the New Zealand sector, and the taxa have been

arranged accordingly. One asterisk indicates occurrence on New

Zealand shelf islands, two indicate occurrence in New Zealand, and

three indicate occurrence on New Zealand shelf islands and New

Zealand. Only Metzgeria decipiens occurs in the Northern Hemi-

sphere.

a) To North Island (pi. 14):

* Temnoma quadripartitum

b) To Tasmania:

*** Anastrophyllum schismoides *** Lepidozia laevifolia

** Calypogeia sphagnicola ** Triandrophyllum subtrifidum

(The world-wide distribution of C. sphagnicola can be termed

bipolar.)

c) To Australia:

*** Lophocolea lenta *** Riccardia crassa

d) To Japan (pi. 15):

** Metzgeria decipiens

2. Amphiatlantic Temperate

Distributed mainly in temperate parts of the south Atlantic, i.e.,

temperate South America, and South Africa (plus occasionally

Tristan da Cunha) (pi. 16). Species whose sole occurrence in the

Indian Ocean sector is on subantarctic islands are included here

and indicated by an asterisk. They are not considered as subant-

arctic species, as northward extensions from the subantarctic are

not restricted to higher altitudes.

Adelanthus lindenbergianus Hyalolepidozia bicuspidata

* Blepharidophyllum clandestinum Lepicolea ochroleuca

* Blepharidophyllum densifolium Leptoscyphus expansus

* Clasmatocolea humilis * Riccardia prehensilis

Clasmatocolea vermicularis Schistochila alata

Colura calyptrifolia

34

FIELDIANA: BOTANY, VOLUME 41

PLATE 16. Leptoscyphus expansus (Lehm.) Grolle.

Adelanthus lindenbergianus, Clasmatocolea vermicularis, Lepico-

lea ochroleuca, and Leptoscyphus expansus penetrate north via the

Andes to lower latitudes and, with the exception of L. expansus,

reach into the Northern Hemisphere. They constitute an ensemble

of rather plastic, polystenic species which are able to adapt to a

variety of ecological niches. Leptoscyphus expansus is particularly

xeric tolerant as it is one of the six Brunswick Peninsula taxa

known from the East Patagonia zone. Among the wide ranging

taxa, Lepicolea ochroleuca perhaps has the narrowest ecological

requirements, especially moisture requirements.

3. Pan-Temperate

Species occurring in temperate regions of South America, New

Zealand/Australia, and South Africa (pi. 17).

ENGEL: BRUNSWICK PENINSULA

35

PLATE 17. Jamesoniella colorata (Lehm.) Schiffn.

Acrobolbus ochrophyllus

Bazzania nitida

Cryptochila grandiflora

II. NON-TEMPERATE

Jamesoniella colorata

Marchantia berteroana

A. Subantarctic

Species occurring on one or more subantarctic islands (as defined

by Greene, 1964) of at least one sector (e.g., American (A), Indian

Ocean (I), or New Zealand (NZ)) with northward extensions only at

higher altitudes (pi. 18). If one includes cool, south temperate taxa

in this group, the number of species becomes drastically inflated,

and the south temperate and subantarctic elements merge and

become confused. Several authors have not recognized the south

temperate and subantarctic regions (as defined here) and have in-

36

FIELDIANA: BOTANY, VOLUME 41

PLATE 18. Herzogobryum erosum (Carring. & Pears.) Grolle.

eluded the patterns under the single category of "antipodal"

(Schuster 1963c, 1969a, etc.), "subantarctic" (Grolle, 1969b, and

others), or "antarctic" (Fulford, 1963b, 1966). There are only four

subantarctic species within the Brunswick flora. None of the spe-

cies occurs on Juan Fernandez, or penetrates northward beyond

the Valdivian region. The sectors in which the taxa occur are indi-

cated after each species.

Cephalozia badia (A)

Herzobryum erosum (A, NZ)

Leptoscyphus abditus (I)

Riccardia georgiensis (A, I)

B. Antarctic

Species occurring in the Antarctic zone (as defined by Greene,

1964), with northward extensions into the subantarctic or temper-

1

•s

g)

IP

37

38 FIELDIANA: BOTANY, VOLUME 41

ate zones only at higher altitudes. There are no species of the

Brunswick Peninsula flora that may be included here.

C. Pan-Tropical

Species occurring in tropical regions of all three sectors, i.e.,

America, Africa, and Asia-Australasia. The only species which

may be included here is Lophocolea muricata.

D. Widespread

Species not in any of the above categories (pi. 19)

Anthoceros punctatus Metegeria leptoneura

Leptoscyphus cuneifolius Reboulia hemisphaerica

Marchantia polymorpha

B. Distribution within the Brunswick Peninsula

The Brunswick Peninsula is ideally situated for a study of the

distribution of Hepaticae in relationship to degree of rainfall, the

chief climatic variable within the region. There are dramatic

changes in rainfall within the Brunswick Peninsula, from under

400 mm. annually near the neck of the peninsula to 1,500 mm. at

the western end (see pi. I).1

The distribution of each taxon of Hepaticae and Anthocerotae

within the Brunswick Peninsula is indicated in Table 4. The total

number of species, which is recorded for each locality at the bottom

of the table, indicates a dramatic increase in species diversity to-

ward the south and west. As discussed below, the area traversed by

the 1,000 mm. isohyet appears to be a critical one. It is of interest

to note that 55 taxa are restricted to regions to the south and west,

i.e., regions receiving more than 1,000 mm. annual rainfall, while

only 17 are restricted to eastern-northern regions or those receiv-

ing less than 1,000 mm. annual rainfall. The species diversity thus

increases nearly three-fold in the wetter portion of the Brunswick

Peninsula.

In order to determine the extent of distribution of various taxa

within the Brunswick Peninsula, the taxa occurring at a given

locality were grouped according to the easternmost point at which

they occur (see table 3). Only localities which were personally vis-

^isano (1973, p. 145) published a rainfall map which was adapted from Jerez &

Arancibia (1972). The data is similar to that in Plate 1, except Pisano's map indi-

cates that the southwestern portion of the peninsula is wetter (with a 2,000 mm.

isohyet in this area).

ENGEL: BRUNSWICK PENINSULA 39

ited were grouped, and on Table 3 commence with the westernmost

locality visited followed by stations eastward. A taxon is included

in a group only if it is absent from points westward.

Puerto Cutter Region Group

One third of the taxa occurring in the Puerto Cutter region have

their easternmost locality in the Bahia San Nicolas region. The

1,000 mm. isohyet passes directly through the Bahia San Nicolas

region and it is probable that this level is a critical one which

creates a tension zone for distribution of Hepaticae. The paucity of

taxa present at stations on the table to the right of Bahia San

Nicolas is likely due to the fact that these localities lie north of the

critical 1,000 mm. isohyet and receive insufficient amounts of rain-

fall. Further, Puerto del Hambre, which is only 17 miles north of

Bahia San Nicolas and lies nearly on the 700 mm. isohyet, has

only eight Puerto Cutter region group taxa.

The following six taxa, collected by N. G. Andersson, were all

stated to have been collected at Puerto del Hambre, but have not

been re-collected there in recent times:

Anastrophyllum involutifolium Kurzia setiformis

Clasmatocolia gayana Schistochila alata

Clasmatocolea obvoluta Schistochila lamellata

I question the precise locality of these Andersson collections, and

believe there is a distinct possibility that the taxa may have been

collected at localities on the Brunswick Peninsula other than

Puerto del Hambre (=Port Famine), the only locality mentioned in

Angstrom (1872). The Andersson collections I have studied read

either Port Famine or "Magelhaens Sund."1

The Bahia San Nicolas-Puerto del Hambre region is a tension

zone with regard to distribution of Hepaticae within the peninsula.

'Andersson was a passenger on the Swedish frigate Eugenie which, according to

Skogman (1854-1855), anchored at several stops on the Brunswick Peninsula. The

party arrived at Puerto del Hambre on 30 January 1852 and spent several days at

this anchorage. Skogman (op. cit.) states Andersson collected on the slopes of Mt.

Tarn, and that a party also explored Punta Santa Ana. After departing Puerto del

Hambre, the Eugenie next anchored at Bahia San Nicolas, but, while I find no

reference to a shore party being sent to the mainland, there is mention of a party

which hunted birds on a small island (which is probably Isla Nassau). The Eugenie

subsequently anchored at Bahia Woods on 6 February followed by several days

(apparently 7-9 February) at Rada York. There is thus the possibility that at least

some Hepaticae may have been collected at Bahia San Nicolas, Isla Nassau, Bahia

Woods, and Rada York. The frigate sailed west from Rada York on 10 February.

40

s- .—

o 10

CC 0.

oc ^

< o

Q. CC

_,«

HI

o

o

LU

>l

< oc

> CJ

o

u- ;

O (0

si

m LU

li

CC

LU

03

s <

"

5||.g

M| g §,

g .3 'a^

ca -^ « -s

_ >- c

73 -C ^^ <B

' co co

C -5

O CO

I*

2 fl"

bD

CO

| ?

3 c

£ 5

co co

C cS

2CU

CM

0) -u

,C C

4-> ^

c -S

4) CU <U S

-2 0.5 «

- ?«2

a, >- --H <;

6^

.2-g

o x

_c Tfi £ ^

y ,2 JQ *

J3 *j CO CO

% **< % V

^ a J3

*J >> co -^

TO M j^ .^

j *j be ^ S

pa g _2 "S "£

£8. si!

41

TABLE 4. Distribution of taxa of Hepaticae and Anthocerotae within the Brunswick

Peninsula. The data is based upon specimens examined, plus those literature rec-

ords which I consider to be reliable. An asterisk indicates a report based upon an

early collection; these taxa have not been re-collected there in recent times.

i

ti * B 4 4

Acrobolbus ochrophyllus X

Acromastigum cunninghamii X

Adelanthus integerrimus X X

Adelanthus lindenbergianus XXX XXXXXXX

Adelanthus tenuis X X

Allisoniella subbipartita X

Anastrepta longissima X

Anastrophyllum ciliatum XX X X

Anastrophyllum involutifolium XXX

Anastrophyllum schismoides X

Andrewsianthus australis X

Anthoceros punctatus X

Aphanolejeunea asperrima X

Apometzgeria frontipilis XXX X

Apometzgeria pubescens X X

Archeochaete kuehnemannii X X

Archilejeunea fuegiana X

Austrolejeunea radulifolia X

Balantiopsis bisbifida X

Balantiopsis cancellata X

Bazzania peruviana X X

Blepharidophyllum clandestinum XXX X

Blepharidophyllum densifolium XXX X XX X

Blepharidophyllum gottscheanum XXX

Calypogeia sphagnicola X XX

Cephalolobus sphenoloboides X

Cephalozia badia X

Cephalozia heteroica X

Cephalozia patagonica X X

Cephaloziella dusenii X X

Cephaloziella gemmata X

42

c e

a '& § 'I

a I « I S «

1 f? § <8 .s ™

I K I a 1 3

i, ? '2 CE «

•8

Cephaloziella verrucosa X

Cheilolejeunea intricata X

Chiloscyphus hookeri var.

constantifolius X XX

Chiloscyphus hookeri var. hookeri XXX XX

Chiloscyphus integrifolius X

Chiloscyphus magellanicus X

Chiloscyphus pallido-virens XX XXXXX XX

Chiloscyphus valdiviensis XXX

Clasmatocolea cookiana XXX

Clasmatocolea fulvella XX *

Clasmatocolea gayana X X X * *

Clasmatocolea humilis X X X X X

Clasmatocolea navistipula X X X XX

Clasmatocolea obvoluta X X X *

Clasmatocolea puccioana X X

Clasmatocolea rigens X XXXXXXX

Clasmatocolea trachyopa XXX

Clasmatocolea vermicularis X X

Colura calyptrifolia X

Colura naumannii X

Colura patagonica X

Cryptochila grandiflora X X

Diplophyllum acutilobum X

Evansianthus georgiensis X

Frullania boveana XXX

Frullania lobulata XXX

Frullania magellanica XXX X XXXXXX

Frullania microcaulis X

Frullania patagonica XX XX

Gackstroemia hariotiana X

Gackstroemia magellanica XXXXXXXX *

Gackstroemia patagonica X

Harpalejeunea decurvicuspis X

Harpalejeunea marginalis X X

Harpalejeunea parasitica X X

43

e

•I

n §

| . I I } j I 1=1

•§£«•§> ! a 1 1 S 1 1 a |

.8 JS 45 K «fi'fiS.aP5ajgtf

! ? i 1 1 J 1 1 1 1 ' i i

• K S S « «

55^^1I«2

^ ••• •« w

i I ? 1 ,s I

1 1 4 1 1 a

DnO OO^«WT3"r W

i«liiliii!l

sscBss'Ssslj'gSS.S'a

(XfiK(£«09&fiJd5KfiuO

£3|3|.I3l«!fl § I

Herberta runcinata X X

Herzogobryum erosum X

Hyalolepidozia bicuspidata X X

Hygrolembidium isophyllum X

Isotachis grossidens X

Isotachis humectata XXX X X

Jamesoniella colorata XXX X

Krunodiplophyllum squarrosum X

Kurzia mollis X X

Kurzia setiformis X X

Lejeunea corralensis X X

Lepicolea ochroleuca X X

Lepicolea rigida XXX

Lepidolaena menziesii XXX XX X

Lepidozia chordulifera X X XXXXX X

Lepidozia fuegiensis XXX

Lepidozia laevifolia XX XX

Leptoscyphus abditus X X

Leptoscyphus aequatus XXX

Leptoscyphus cuneifolius X

Leptoscyphus expansus XXXX XXXXXXXX

Leptoscyphus horizontalis XXX X

Leptoscyphus patagonicus X X

Leptophyllopsis irregularis X

Lethocolea radicosa X

Lophocolea austrigena X X

Lophocolea elata X

Lophocolea divaricata X

Lophocolea gottscheoides XXX

Lophocolea lenta X X

Lophocolea leptantha X X X XXXXXXX

Lophocolea muricata X

Lophocolea otiphylla XXX

Lophocolea sabuletorum X X

Lophocolea sylvatica X

Lophocolea textilis XXX X

44

Lophozia crispata

Lophozia patagonica

Marchantia berteroana

Marchantia polymorpha

Megaceros endiviaefolius

Megaceros fuegiensis

Metzgeria decipiens

Metzgeria decrescens

Metzgeria divaricata

Metzgeria leptoneura

Metzgeria violacea

Noteroclada confluens

Paraschistochila spegazziniana

Plagiochila ansata

Plagiochila anthracina

Plagiochila arborescens

Plagiochila duricaulis

Plagiochila elata

Plagiochila engelii

Plagiochila equitans

Plagiochila fuegiensis

Plagiochila gayana

Plagiochila hirta

Plagiochila latifrons

Plagiochila obovata

Plagiochila parvidens

Plagiochila pseudansata

Pleurocladopsis simulans

Porella subsquarrosa

Pseudocephalozia cucullata

Pseudocephalozia quadriloba

Pseudolepicolea quadrilaciniata

Radula diversifolia

Radula flavifolia

Radula helix

Reboulia hemisphaerica

X

X X

X X

X

X X

X

X

45

: , I 8 I § S

HI! a*!,*

if ,i Ijfll

J»>Sliss'332«£s3

u •«

Riccardia alcicornis X

Riccardia autoica X X

Riccardia crassa X

Riccardia diversiflora X X

Riccardia floribunda X X

Riccardia fuegiensis X

Riccardia fuscobrunea X

Riccardia georgiensis XX XX

Riccardia mycophora X

Riccardia opuntiiformis X X

Riccardia pallidevirens XXX

Riccardia patens XX X

Riccardia prehensilis X X XXX X

Riccardia spectabilis X X XX

Riccardia spegazziniana X X

Riccardia spinulifera X

Riccardia tenax X X X X X X

Riccardia umbrosa X X

Roivaineniajacquinotii X X X X X

Saccogynidium vasculosum X

Schistochila alata X X

Schistochila gayana X

Schistochila lamellata XXX X

Schistochila laminigera X X XXX

Schistochila leucophylla X

Schistochila quadrifida X

Schistochila reflexa X

Schistochila splachnophylla X

Schistochila subimmersa X

Stolonophora abnormis X

Symphyogyna hochstetteri X

Telaranea blepharostoma X

Telaranea oligophylla XXX

Telaranea plumulosa X X XXX

Telaranea pseudozoopsis X X

Temnoma pilosum X

46

d §

g g 1 § 1 1 1 1=1

•i -R •§ 'ft « » « & e §> .2 g>

1111 ! S I I 'I * f § *

« "

II 1 1 I 1

Temnoma quadripartitum var.

quadripartitum X X XX

Temnoma quadripartitum var.

randii X

Triandrophyllum subtrifidum var.

trifldum X X X X

Trichocolea elegans X X XX

Tylimanthus flavicans XXX

Tylimanthus urvilleanus X X X XXXXX

Total number of taxa 2 93 17 97 2 86 19 55 24 18 13 38 5 2

47

48 FIELDIANA: BOTANY, VOLUME 41

Since I question the precise locality of several of the Andersson

collections, I am not including the six taxa in the Puerto Cutter-

Puerto del Hambre category. Rather, the taxa are tabulated with

reference to the next collection site west, e.g.,Anastrophyllum invo-

lutifolium is included in the Puerto Cutter-Bahia San Nicolas cate-

gory (table 4).

The Puerto Gallant region receives a rainfall comparable to that

of the Puerto Cutter region, and it may be that the Puerto Gallant

region receives a rainfall level which is a critical amount in excess

of that received by Bahia San Nicolas, as there are 16 taxa of the

Puerto Cutter region group not occurring at points east-north of

Puerto Gallant (table 3). For taxa in the Puerto Cutter region

group the critical rainfall level regarding extent of distribution

northward-eastward is thus between 1,000 and 1,500 mm. an-

nually.

The taxa listed below occurred in both Puerto Cutter and Punta

Arenas (plus the majority of points between the two). An asterisk

indicates a report based upon an early collection from the Punta

Arenas region. (An asterisk also marks the early Punta Arenas

reports of these species in Table 4.) These species have not been

recollected at Punta Arenas in recent times, and further, are not

represented in my collections from that region. It may be that

nineteenth-century collectors used "Punta Arenas" in a general

sense to indicate a considerable expanse of territory surrounding

the actual port, in which case the locality loses its meaning for our

purposes. Since I regard the Punta Arenas locality as questionable

with regard to those species indicated by an asterisk, I have not

included them in the Puerto Cutter-Punta Arenas category in Ta-

ble 3. Rather, the taxa are tabulated with reference to the next

collection site west. It is certainly possible that these species were

actually once collected in the Punta Arenas region, but are pres-

ently extinct in that region. The physiognomy of the Punta Arenas

region has undergone profound alterations resulting from man's

development and occupation of the region, and one of the chief

causes of this change has been extensive lumbering. As a result of

this change, many of the species which were collected in the area

prior to its development are now extinct in this region.

Adelanthus lindenbergianus * Clasmatocolea gayana

Blepharidophyllum densifolium * Clasmatocolea puccioana

Chiloscyphus pallido-virens Frullania magellanica

* Clasmatocolea fulvella * Frullania patagonica

ENGEL: BRUNSWICK PENINSULA 49

* Gackstroemia magellanica Marchantia berteroana

* Lepidolaena menziesii * Megaceros endivaefolius

Lepidozia chordulifera * Metzgeria leptoneura

* Leptoscyphus aequatus Riccardia tenax

Leptoscyphus expansus Tylimanthus urvilleanus

Lophocolea leptantha

Puerto Gallant Region Group

The paucity of taxa in each of the locality categories results from

the fact that most of the taxa occurring in the Puerto Gallant

region also occur in the Puerto Cutter region, and are thus in-

cluded in the Puerto Cutter region group.

Bahia San Nicolas Region Group

Following is a list of the 15 taxa included within this group in

Table 3.

Adelanthus tennis Lophozia patagonica

Archeochaete kuehnemannii Marchantia polymorpha

Calypogeia sphagnicola Noteroclada confluens

Cephalozia patagonica Plagiochila equitans

Cephaloziella dusenii Riccardia diversiflora

Clasmatocolea rigens Riccardia georgiensis

Lophocolea textilis Riccardia patens

These species do not occur in regions receiving more than 1,000

mm. of annual rainfall and it is likely that they are largely intoler-

ant of rainfall levels in excess of this figure. Of these taxa only

Cephaloziella dusenii and Lophocolea textilis are known from the

Magellanian moorland. For an enumeration of the taxa endemic to

the Bahia San Nicolas region see Table 4.

Puerto Del Hambre Region Group

The following is a list of the five taxa included within this group

in Table 3.

Apometzgeria pubescens Reboulia hemisphaerica

Lophocolea lenta Roivainenia jacquinotii

Metzgeria violacea

These species do not occur in regions receiving more than 700 mm.

annual rainfall, and it is likely that they are largely intolerant of

rainfall levels in excess of this figure. Of these taxa only Roivai-

nenia jacquinotii occurs in the Magellanian moorland and it is not

50 FIELDIANA: BOTANY, VOLUME 41

common there. None of these taxa are local in distribution: Apo-

metzgeria pubescens is bipolar, Lophocolea lenta is amphipaciflc

temperate, Reboulia hemisphaerica is widespread, and Metzgeria

violacea and Roivainenia jacquinotii are rather widely distributed

in southern South America.

Laguna El Parrillar Group

A single species, Leptoscyphus abditus, occurs in the Laguna El

Parrillar-Punta Arenas category, and none in the Laguna El

Parrillar-Seno Otway category.

Stenotypic Taxa in the Flora

The large number of species endemic to the specific groups

above, i.e., 23 found only in the Puerto Gallant region, 19 in the

Puerto Cutter region, 13 in the Bahia San Nicolas region, 10 in the

Puerto del Hambre region, is a reflection of the large number of

stenotypic taxa in the Brunswick Peninsula flora. I have observed,

not only in the Brunswick Peninsula, but in the Patagonian Chan-

nel region as well, that there are a large number of taxa which

occur only if a precise combination of microhabitat requirements is

available.

V. SYSTEMATIC ACCOUNT

A. Introduction

1. Format

The sequence of orders and families follows the system of classi-

fication outlined in Schuster (1966b). The austral genera not

placed in families in Schuster are placed where appropriate. The

genera are arranged in alphabetical order within families, and

species in alphabetical order within genera.

2. Nomenclature and Literature Citations

a. Author Citations

Author citations follow the abbreviations in Sayre et al. (1964).

b. Journal Citations

Journal citations follow, with slight modification, the abbrevia-

tions in the World List of Scientific Periodicals (Brown and Strat-

ton, 1963-1965). The titles of journals not included in the World

List have been abbreviated in a similar manner.

c. Synonymy

Wherever possible, I have attempted to provide a full synonymy

for each taxon. In the citation of synonyms, I have used cf. and fide

in the sense used in Index Muscorum (Wijk et al., 1959-1969), i.e.,

the former as "confer, compare, a reference to an implicit state-

ment by an author concerning a question of taxonomic synonymy,"

and the latter as "according to, a reference to an explicit statement

by an author concerning a question of taxonomic synonymy."

d. Typifications

I have attempted to indicate the status of typiflcation of all taxa.

The vast majority of taxa from the Valdivian and Magellanian

regions as well as the Falkland Islands were originally described

by Hooker, Taylor, or Stephani. These individuals worked in a

period prior to the establishment of the current type method, and

the terms holotype and isotype should not be applied to the origi-

51

52 FIELDIANA: BOTANY, VOLUME 41

nal material on which their taxa were based. I have proposed a

lectotype only after I have examined a sufficient number of speci-

mens of the original material to state that a single specimen best

represents the describing author's concept of the species. Other-

wise, the expression "original material" is used. I have accredited

lectotypiflcation to an author if a lectotype is implied by the cita-

tion, i.e., in several instances the term type is followed by citation

of an isotype. With regard to lectotypiflcation, I have used the term

cf. to refer to an implicit statement made by an author and the

term fide is used in reference to an explicit statement made by an

author. If the author used the term type and no clear identification

of a particular collection is furnished, I have used the expression

original material. If an author has merely said type when describ-

ing a species after 1952, l I have used the term holotype if the

location and identity of the type is clearly given.

If many localities are listed in the original protologue, as often is

the case with species described by Stephani, there is an obvious

requirement for lectotypiflcation. In instances where only a single

locality is given, there is still no assurance that a single collection

or element is involved. Since several collections or elements may

be involved, either in one herbarium or distributed in two or more

herbaria, I have referred to the specimen(s) as "original material."

This is especially pertinent with collections of Skottsberg (and/or

Halle), Dusen, and Hooker, since I have frequently found more

definitive and better representative specimens in a herbarium

other than that of the describing author, and I have preferred to

designate these as the lectotypes.

e. Herbarium Citations

Herbarium citations follow the abbreviations in Lanjouw and

Stafleu (1964).

3. Ecology

I have provided ecological notes for species I have collected in the

Brunswick Peninsula, if I have collected a sufficient number of

specimens so that a meaningful statement regarding the ecology of

a taxon can be made. However, in several instances I have dis-

cussed the ecology of rare taxa.

'The terms holotype, lectotype, syntype, and neotype, etc., were adopted at the

Seventh International Botanical Congress in Stockholm, 1950 (see Troupin, 1949;

Lanjouw, 1950) and were used in the International Code for the first time in 1952 (see

Lanjouw, 1952).

ENGEL: BRUNSWICK PENINSULA 53

4. Distribution

The distribution of each species has been summarized, and the

terminology and concepts used have been defined in the phytogeog-

raphy section (see p. 16). The expression Patagonian Channels,

however, has not been defined elsewhere, and I have used it to

indicate the highly dissected portion of western Chile south of

Puerto Montt to and including the Brunswick Peninsula (i.e., lati-

tudes 41°28' S. to 53°30' S.). It includes the western portion of the

mainland, and the channels near Puerto Natales, S. Skyring, S.

Otway, etc.

5. Literature Records

I have listed the Brunswick Peninsula literature records for spe-

cies which have been recorded for this peninsula. However, refer-

ences in which Brunswick Peninsula taxa were originally de-

scribed are given only in the taxonomic citations and are not

repeated in the literature record section. Records from "Fretum

Magellanicum" or "Strait of Magellan" are included only if they

are based upon a known Brunswick Peninsula locality or indefinite

as to specific locality, wherein I cannot establish, after a literature

search, more precise collection data. In establishing Brunswick

Peninsula literature records, I have attempted to edit the collector

and locality information extracted from the various literature

sources. For example, I have not included records of collectors re-

ported to have gathered a species in the Brunswick Peninsula,

when in actuality they did not. This exclusion was ascertained

after a search of the basis of a particular report, and is particularly

pertinent to Stephani (especially in his Species Hepaticarum}, who

frequently used the terminology "Fretum Magellanicum" to em-

brace localities in the Patagonian Channel region and/or Tierra del

Fuego. Also excluded are records based upon individuals who did

not actually visit the peninsula (see p. 38).

The localities are cited in the manner provided in the following

gazetteers: Chile (U.S. Office of Geography: Chile . . . 1967) and

Argentina (American Geographical Society of New York . . . Ar-

gentina . . . 1944). Abbreviations of localities follow the American

Geographical Society indices to maps of Hispanic America (see

American Geographical Society of New York . . . Argentina . . .

1944) and are as follows:

Arch. — Archipelago B. — Bahia

A. — Arroyo Br. — Brazo

54 FIELDIANA: BOTANY, VOLUME 41

Cta. — Caleta Pen. — Peninsula

C. — Cerro Pta. — Punta

Cord. — Cordillera Port. — Portezuelo

Ens. — Ensenada Pto. — Puerto

Esto. — Estuario Q. — Quebrada

F. — Fiordo Ran. — Rancho

I.— Isla R.— Rio

L. — Lago S. — Seno

La. — Laguna Sa. — Serra, Sierra

M. — Monte Vo. — Ventisquero

Mt. — Mount, Mountain V. — Volcan

I have not specifically indicated new records for Brunswick Pen-

insula Hepaticae. New reports are recognizable by the absence of

accompanying literature records.

6. Specimens Seen

The Brunswick Peninsula specimens I have personally collected

are indicated by number only, without citation of collector. A com-

plete set of my collections has been deposited in the Cryptogamic

Herbarium, Michigan State University (MSC). All other specimens

are cited with the collector's name provided.

B. Key to the Classes and

Orders of Hepaticae and Anthocerotae1

1. Gametophytic cells (at least superficial cells) each normally with 1 (-2-several)

chloroplasts; cells lacking oil bodies; gametophyte prostrate, thalloid, never

with leaves, never with air chambers, with stomata on ventral surface; sporo-

phyte linear, 2 valved, with a columella; archegonia embedded and antheridia

endogenous Class Anthocerotae, Order Anthocerotales

1. Gametophytic chlorophyllose cells with numerous chloroplasts; chlorophyllose

cells usually all (or many) with oil bodies; gametophyte thalloid or leafy, with-

out stomata; sporophyte a non-linear capsule, usually 4 valved, without a colu-

mella, without stomata; sex organs exogenous, not embedded

Class Hepaticae 2

2. Rhizoids typically dimorphic, some tuberculate, others smooth; plants clearly

thalloid, without leaflike lobes, the thallus firm, fleshy, opaque, with ventral

scales, with air chambers or air canals opening dorsally by pores; cells typi-

cally dimorphic, a small minority of generally smaller cells each with a

single, large oil body, but no chloroplasts, the large majority of cells with

chloroplasts only; capsule wall always unistratose; seta short, not extruding

the sporophyte to any extent. Archegonia on specialized thallus branches

(archegoniophores) Order Marchantiales

2. Rhizoids, if present, all smooth, isolated thickenings excepted; plants leafy or

thalloid, if thalloid ± delicate and translucent, without air chambers or

!Key adapted from Schuster (1963c).

ENGEL: BRUNSWICK PENINSULA 55

pores; cells not sharply dimorphic, oil bodies usually present in all chloro-

phyllose cells of gametophyte; capsule wall 2-10 stratose; seta usually long

and extruding the sporophyte 3

3. Plants clearly and uniformly leafy; archegonia usually terminal on shoots

resulting in a cessation of plant growth; capsule wall 2-10 stratose

Order Jungermanniales

3. Plants usually thalloid (leafy in Noteroclada); archegonia and antheridia

scattered on dorsal thallus surface (occasionally on short thallus branches),

or in dorsal groups, not causing cessation in growth of plant; capsule wall

2-5 stratose Order Metzgeriales

C. Order Jungermanniales:

Key to the Genera of the Brunswick Peninsula1

1. Leaves of main stems with insertion and orientation distinctly incubous, at

least at dorsal end of insertion; ventral portions sometimes modified to form a

lobule or water-sac; rhizoids always restricted in origin, never scattered on

stem, often lacking or rare 2

1. Leaves of main stems varying from transversly to succubously inserted and

oriented to almost longitudinally (horizontally) oriented; ventral margin of leaf

never bearing, or transformed into, a lobule or sac; rhizoids often copious, often

scattered on ventral face of stem 25

2. Leaves divided into a larger dorsal lobe and a solitary, smaller ventral lobe

which is usually saclike or pouchlike; branching exclusively lateral, the

branches terminal or infra-axillary, neither vegetative nor sexual branches

ever ventral or axillary; underleaves 0-2 lobed or absent 3

2. Leaves various, but never with ventral base or lobe modified to form a flap or

inflated sac; branching various; underleaves always very large, varying from

2-4 lobed 15

3. Underleaves lacking 4

3. Underleaves present, conspicuous 5

4. Leaves with a wide J- or U-shaped insertion; rhizoids (where present) in

fascicles from lobuli; stem of many (10 or more) cell rows, ventral merophytes

3-5 or more cells broad; leaves with lamina cells without conical projections;

perianth mouth wide, truncate Radula (p. 230)

4. Leaves with a narrow transverse insertion; rhizoids in fascicles from stem;

stem of only 5 cell rows, ventral merophytes l(-2) cells broad; leaves with

lamina cells with conical projections (in Brunswick species); perianth beaked

Aphanolejeunea (p. 243)

5. Underleaves unlobed and edentate 6

5. Underleaves bilobed or at least emarginate 8

6. Lobule broadly united with ventral margin of lobe, and lying normally paral-

lel with it; plants deep green to pale brown, not developing reddish pigments

Archilejeunea (p. 244)

6. Lobule nearly free from lobe, lying essentially at right angles to it; plants

commonly developing reddish pigments 7

'Adapted, with considerable modification, from Schuster (1963c) with portions

from Schuster (1965b, 1966c).

56 FIELDIANA: BOTANY, VOLUME 41

7. Lobuli, at least in large part, galeate; plants with a large perigynium

Gackstroemia (p. 78)

7. Lobuli not saccate or galeate; plants with perianths, perigynium absent

Porella (p. 233)

8. Lobuli, at least those of branches, galeate, nearly free from the dorsal lobe;

plants often with reddish, brownish, or dark green coloration 9

8. Lobuli not saccate or galeate, united for most of their length with dorsal lobe

along an elongated keel (the water-sac formed partly by lobule, partly by the

opposed portion of the lobe); plants green to yellow green. Plants often small

and delicate; perianth usually pentagonal, with beak 11

9. Underleaves not becoming galeate; plants with perianths, but without a peri-

gynium. Leaf margins entire Frullania (p. 234)

9. Underleaves, at least of the ultimate branches, becoming galeate; plants with a

large perigynium 10

10. Underleaves of main axis bifid, emarginate or entire; main axis commonly

black brown; stems without paraphyllia Gackstroemia (p. 78)

10. Underleaves of main axis quadrifid; main axis green to ± red; stems with

paraphyllia (in American species) Lepidolaena (p. 82)

11. Plants with segmentation pendulumlike, i.e., with 1 underleaf per lateral leaf.

Leaves highly specialized with conversion of the lobule and lobe (or portion of

it) to a complex water-sac, the lobule closed by a specialized movable valve;

plants with leaves erect, oriented away from the substratum . . . Colura (p. 247)

11. Plants with segmentation helical, i.e., with 1 underleaf per pair of lateral

leaves 12

12. Leaves sharply constricted at base, with a strongly abbreviated, ± transverse

attachment to the stem. Lobes narrow, obovate, elongated; lobule with a very

narrow insertion formed by 1-2 cells, obovate, tridentate distally along free

margin; Underleaves narrow, with filiform lobes which are uniseriate for

most of their length Austrolejeunea (p. 245)

12. Leaves with a wide, distinctly J- or U-shaped insertion, the dorsal lobe dis-

tinctly incubously inserted 13

13. Hyaline papilla of lobule distal to apical tooth. Leaves convex, often strongly so;

lobuli always ± inflated; plants firm, often dull and opaque

Cheilolejeunea (p. 246)

13. Hyaline papilla of lobule proximal to apical tooth 14

14. Lobe apices acute to acuminate, narrowly ovate to lanceolate to elliptical,

1.5x3x as long as wide. Leaves without ocelli; Underleaves obdeltoid, with

divergent blunt to rounded lobes Harpalejeunea (p. 248)

14. Lobe apices blunt to rounded, usually less than 1.5 x as long as wide. Leaves

with or without ocelli; plants delicate, usually with leaves flat or weakly

convex; leaf trigones absent or small Lejeunea (p. 251)

15. Plants only with lateral, terminal branching; without ventral branches and

never with ventral flagella or stolons; leaves divided for 0.6 or more their

length; leaf and underleaf margins and segments often ciliate or laciniate.

Leaves nearly transversely inserted; cells rigid, with large coarse, sometimes

confluent trigones; plants without perianths but with a fleshy coelocaule

densely covered with scales and paraphyllia; plants with subfloral innovations

Lepicolea (p. 75)

ENGEL: BRUNSWICK PENINSULA 57

15. Plants with branching not exclusively lateral and terminal; sometimes vegeta-

tive and/or sexual branches partly or wholly ventral in origin and abbreviated;

plants often with ventral stolons or flagella (at least from older parts of plant);

leaves rarely very deeply lobed, never with longly ciliate margins 16

16. Plants frequently isophyllous (both on main stems and branches), the under-

leaves similar in size, and usually in form, to lateral leaves; branches usually

few and irregular, subfloral innovations excepted, all or in large part ventral

and axillary; slender flagella usually lacking; sexual branches never abbrevi-

ated and ventral. Lateral leaves 2-4-fid; leaf insertion often only weakly

incubous, the orientation subtransverse 17

16. Plants normally somewhat to strongly anisophyllous, the underleaves differ-

ing in size (and usually in form) from lateral leaves, at least on the branches;

underleaves often (if lobed) with fewer lobes, or lobes of different form than

those of lateral leaves, or else more shallowly lobed; branches (usually) in

large part lateral, usually terminal, the plants often regularly 1-2 pinnately

branched; stolons, flagella or rhizomes bearing vestigial leaves usually pres-

ent; sexual branches nearly always short, ventral 19

17. Leaves distinctly vittate, a "vein" of longer cells running into each lobe; leaves

deeply (0.50-0.75) bifid; cells with coarse trigones. Leaf lobes slender, often

falcate Herberta (p. 64)

17. Leaves non-vittate, the lobe cells not conspicuously elongated; leaves 0.2-0.5

bifid-trifid; cells with trigones absent to small 18

18. Leaves and underleaves with teeth, when present, mostly in basal portion,

scarce above; male bracteoles with antheridia; perianth distinct, without a

coelocaule; plants usually without conspicuous pigmentation, at most pale

brown Triandrophyllum (p. 65)

18. Leaves and underleaves with teeth, when present, often in apical portion, not

predominently in basal portion; male bracteoles without antheridia; coelo-

caule present, firm, fleshy, with vestigial perianth at its tip; plants usually

with reddish and/or chestnut brown to fuscous pigmentation

Isotachis (p. 71)

19. Leaves deeply (2-)4-6 lobed for usually one-half or more the leaf length; plants

regularly ± pinnately branched, ventral branches all intercalary 20

19. Leaves with apices edentate or 2-3 dentate-lobate, lobed for less than one-half

leaf length 22

20. Lateral branches irregular, plastic, i.e., ofFrullania-, Microlepidozia- (and in

K. mollis Acromastigum-) type; intercalary branching both ventral and lat-

eral. Underleaves frequently with 1 segment shorter than others

Kurzia (p. 88)

20. Lateral branches all ofFrullania type 21

21. Leaves with lamina one-half-4 cells high; leaf lobes uniseriate throughout,

filiform and terete, at most 2 cells wide in basal cell tier; stem with a conspicu-

ous hyaloderm layer, formed of large cells with walls little or not thickened

contrasted to the smaller medullary cells often with thick walls; leaves usually

symmetrical Telaranea (p. 103)

21. Leaves with a lamina many cells high; leaf lobes triangular, never filiform;

stem without a hyaloderm layer (cortical cells ± thick walled, not conspicu-

ously larger than medullary cells); leaves usually conspicuously asymmetric

(dorsal margin longer and/or arched Lepidozia (p. 94)

58 FIELDIANA: BOTANY, VOLUME 41

22. Leaves entire or finely bidentate at apex; plants with marsupia

Calypogeia (p. 110)

22. Leaves 2-4 dentate-lobate; plants with a perianth, without marsupia 23

23. Leaves of main axis 4 dentate-lobate. Lamina cells in longitudinal rows

Telaranea (p. 103)

23. Leaves (0-)2-3 dentate-lobate 24

24. Stolons terminal in origin, replacing one-half of an underleaf; stem with a

hyaloderm, at least the branches with only 7 rows of cortical cells; leaf apices

0-2 dentate-lobate Acromastigum (p. 83)

24. Stolons intercalary in origin, from axils of underleaves; stem without a hy-

aloderm, the cortical cells in many rows; leaf apices typically 2-3 dentate

Bazzania (p. 84)

25. Stem with underleaves conspicuous throughout (not merely with a minute un-

derleaf here and there), even on sterile stems 26

25. Stem with underleaves either lacking on sterile stems, or minute, or mere

small, scattered cilia or laciniae, or groups of slime papillae, never conspicuous.

Rhizoids almost always scattered over ventral stem surface if present at all . 52

26. Leaves sharply complicate bilobed, with a ± smaller (rarely subequal) dorsal

lobe lying over a larger ventral lobe 27

26. Leaves not complicate bilobed if lobed at all, the lobes lying in nearly the

same plane, or leaf merely concave or ± naviculariform, never folded 28

27. Apex of dorsal lobe oriented towards apex of ventral lobe; keel between lobes

usually with a broad wing; leaf lobes undivided, never bifid; cells of leaf lobes

irregularly arranged, not in tiers; sporophyte in a terminal coelocaule lying in

the axis of the stem Schistochila (p. 138)

27. Apex of dorsal lobe at angle to axis of ventral lobe, the lobes ± divergent; keel

between lobes wingless; leaf lobes bifid; cells of leaf lobe oriented in ± distinct

tiers; sporophyte in a marsupium Balantiopsis (p. 134)

28. Mature leaves (2-)4-6(-9) lobed, often very deeply so, the lobes usually ending

in cilia or acuminate; often the lobe margins with cilia or teeth; stem without

a distinct, pellucid hyaloderm. Underleaves very large, ca. 0.5-0.9 the area of

leaves, similarly lobed and/or ciliate; rhizoids usually sharply restricted to

underleaf bases 29

28. Mature leaves undivided to 2 lobed (occasionally with accessory small lobes

or teeth); if leaves lobed, the lobe margins entire or dentate, but not with long

cilia; stem sometimes with a hyaloderm 35

29. Leaves appearing as a mass of interwoven cilia such that the lamina is ob-

scured; plants green, without brown pigmentation. Plants with a fleshy coelo-

caule Trichocolea (p. 77)

29. Leaves without interwoven cilia and/or segments (or if so, e.g., in Temnoma

pilosum, then plants with brown pigmentation), with at least part of lamina

conspicuous. Plants with perianths, a coelocaule present only in Lepicolea . . 30

30. Leaf lobes uniseriate throughout, filiform and terete, at most 2 cells wide in

basal cell tier; stem with a conspicuous hyaloderm. Leaves with lamina of

one-half-4 cells high, disk margins entire Telaranea (p. 103)

30. Leaf lobes gradually tapering, 2 or more cells wide for most of their length (or

if uniseriate throughout, then with brown pigments and a ciliate disk); stem

without a hyaloderm 31

ENGEL: BRUNSWICK PENINSULA 59

31. Leaves bisbifid (rarely bi- or trifid) 32

31. Leaves of mature shoots equally quadrifid 33

32. Leaf cells with large, coarse, sometimes confluent trigones; leaf and underleaf

margins and segments often ciliate or laciniate; plants with a fleshy coelo-

caule, without perianths; plants with subfloral innovations

Lepicolea (p. 75)

32. Leaf cells without trigones; leaf and underleaf margins and segments entire;

plants with perianths, without a coelocaule; plants without, at least fertile,

subfloral innovations Pseudolepicolea (p. 68)

33. Lateral branches irregular, plastic, i.e., Frullania-, Microlepidozia- (and in K.

mollis, Acromastigum-) type; intercalary branching both ventral and lateral;

underleaves frequently with 1 segment shorter than others Kurzia (p. 88)

33. Lateral branches predominately of Frullania -type, only very rarely of

Microlepidozia- or Acromastigum-type; underleaves not regularly possessing

one segment shorter than others 34

34. Lobes of mature leaves (usually of vegetative shoot sectors, at least in and

below gynoecia) with opposed, sharp teeth or cilia, usually of both disk mar-

gins and of lobes, rarely of one only; perichaetial bracts freely spinose-dentate

to copiously ciliate; perianth wide at open mouth Temnoma (p. 69)

34. Lobes of mature leaves quadrifid, without cilia or teeth (or, rarely with an

isolated tooth on one or both margins of the disk); perichaetial bracts 4-fid,

without trace of teeth or cilia; perianth closely contracted to the narrow

mouth. Leaves with segment apices setaceous; plants distinctly anisophyllous

Archaeochaete (p. 67)

35. Plants isophyllose or nearly so; leaves deeply (0.5-0.75) bifid, distinctly vittate,

a "vein" of longer cells running into each lobe. Cells with coarse trigones; leaf

lobes slender, often falcate Herberta (p. 64)

35. Plants anisophyllose or if isophyllose, then with leaves and/or underleaves un-

divided or variously lobed, but never deeply bifid; leaves nonvittate 36

36. Rhizoids usually frequent to common, scattered over ventral stem surface or

nearly to ventral leaf bases; if rhizoids very rarely produced as in Pleurocla-

dopsis, then leaves with extremely coarse trigones which are confluent or

separated by narrow thin areas 37

36. Rhizoids always restricted in origin, only at underleaf (sometimes also at

leaf) bases, often largely confined to reduced leaves and underleaves of sto-

lons, flagella, or rhizomes, never scattered 42

37. Underleaves large, undivided or bifid, often ciliate; plants usually without sto-

lons or flagella; vigorous plants, to 3-5 mm wide. Plants usually ± brownish

38

37. Underleaves small or minute, usually unlobed, eciliate; plants often with flag-

ella or stolons; small plants (shoots to 0.7-2 mm wide) 40

38. Leaf cells with extremely coarse trigones which are confluent or separated by

narrow thin places; leaves occasionally unlobed; plants with a coelocaule

Pleurocladopsis (p. 138)

38. Leaf cells with trigones minute to large, but not confluent or separated by

narrow thin places; leaves always lobed; plants with perianths 39

39. Bracts of innermost series very deeply lacerated, smaller than other bracts;

perianth apex twisted; capsule wall 7 stratose; cuticle with high, coarse, hemi-

spherical papillae Roivainenia (p. 122)

60 FIELDIANA: BOTANY, VOLUME 41

39. Bracts of innermost series not deeply lacerated, larger than other bracts; per-

ianth apex not twisted; capsule wall (2-)3-5 stratose; cuticle smooth to minutely

papillose (in Brunswick taxa) Lophozia (p. 120)

40. Leaves quite unequally bilobed, the dorsal lobe smaller; leaves succubously

inserted throughout, large (leaf width much greater than stem width); peri-

anth lacking, plants with marsupia. Cells with dense, conspicuous papillae

Acrobolbus (p. 212)

40. Leaves subequally or equally bilobed; leaves with at least dorsal half trans-

versely inserted (occasionally dorsal half subsuccubous in non-Brunswick

Cephalolobus taxa), small (leaf width little broader than stem width), distant;

perianth present. Plants with Cephaloziella-like fades 41

41. Branching exclusively lateral intercalary; leaf cuticle with conspicuous, very

coarse, hemispherical, hyaline papillae Cephalolobus (p. 119)

41. Branching usually ventral intercalary, occasionally of Frullania-type; leaf cuti-

cle (at least in C. dusenii and C. magellanica) smooth to at most with low,

rounded papillae Cephaloziella (p. 222)

42. Stem very soft, pellucid, with a cortex of large hyaline cells (hyaloderm)

surrounding a ± small-celled medulla (which is usually visible through the

cortex by transmitted light), or if cortical cells smaller or slightly smaller

than medullary, then with leaves polystratose, especially toward the base.

Cells not collenchymatous; branching mostly intercalary, both lateral and

ventral (terminal branching present, but rarely, only inPseudocephalozia)

43

42. Stem without a transparent, colorless hyaloderm, the cortical cells never

conspicuously larger than medullary cells, the medullary cells not visible

through the cortex. Cells various, often with distinct trigones. Perianth, if

developed, usually on a ± elongated stem or branch, or on short lateral

(rarely on short ventral) branches 46

43. Leaves 2 or 3-4(5-6) lobed 44

43. Leaves undivided. Leaves hemispherical and ± cucullate or spoon shaped

Hygrolembidium (p. 87)

44. Leaves cephalozioid (leaves at least feebly dorsally inclined), transverse to

distinctly succubously inserted, transverse to basically succubously oriented.

Branching mostly intercalary, both lateral and ventral, Frullania-type

branches rare or sporadic Pseudocephalozia (p. 102)

44. Leaves lepidozioid (leaf lobes turned ventrally), transversely to feebly incu-

bously inserted, basically incubously or transversely oriented. Branching

predominantly or nearly exclusively lateral- and ventral-intercalary with

rare or sporadic Frullania- and Microlepidozia-type branching; hyaloderm of

6(-8) cells; leaves bifid to one-half to two-thirds; perianth elongate cylindrical,

3-4 plicate distally, mouth crenulated by elongated cells

Hyalolepidozia (p. 87)

45. Plants producing marsupia, perianths absent; gynoecia (and androecia) always

on abbreviated ventral branches. Leaves ovate, undivided or bidentate (occa-

sionally short bifid in S. vasculosum), cuticle very densely papillose; under-

leaves one-half to three-fourths bifid (in Brunswick species), free from and

much smaller than leaves; plants dull, opaque, gray or light-green plants devel-

oping (often) some brownish pigmentation Saccogynidium (p. 200)

ENGEL: BRUNSWICK PENINSULA 61

45. Plants producing perianths, perigynia lacking; gynoecia on apices of unmodi-

fied stems or short lateral branches, rarely on short ventral branches 46

46. Perianth1 ± strongly laterally compressed, mouth truncate, wide, 2-lipped.

Plants often ± brownish, often intensely so 47

46. Perianth trigonous to trigonous inflated 48

47. Andrewsianthus-type branching present; leaves medially to basally polystra-

tose; flagelliform branches present; stem tissue with endophytic hyphae

Evansianthus (p. 173)

47. Andrewsianthus-type branching absent; leaves unistratose throughout; flagelli-

form branches absent; stem tissue without endophytic hyphae

Leptoscyphus (p. 174)

48. Perianth ± inflated, restricted to strongly abbreviated lateral-intercalary

branches; leaves unlobed or to 3 spinose-dentate Chiloscyphus (p. 151)

48. Perianth normally on more or less long branches (at least in large part;

branches rarely abbreviated, and never consistently so); leaves undivided or

bifid 49

49. Leaves moderately to deeply adaxially concave (at least slightly concave in C.

vermicularis). Leaves frequently suborbicular to reniform in shape 50

49. Leaves convex and with apices decurved or deflexed 51

50. Stolons present; plants erect; leaves vertically oriented, subtransverse; leaf

cells dimorphic, with the majority possessing oil-bodies, but with 10-20 per-

cent of the cells lacking them Stolonophora (p. 200)

50. Stolons absent; plants prostrate or essentially so; leaves succubously ori-

ented; leaf cells not dimorphic, all possessing oil-bodies

Clasmatocolea (p. 158)

51. Leaves with lobes and marginal teeth caducous, often giving leaf apices a

ragged appearance; leaf apices often with accessory teeth and laciniae

Leptophyllopsis (p. 173)

51. Leaves entire or if lobed, then with lobes persistent; leaves with marginal

teeth, if present, persistent; leaf apices never with a ragged appearance and not

with accessory laciniae Lophocolea (p. 185)

52. Leaves ± sharply complicate-bilobed, transversely to succubously inserted

and oriented. Leaf margins (and/or apices) often ± denticulate to ciliate . . 53

52. Leaves lobed or not, but if lobed, never with lobes sharply bent over each

other. Perianth (if present), not sharply dorsiventrally compressed 56

53. Leaf lobes ± short bifid Blepharidophyllum (p. 129)

53. Leaf lobes undivided, never bifid 54

54. Leaves unequally complicate bilobed, the dorsal lobe much smaller than the

ventral Diplophyllum (p. 133)

54. Leaves equally complicate-bilobed or nearly so 55

55. Leaf cells with large knotlike trigones; distal portion of keel often narrowly

xlf sterile plants with non-adaxially concave leaves are at hand, see key to sterile

plants of the Leptoscyphus-Chiloscyphus-Lophocolea-Leptophyllopsis complex on p.

148. If sterile plants with distinct adaxially concave leaves are at hand, but lacking

Andrewsianthus-type branching, see genus Clasmatocolea. If with adaxially concave

leaves and Andrewsianthus -type branching, see genus Evansianthus.

62 FIELDIANA: BOTANY, VOLUME 41

winged (in P. spegazziniana, but winged throughout in remainder of taxa)

Paraschistochila (p. 137)

55. Leaf cells without trigones; keel never winged. Dorsal lobe dorsally recurved;

rhizoids scattered, never in bundles. Plants paroecious

Krunodiplophyllum (p. 133)

56. Stem soft textured, consisting of a conspicuous, hyaline cortex of enlarged

cells (surrounding a medulla of much smaller, ± thick-walled cells usually

distinct by transmitted light, or medullary cells also soft but large). Leaves

bilobed; cells thin walled, ± hyaline 57

56. Stem anatomy highly various, but never with a hyaline cortex of large cells

surrounding a medulla of smaller, ± thick-walled cells 58

57. Leaf insertion transverse at least dorsally, extended to stem midline; pigmenta-

tion, when present, purplish or brownish; leaves ± canaliculate, piano-disti-

chous; branching plastic, always with free Frullania-type branches, plus

lateral-intercalary and ventral-intercalary branches; gynoecia terminal on

leading axes Metahygrobiella (p. 220)

57. Leaf insertion oblique throughout, the dorsal end oblique to almost longitudi-

nal; pigmentation never purplish, usually absent; leaves never piano-disti-

chous, flat to concave but not canaliculate; branching from axils of lateral

leaves absent; gynoecia normally on short, ventral branches which occasionally

are elongated Cephalozia (p. 218)

58. Leaves inserted ± transversely (at least in part of the dorsal half of the

insertion) and transversely oriented; leaves generally appearing ± pectinate

when not densely appressed-imbricate 59

58. Leaves obliquely inserted and ± succubously oriented, at least half of the

insertion quite oblique on stem to nearly horizontal 65

59. Leaves unlobed or to one-fifth bifid, margins often with 1- several rows of

hyaline cells forming a border Herzogobryum (p. 128)

59. Leaves usually bilobed 0.35-0.50 their length, or if undivided (as in some taxa

of Adelanthus) then with branching nearly exclusively ventral intercalary and

with sex organs restricted to short, abbreviated ventral-intercalary branches

from older basal portions of plants 60

60. Plants minute or small, wiry; the leaves remote, bilobed for 0.5 or more their

length 61

60. Plants large; the leaves undivided or bilobed to ca. 0.35-0.45(-0.50) their

length 62

61. Leaf lobes plane; leaves bifid to nearly 0.75 their length . . Cephaloziella (p. 222)

61. Leaf lobes sulcate; leaves bifid to nearly the base Allisoniella (p. 221)

S2. Sex organs terminal on short, abbreviated ventral-intercalary branches from

older basal portions of plants. Branching nearly exclusively ventral inter-

calary; leaves undivided, bidentate, bilobed or with 2 awns

Adelanthus (p. 225)

62. Sex organs on unreduced axes: gynoecia terminal on main stems or lateral

branches; androecia terminal but later becoming intercalary. Leaves consis-

tently bifid 63

63. Leaf cuticle with conspicuous, very coarse hyaline papillae. Branching strictly

lateral intercalary Cephalolobus (p. 1 19)

63. Leaf cuticle smooth, striolate, or weakly papillose, rarely coarsely papillose . 64

ENGEL: BRUNSWICK PENINSULA 63

64. Branching strictly intercalary, arising from near the dorsal base of the leaf,

occasionally appearing to arise from dorsal side of axis; branches and main

axis frequently becoming flagelliform and positively geotropic

Andrewsianthus (p. 118)

64. Branching variable, Frullania-type present in some taxa, ventral- or lateral-

intercalary branches usually present, if the latter, then never arising from

near the dorsal base of leaf or dorsal side of axis; stems and branches never or

very exceptionally becoming flagelliform, not becoming positively geotropic.

Cells with coarse, conspicuous trigones and thin to sinuous intervening walls;

leaves strongly dorsally secund, the dorsal end of the line of insertion arcuate

and ± decurrent along dorsal midline of stem Anastrophyllum (p. 112)

65. Plants with perianths terminal on leafy, main or lateral stems; androecia inter-

calary or terminal on leading stems 66

65. Plants without perianths, with pendent perigynia or with an erect, fleshy, rigid

shoot-calyptra, or if perianths present, then restricted to short abbreviated

ventral-intercalary branches. Leaves various, often entire or irregularly den-

tate 68

66. Branching uniformly arising from the dorsal end of the leaf axil, all interca-

lary. Flagella common, wiry, positively geotropic; leaves bilobed; leaf cells

with large trigones Andrewsianthus (p. 118)

66. Branching various, if intercalary, then arising from the ventral portion of the

leaf axil, near the ventral portion of leaf base, or ventrally 69

67. Underleaves regularly produced, small, linear, inconspicuous, bifid, with seta-

ceous segments. Leaves adaxially concave; plants erect

Stolonophora abnormis (p. 200)

67. Underleaves, if present, not with the above combination of characters, often of

1-several short ciliary segments which end in slime papillae 68

68. Perianth laterally sharply compressed, wide and truncate at mouth. Vegeta-

tive branches lateral intercalary and/or terminal and ofFrullania type, never

ventral intercalary Plagiochila (p. 201)

68. Perianths terete below, pluriplicate and contracted to the mouth 69

69. Leaves unlobed, usually rounded at apex 70

69. Leaves consistently 2-4 lobed. Underleaves laciniate to ciliate, reduced or ab-

sent 71

70. Terminal branching completely absent; flagellae regularly produced. Brac-

teoles nearly as long as bracts; perianth mouth entire to weakly crenulate;

plants usually brown to red brown Cryptochila (p. 124)

70. Terminal branching present, if only isolated; flagellae only rarely and spo-

radically produced, mostly absent Jamesoniella (p. 125)

71. Leaves 2-4 lobed, often deeply so; ventral leaf margin plane . Lophozia (p. 120)

71. Leaves very short bifid; ventral leaf margin frequently inflexed or reflexed . 72

72. Dorsal and ventral leaf margins incurved to involuted, especially near the

apex Anastrophyllum involutifolium (p. 114)

72. Dorsal margin slightly recurved or plane or slightly incurved, never consis-

tently incurved or involuted. Ventral margin frequently slightly to strongly

reflexed, never incurved Anastrepta (p. Ill)

73. Plants without a marsupium, the erect calyptra becoming thick, green, mas-

sive, enclosing the developing sporophyte; leaves undivided, bidentate, bilobate

64 FIELDIANA: BOTANY, VOLUME 41

or with 2 awns; plants erect, frequently red-brown pigmented

Adelanthus (p. 225)

73. Plants with a marsupium; leaves undivided or bilobed, plants erect or de-

pressed, not developing secondary pigments 74

74. Leaves unlobed, leaf margins entire; marsupium slenderly cylindrical, deeply

penetrating substratum. Plants closely prostrate Lethocolea (p. 213)

74. Leaves bilobed (or if undivided, then with leaf margins dentate to lobate),

leaf margins entire-dentate-lobate; marsupium ± conoidal to wide cylindrical

in shape, not deeply penetrating substratum 75

75. Leafy shoots ± ascending, not adhering to substratum by rhizoids; (?) antheri-

dia 2-3 to 10-13(-15) per bract. Gynoecia and androecia variable in position,

acrotonic or basitonic; plants a clear, translucent to opaque green, often whitish

when dead; capsule tips acute Tylimanthus (p. 214)

75. Leafy shoots ± creeping, often entire axis including shoot tips adhering to the

substratum by rhizoids; antheridia solitary. Leaves bilobed, often asymmetri-

cally so; cuticle coarsely papillose; capsule tips acute Acrobolbus (p. 212)

Family HERBERTACEAE

K. Mull. (Freib.)ex Fulf. & Hatch. Bryologist 61: 284. 1959.

HERBERTA

S. Gray, Nat. Arr. Brit. PI. 1: 678, 705. 1821 (Herbertus, non Her-

bertus p. 684) corr. Lindb. Acta Soc. Sci. Fenn. 10: 516. 1875

(nom. cons.).

Herberta runcinata (Tayl.) Kuntze

Sendtnera runcinata Tayl. Lond. J. Bot. 5: 372. 1846. Herbertia

runcinata (Tayl.) Trev. Memorie 1st. Lomb. Sci. Lett. III. 4: 397.

1877. Schisma runcinata (Trev.) Steph. Spec. Hep. 4: 21. 1909.

Herbertia runcinata (Tayl.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. PI. 2: 836. 1891.

Original material: Chile, Prov. Chiloe, I. Chiloe, Cuming 1447

(FH!, NY!).

Schisma reicheanum Steph. Spec. Hep. 4: 20. 1909, syn. fide Ful-

ford (1963b). Original material: Chile, Prov. Chiloe/Aisen, R.

Palena, Reiche (G)-cited in Fulford (1963b).

Schisma ferrugineum Steph. K. Svenska VetenskAkad. Handl. 46

(9): 72. f. 28 a. 1911, syn. fide Fulford (1963b). Original material:

Chile, Prov. Aisen, Cta. Hale, Halle and/or Skottsberg (non uidi);

Prov. Magallanes, Cta. Rayo, I. Atalaya and S. Skyring, B. Rod-

riguez, Halle and/or Skottsberg (non uidi).

Ecology. — Only in the evergreen forest "bryophyte rich fades"

ENGEL: BRUNSWICK PENINSULA 65

where it commonly occurred on the sides of bryophyte mounds. The

plants often become very robust here.

Phytogeography . — Tierra del Fuego, Patagonian Channels, Val-

divian region north to 39°36' S. and Juan Fernandez (1,350-1,370

m. on Mas Afuera).

Brunswick Peninsula Specimens Seen. — Strait of Magellan, with-

out specific locality, February 1861, Megere (F); I. Isabel, February

1861, Megere as Jungermannia schismoides (F). PUERTO GAL-

LANT REGION: NE side of Pto. Gallant (6063 A). PUERTO CUT-

TER REGION: N. of copper mine (2197, 2208 B & 2215 B); W. of

copper mine (2228).

TRIANDROPHYLLUM

Fulf. & Hatch. Bryologist 64: 349. 1962. Fulf. & Hatch. Bryologist

61: 277. 1959, nom. illeg. sin. gen. typ.1 Grolle, Bryologist 64: 25.

1961, nom. nud.

Triandrophyllum subtrifidum (Hook. f. & Tayl.) Fulf. & Hatch.

Phytogeography — The species is Amphipacific temperate; it oc-

curs in New Zealand and Tasmania and in the American zone in

southern South America and north in the Andes to Guatemala. T.

subtrifidum var. trifidum is Andean American in distribution.

A single variety of the species occurs in the Brunswick Penin-

sula.

Triandrophyllum subtrifidum (Hook. f. & Tayl.) Fulf. & Hatch,

var. trifidum (Gott.) Solari

?Sendtnera trifida Gott. Annls Sci. Nat. V. 1: 142. 1864. Isotachis

trifida (Gott.) Steph. Spec. Hep. 3: 670. 1909 non I. trifida Steph.

Sp. Hep. 6: 356. 1922 (=/. sprucei Beauv. in Steph. Spec. Hep. 6:

572. 1924). Mastigophora trifida (Gott.) Steph. Spec. Hep. 4: 37.

1909. Triandrophyllum trifidum (Gott.) Fulf. & Hatch. Bryolo-

gist 64: 348. 1962. Triandrophyllum subtrifidum (Hook. f. &

lTriandrophyllum was invalidly published in Fulford & Hatcher (1959), as no

nomenclatural type was designated (see Article 37 of the International Code of

Botanical Nomenclature (1966) and Schuster (1963a, p. 42)). Triandrophyllum was

validated by Fulford and Hatcher (1962), but in the interim period, Triandrophyl-

lum fernandeziensis (S. Arnell) Grolle was published (see Grolle, Bryologist 64 (1):

25. 1961a). This transfer is invalid as it was made prior to proper typification of the

genus. The effective transfer of the species is as follows: Triandrophyllum fernande-

ziensis (S. Arnell) Grolle ex Fulf. & Hatch. Bryologist 64 (4): 351. 1962.

66 FIELDIANA: BOTANY, VOLUME 41

Tayl.) Fulf. & Hatch, var. trifidum (Gott.) Solari, Boln Soc. Ar-

gent. Bot. 15: 201. 1973. Original material: Colombia, Fusagasu-

ga, Lindig 1722 (G)-cited in Fulford & Hatcher (1962) and Solari

(1973).

Herberta dura Steph. Hedwigia 34: 44. 1895, syn. fide Fulford &

Hatcher (1962). Schisma dura (Steph.) Steph. Spec. Hep. 4: 21.

1909. Triandrophyllum durum (Steph.) Fulf. & Hatch. Bryolo-

gist 61: 279. 1959. Original material: "Fretum magellanicum.

leg. Hooker fil. Herb Kew, sub nomine Jung, tenacifolia" (K)-

cited in Fulford (1963b).

Mastigophora antarctica Steph. Bih. K. Svenska VetenskAkad.

Handl. 26 (III, 6): 56. 1900, syn. fide Fulford & Hatcher (1962).

Triandrophyllum antarcticum (Steph.) Fulf. & Hatch. Bryologist

61: 281. 1959. Original material:1 Chile, Prov. Aisen, R. Aisen

Valley, Dusen s.n. (S-PA!), 243 (S-PA!, UPS!); Prov. Llanquihue,

Peulla, Dusen s.n. (S-PA!), 457 (S-PA!, UPS!).

Isotachis appendiculata Steph. Spec. Hep. 3: 659. 1909, syn. cf.

Fulford & Hatcher (1959). Original material: Patagonia, without

specific locality, Dusen (G)-cited in Fulford (1963b).

Lepicolea boliviensis Steph. in Herzog, Biblthca Bot. 87: 228. f. 171

a-c. 1916, syn. cf. Fulford & Hatcher (1959). Original material:

Bolivia, above Tablas, 3,400 m., May 1911, Herzog 2853 (G-cited

in Fulford, 1963b; S-PA!— c. per.).

Isotachis subtrifida (Hook. f. & Tayl.) Mitt. var. De Gasperii Gola,

Nuovo G. Bot. Ital. II. 29: 170. 1923, syn. nov. Holotype: Chile,

Prov. Magallanes, Valle delle Fate, 9 March 1913, Gasperi (¥11).

Isotachis ripensis Spruce var. armata Herz. Revue Bryol. Lichen.

11: 24. 1939, syn. fide Grolle (1964b). Holotype: Costa Rica, V. de

Turrialba, 2,000-2,400 m. 1924, Standley 35279 (JE)-cited in

Grolle (1964b).

Remarks. — Stephani (1900) cites the following localities for his

new species, Mastigophora antarctica: a) "in valle fluminis Aysen,"

and b) "ad Peulle." I have seen several syntypes (S-PA, UPS) from

both these localities and all are Triandrophyllum subtrifidum var.

trifidum, based upon the presence of one-to-several sharp, spinose

teeth of the underleaves and basal portion of the ventral margins

of the leaves, coupled with the preponderance of three-lobed leaves.

'Fulford & Hatcher (1959, p. 283) erroneously state the original material of M.

antarctica was collected in South Georgia.

ENGEL: BRUNSWICK PENINSULA 67

Mastigophora antarctica therefore rightfully belongs in the synon-

ymy of T. subtrifidum var. trifidum rather than T. subtrifidum

var. subtrifidum where Solari (1973) has placed it.

Ecology. — Occurring where abundant moisture available within

the evergreen forests and evergreen-deciduous ecotonal areas. I

found it on faces of exposed rock walls where there was some drain-

age from above, on stream banks and on soil and rock of a moist,

well-shaded cliff face.

Brunswick Peninsula Specimens Seen. — PUERTO DEL

HAMBRE REGION: Near Fuerte Bulnes, Hatcher 4-5, 6-3, 6-7 &

6-13 (UW-M). BAHIA SAN NICOLAS REGION: W. side of bay

(6314); E. side of bay (6398 & 6399). PUERTO GALLANT RE-

GION: NE side of Pto. Gallant (6074). PUERTO CUTTER RE-

GION: N. of copper mine (2190-c. per. &2193).

Family PSEUDOLEPICOLEACEAE

Fulf. & J. Tayl. Nova Hedwigia 1: 411. 1960.

ARCHEOCHAETE

Schust. J. Hattori Bot. Lab. 26: 262. 1963.

Archeochaete kuehnemannii Schust.

Archeochaete kuehnemannii Schust. J. Hattori Bot. Lab. 26: 262.

1963. Pseudolepicolea kuehnemannii (Schust.) Hassel, Comun.

Mus. Argent. Cienc. Nat. Bernardino Rivadavia 2: 48. 1974,

nom. inval. basion. non cit. Holotype: Argentina, Terr. Tierra del

Fuego, ca. 16-17 km. W. of Ushuaia, on road to Lapataia, C.

Bandera, February 1961, Schuster & Gamundi de Amos 58852

(hb. Schuster-raw vidi}.

Remarks. — See Schuster (1965a) and Hassel de Menendez (1974).

Ecology-Phytogeography . — Rare; found in a Sphagnum bog, a

habitat similar to that of the type, which is from Tierra del Fuego.

Also encountered on a rotted log in an evergreen Nothofagus for-

est. The species is otherwise known from the Falkland Islands (leg.

Engel) and several localities in Tierra del Fuego (cf. Hassel de

Menendez, 1974).

Brunswick Peninsula Specimens Seen. — LAGUNO EL PARRIL-

68 FIELDIANA: BOTANY, VOLUME 41

LAR: Near E. shore of lake, ca. 365 m. (2110 &2114-C. 6). BAHIA

SAN NICOLAS REGION: W. side of bay (6342 B).

PSEUDOLEPICOLEA

Fulf. & J. Tayl. Nova Hedwigia 1 (3-4): 412. 13 April 1960. Lopho-

chaete Schust. Revue Bryol. Lichen. 26 (3-4): 126. 1957, nom.

inval. sin. descr. lot. Schust. Bryologist 61: 25, 50. 1958, nom.

inval. sin. descr. lat. Schust. Bryologist 62: 237. 1959, nom. inval.

sin. descr. lat. Schust. J. Hattori Bot. Lab. 23: 197. 18 April

1961.1

Pseudolepicolea quadrilaciniata (Sull.) Fulf. & J. Tayl.

Sendtnera quadrilaciniata Sull. Hooker's Bot. Kew Gdn. Misc. 2:

317. 1850. Leperoma (?) quadrilaciniata (Sull.) Mass. Nuovo G.

Bot. Ital. I. 17: 253. 1885. Lepicolea quadrilaciniata (Sull.) Steph.

Bih. K. Svenska VetenskAkad. Handl. 26 (III, 6): 56. 1900. Ble-

pharostoma quadrilaciniata (Sull.) Schiffn. Hedwigia 51: 282.

1912. Pseudolepicolea quadrilaciniata (Sull.) Fulf. & J. Tayl.

Nova Hedwigia 1: 413. 13 April 1960. Lophochaete quadrilaci-

niata (Sull.) Schust. J. Hattori Bot. Lab. 23: 199. 18 April 1961,

nom. inval. Original material: Chile, Prov. Magallanes, B. Or-

ange, U.S. Exploring Exped. (apparently lost). Neotype (fide Ful-

ford 1963b): Chile, Prov. Aisen, R. Aisen Valley, Dusen (NY-norc

vidi).

Lepicolea georgica Steph. K. Svenska VetenskAkad. Handl. 46 (9):

73. f. 28 f, g. 1911, syn. fide Schuster (1966c). Pseudolepicolea

georgica (Steph.) Fulf. & J. Tayl. Nova Hedwigia 1: 416. 1960.

Original material: South Georgia, Skottsberg (G, S-PA).

Blepharostoma pigafettoanum Gola, Nuovo G. Bot. Ital. II. 29: 169.

pi. 1, f. 20-22. 1923, syn. nov. Original material: Chile, Prov.

Magallanes, S. Agostini ( = S. Pigafetta), 8 February 1913, Gas-

peri s.n. (FI!).

Phytogeography. — South Georgia, Tierra del Fuego, and Pata-

gonian Channels north to 45°25' S.

Brunswick Peninsula Specimens Seen. — PUERTO GALLANT

REGION: NE side of Pto. Gallant (6080 B, 6083-c. 6 & 6086).

ll should like to thank Drs. Poelt and Hattori for providing the precise dates of

publication for the above indicated parts of Nova Hedwigia and J. Hattori Bot. Lab.

respectively.

ENGEL: BRUNSWICK PENINSULA 69

TEMNOMA

Mitt, in Hook, f., Handb. N. Z. Flora Pt. 2. 753. 1867. Teinnoma

Mitt. Phil. Trans. R. Soc. 168 (extra vol.): 32, 33. 1879, err. ty-

pogr.l(et Mitten, 1884).

KEY TO THE BRUNSWICK PENINSULA TAXA OF Temnoma

1. Leaves with numerous (50-85) long cilia; each leaf lobe with 4-7(8) pairs of cilia,

the longest cilia of 6-8 superposed cells; plants isophyllous T. pilosum

1. Leaves without numerous long cilia; each leaf lobe of sterile stem entire or with

1-3(4) pairs of short, stiff teeth or cilia towards the base; plants anisophyllous,

the underleaves ca. 0.5-0.75 x the size of lateral leaves

T. quadripartitum ... 2

2. Disk margins near or at base commonly with an enlarged lobelike spine, the

leaf then seemingly palmately 5-6 lobed; lobe margins entire or with isolated,

usually small, abaxially displaced teeth near sinus bases; lobes 16-22(23-30)

cells long var. randii

2. Disk margins rarely with accessory teeth so conspicuously lobelike that the

leaf is seemingly 5-6 lobed; lobe margins usually freely spinose-dentate to-

ward base; lobes usually 12-16(17) cells long var. quadripartitum

Temnoma pilosum (Evans) Schust.

Blepharostoma pilosum Evans, Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 25: 413. pi.

345, f. 1-6. 1898. Temnoma pilosum (Evans) Schust. Bryologist

62: 240. 1960. Lectotype (cf. Fulford, 1963b): Chile, Prov. Magal-

lanes, Ens. Villarino, J. B. Hatcher (Y-raw vidi).

Blepharostoma pinnatisetum Steph. Spec. Hep. 3: 639. 1909, syn.

fide Fulford (1963b). Temnoma pinnatisetum (Steph.) Schust.

Bryologist 62: 240. 1960. Original material: Chile, Prov. Aisen,

R. Aisen Valley, Dusen 515 (G)-cited in Fulford (1963b).

ll regard the use of the genus "Teinnoma" as a typographical error for several

reasons. First, Mitten used the spelling Temnoma on herbarium specimens. Dr. G.

L. Smith (I am grateful to Dr. G. L. Smith, associate curator of the New York

Botanical Garden, for providing this information) states (in littj, "I have looked at

Mitten's handwritten labels on his specimens of Temnoma, (in the New York Botan-

ical Garden) and I can see how one might read "Teinnoma" if he didn't know the

name. I'm inclined to think it's merely an error." Second, Temnoma is Greek de-

rived from the word "Temno" meaning "cut off," and "Teinnoma" has no Greek

derivation, being merely a nonsense word which Mitten would have had little cause

to use. Further, Mitten stated in his original description for Temnoma: "From the

truncate mouth of the perianth." Third, as Temnoma is a Mitten genus, there would

have been little reason for this author to alter the spelling 12 years later. Fourth, in

my opinion the fact that "Teinnoma" is twice mentioned in 1879 merely indicated

the editor chose to use one spelling consistently. Finally, the paper by Mitten (1884)

is merely a list of Kerguelen Hepaticae based upon his 1879 paper, thus the pres-

ence of "Teinnoma" is a repetition of the earlier error and has little significance.

70 FIELDIANA: BOTANY, VOLUME 41

Temnoma chilense Fulf. Mem. N.Y. Bot. Gdn. 11: 56. f. 2 a-c. 1963,

syn. fide Schuster (1967a). Holotype: Chile, Prov. Llanquihue,

Puerto Varas, Hatcher & Fulford (hb. Fulford-non vidi).

Phytogeography. — Tierra del Fuego, southern Patagonian Chan-

nels (Brunswick Peninsula), and the Valdivian region north to

41°19' S.

Brunswick Peninsula Specimens Seen. — PUERTO DEL HAM-

BRE REGION: Near Fuerte Bulnes, Hatcher 1-7 & 6-6-c. per.

(UW-M).

Temnoma quadripartitum (Hook.) Mitt.

Phytogeography. — Amphipacific temperate; northward exten-

sions in the American sector (West Patagonia to 39° 16' S., Andean

Patagonia at P. N. Nahuel Huapi), and in the New Zealand sector

into the mountains of North Island, New Zealand. Also present in

the subantarctic, on lies de Kerguelen, lies Crozet, Marion Island,

and Prince Edward Island (see pi. 14).

The report from Tristan da Cunha in Arnell (1958) is based on a

specimen of Archeochaete temnomoides (see Schuster, 1966c). The

report from Inaccessible Island in Arnell (1958) is questionable.

Literature Records. — Anonymous — Strait of Magellan (Schiffner,

1895 as Blepharostoma, Schuster, 1967a-var. randii); Andersson-

Pto. del Hambre (Angstrom, 1872 as Jungermannia, Fulford,

1963b, Schuster, 1967a-var. typica); Warnstorf-Strait of Magellan

(Fulford, 1963b as T. subintegrum).

Two varieties of the species occur in the Brunswick Peninsula.

Temnoma quadripartitum (Hook.) Mitt. var. quadripartitum

Jungermannia quadripartita Hook. Musci Exot. 2: pi. 117. f. 1-3.

1820. Temnoma quadripartitum (Hook.) Mitt. J. Linn. Soc. 15:

68. 1876. Blepharostoma quadripartitum (Hook.) Trev. Memorie

1st. Lomb. Sci. Lett. III. 4: 417. 1877. Original material: Argen-

tina, Terr. Tierra del Fuego, I. de los Estados, Menzies (K, V)-

cited in Schuster (1967a).

Jungermannia podophylla Angstr. Ofvers. K. VetenskAkad. Forh.

29 (4): 11. 1872, syn. fide Pearson (1887); non J. podophylla

Thunb. Prodr. Fl. Cap. 2: 174. 1823 (=Symphyogyna). Original

material: Chile, Prov. Magallanes, Pto. del Hambre, Andersson

s.n, (S-PA)-cited in Schuster (1967a).

ENGEL: BRUNSWICK PENINSULA 71

Brunswick Peninsula Specimens Seen. — LAGUNO EL PARRIL-

LAR: 4 km. E. of lake, ca. 305 m. (2122 A-c. per.+ 6). BAHIA SAN

NICOLAS REGION: W. side of bay (6342 A-c. sporo., 6381-c.

sporo.+ d); ridge between B. Bougainville and B. San Nicolas, ca.

155 m. (6423 C-c. per. + sporo. & 6432 A). PUERTO GALLANT

REGION: NE side of Pto. Gallant (6040-c. per. + sporo. + 6 & 6065

B-c. per.).

Temnoma quadripartitum (Hook.) Mitt. var. randii (S. Arnell)

Schust.

Lepidozia randii S. Arnell, Svensk. Bot. Tidskr. 47: 417. f. 6. 1953.

Temnoma quadripartitum (Hook.) Mitt. var. randii (S. Arnell)

Schust. Candollea 21: 307. 1967. Original material: Marion Is.,

Rand 3276 (S-PA)-cited in Schuster (1967a).

Temnoma subintegrum Steph. ex Fulf. Mem. N.Y. Bot. Gdn. 11: 57.

1963, syn. fide Schuster (1967a). Blepharostoma quadripartitum

var. subintegrum Steph. Icon. Hep. Blepharostoma no. lOb, nom.

nud. Original material: Chile, Prov. Magallanes, Pto. Bueno,

Dusen 46 (G, H)-cited in Fulford (1963b) and Schuster (1967a)

respectively.

Brunswick Peninsula Specimen Seen.— PUERTO CUTTER RE-

GION: N. side of copper mine (2301 E).

Family ISOTACHIDACEAE

Hatch. Nova Hedwigia 2: 579. 1960 ("Isotachaceae").

ISOTACHIS

Mitt, in Hook, f., Bot. Ant. Voy. 2 (2): 148. 1854.

KEY TO THE BRUNSWICK PENINSULA SPECIES OF Isotachis

1. Underleaf margins one to several dentate-laciniate to occasionally small lobate.

The armature often coarse. Underleaves usually bifid to one-half; underleaf

basal lobe cells 14-25 /JL wide, 40-7K-78) (J. long 7. grossidens

1. Underleaf margins entire or variously dentate, occasionally small lobate. Un-

derleaves 0.2-0.5 bifid; underleaf basal lobe cells 12-24 \L wide, 24-42(-44) fj.

long 7. humectata

Isotachis grossidens Steph.

Isotachis grossidens Steph. K. Svenska VetenskAkad. Handl. 46

(9): 69. f. 25f,g. 1911. Lectotype (fide Solari, 1971b): Chile, Prov.

72 FIELDIANA: BOTANY, VOLUME 41

Magallanes, I. Riesco, R. Grande, 16 April 1908, Skottsberg 128

(\JPS-non vidi}.

Phytogeography . — Southern Patagonian Channels (Brunswick

Peninsula, S. Skyring, S. Otway) and Valdivian region north to

40°08' S.

Brunswick Peninsula Specimen Seen.— PUERTO DEL HAMBRE

REGION: Near Fuerte Eu\nes,Hatcher4-14 (UW-M).

Isotachis humectata (Hook. f. & Tayl.) Steph.

Jungermannia humectata Hook. f. & Tayl. Lond. J. Bot. 3: 462.

1844. Lophocolea humectata (Hook. f. & Tayl.) Steph. Bull. Herb.

Boissier II. 6: 656. 1906 ( = Spec. Hep. 3: 72). Isotachis humectata

(Hook. f. & Tayl.) Steph. Spec. Hep. 3: 654. 1909. Lectotype

(novj: Falkland Is., Hooker (FH!).

Jungermannia madida Hook. f. & Tayl. Lond. J. Bot. 3: 465. 1844,

non J. madida Nees in Martius, Fl. Bras, seu Enum. PI. 1 (1):

362. 1833 (=? Porella, fide Swails, 1970, p. 249). Isotachis mad-

ida (Hook. f. & Tayl.) Mitt, in Hook. f. Bot. Ant. Voy. 2: 149.

1854. Lectotype (novj: Chile, Prov. Magallanes, I. Hermite,

Hooker (FH!-c. sporo.).

Isotachis fusca Steph. K. Svenska VetenskAkad. Handl. 46 (9): 68.

f. 25 d, e. 1911, syn. fide Hatcher (1960). Original material:

Chile, Prov. Chiloe, V. Corcovado, 31 July 1908, Halle and

Skottsberg 126 (NY!, UPS-cited in Solari, 1971b); Prov. Magal-

lanes, F. Peel, F. de Los Ventisqueros, Halle and/or Skottsberg;

Argentina, Terr. Tierra del Fuego, Ushuaia, R. Olivia, Halle

and/or Skottsberg (non vidi).

Isotachis pollens Steph. K. Svenska VetenskAkad. Handl. 46 (9):

70. f. 25 h-L 1911, syn. fide Hatcher (1960). Original material:

Chile, Prov. Chiloe, I. Chiloe, R. Pudeto, Skottsberg (G, UPS)-

cited in Hatcher (1960) and Solari (1971b) respectively.

Isotachis striolata Steph. K. Svenska VetenskAkad. Handl. 46 (9):

11. f. 27 c, d. 1911, syn. fide Hatcher (1960). Original material:

Chile, Prov. Magallanes, S. Otway, R. Grande, Skottsberg 133 (S-

PA, UPS)-cited in Hatcher (1960) and Solari (1971b) respec-

tively.

Isotachis aequifoliata Steph. Spec. Hep. 6: 349. 1922, syn. fide

Hatcher (1960). Original material: Bolivia, without specific lo-

cality, Herzog 2848 (G)-cited in Hatcher (1960).

ENGEL: BRUNSWICK PENINSULA 73

Isotachis flavicans Steph. Spec. Hep. 6: 351. 1922, syn. fide Hatcher

(1960). Original material: Chile, without specific locality, Skotts-

berg 739 (G)-cited in Hatcher (1960) and Solari (1971b).

Remarks. — Fulford (1963b, p. 71), in the generic key, separates

Triandrophyllum from Isotachis in a couplet based upon the char-

acter "line of insertion hook-form or recurved at the dorsal

end . . . ," with Triandrophyllum possessing the character and Iso-

tachis lacking it. I have found /. humectata to have a strongly

recurved ("hook-form") line of insertion at the dorsal end, and

Hatcher (1961, pi. 18, f. 583) illustrates this in a male plant of 7.

humectata. Vegetative characters are of little value in distinguish-

ing the two genera and androecial and gynoecial characters must

be relied upon.

Hatcher (1960) records only ventral-intercalary branches for the

genus Isotachis. Isotachis humectata, however, may produce

ventral-intercalary branches as well as Frullania-type branches,

the latter being quite commonly developed. Frullania-type branch-

ing within Isotachis has been documented by Schuster (1963c,

1964) and Crandall (1969).

There has been considerable confusion regarding the type local-

ity and systematic position of Isotachis humectata. The type local-

ity for Jungermannia humectata is the Falkland Islands, and the

plant was originally described by Hooker & Taylor (1844, p. 462).

Stephani (1906) transferred the species to Lophocolea, but three

years later Stephani transferred the species to Isotachis, listing it

from both Campbell and Falkland Islands. Hatcher (1961) was in

error in his treatment of the taxon. He (p. 31) states for/, humec-

tata "Campbell's Island: without loc., Hooker, a portion of the origi-

nal material of J. humectata (FH)," and treated the plant as a

synonym of/, intortifolia without mentioning the Falkland Island

locality or the Lophocolea transfer.

Solari (1971b) recognized both /. madida and /. humectata as

distinct taxa and distinguishes them by stem anatomy, leaf seg-

ment cell size, and underleaf shape and marginal characters. I

have examined type material of both taxa, and I regard /. humec-

tata as a hygrophilus form of a highly variable species which in-

cludes /. madida. I have found considerable variation in a) cortical

cell size [12-27(-35 /a wide)] and wall thickness; b) medullary cell

size [(14-) 16-33 IJL in diameter]; c) leaf segment cell size (18-35 /-t

long, 12-34 fji wide), wall thickness and trigone presence and size;

74 FIELDIANA: BOTANY, VOLUME 41

and d) underleaf marginal armature. The underleaf margins of/.

humectata are entire or with l(-2) teeth or small lobes on either

side and fall well within the underleaf variation of /. madida (s.

sir.).

Solari placed/, obtusiloba in synonymy of/, humectata. I regard

Isotachis obtusiloba as distinct, with underleaves considerably

smaller than the leaves and underleaf margins with one very large

lobe on either side.

Several Brunswick Peninsula plants agree with the treatment of

/. fragilis in Hatcher (1961) and Fulford (1963b), particularly the

presence of a deep brown pigmentation and small cell size. Iso-

tachis fragilis is stated to be small and compact with stems 2-3 cm.

long and median leaf cells 47x16 /x. Isotachis humectata, however,

is stated to be pale green to greenish brown, larger, with stems 3-8

cm. long and median leaf cells 60-90x20-30 /x. I have studied nu-

merous specimens which are intermediate between the characters

used to distinguish the taxa. As an example, plants ofEngel 6078

are light brown to green brown in color, are large (to 6.3 cm. long),

yet possess median leaf cells of 39-46x14-17 /x, measurements

within the range given for/, fragilis. With the incorporation of this

data into that of/, madida in Hatcher, plants of/, madida may be

brown pigmented, have stems 2-8 cm. long and median leaf cells of

33-90x14-30 IM. Since I have not seen type material of/, fragilis, I

cannot assess its relationships to /. madida with certainty.

Solari (1971b) separates/, fragilis from/, madida on color alone,

with the former brilliantly chestnut colored.

The stems and leaves of Hatcher 7-12 are rose pigmented, a

character not previously recorded for /. humectata.

Ecology. — Only within the evergreen forest region and then in

situations where considerable moisture was available, such as on

stream banks and rocks in streams, in a shallow wet depression in

the "bryophyte rich fades," and on coastal rocks. Also on soil of a

moist, shaded cliff base. The above mentioned coastal rocks (Pto.

Cutter) received fresh water from rain and forest run-off, with salt

water influence at most moderate. However, the species is able to

grow in tidal zone regions (see Engel & Schuster, 1973).

Phytogeography. — Falkland Islands, Tierra del Fuego, Pata-

gonian Channels, and in the Valdivian region north to 36°43' S.

The nonsouthern South American records require confirmation.

ENGEL: BRUNSWICK PENINSULA 75

Literature Records. — A nonymous- Strait of Magellan (Bonner,

1966 as/, madida); Dusen- Strait of Magellan (Hatcher, 1960; Ful-

ford, 1963b).

Brunswick Peninsula Specimens Seen. — Strait of Magellan, with-

out specific locality, Dusen 242 as /. madida (G); ibid., sin. coll.

(NY). PUERTO DEL HAMBRE REGION: Near Fuerte Bulnes,

Hatcher 7-12 (UW-M). BAHIA SAN NICOLAS REGION: E. side of

bay (6413 B). PUERTO GALLANT REGION: NE side of Pto. Gal-

lant (6065 A-c. perigyn., 6066, 6072, 6073, 6078-c. sporo.+peri-

gyn., 6081 A, 6084 B, 6085 & 6089-c. perigyn.). BAHIA ARAUZ: 3

May 1908, Halle & Skottsberg 214 as I. subtrifidum (S-PA).

PUERTO CUTTER REGION: Between copper mine and river S. of

mine (2161 E); N. side of copper mine (2314).

Family LEPICOLEACEAE

Schust. Nova Hedwigia 5: 27. 31 January 1963. Schust. ex Fulf. in

Fulford, Mem. N.Y. Bot. Gdn. 11: 30. 15 March 1963. Schust.

Revue Bryol. Lichen. 26: 126. 1957, nom. inval.

LEPICOLEA

Bum. Recueil Obs. Jungerm. 20. 1835.

KEY TO THE BRUNSWICK PENINSULA SPECIES OF Lepicolea

1. Leaf segments ending in a uniseriate tip of a few to several elongate cells, the

second, third, and fourth cell from tip elongate, the tip cell not a slime papilla

L. ochroleuca

1. Leaf segments ending in a uniseriate tip of a few-celled row of short (subquad-

rate to short rectangular) cells which are often caducous; the third and fourth

cell from the tip short, the tip cell a slime papilla L. rigida

Lepicolea ochroleuca (Spreng.) Spruce

Jungermannia ochroleuca Spreng. Syst. Veget. 4 (2): 325. 1827.

Sendtnera ochroleuca (Spreng.) Nees in G. L. & N. 240. 1845.

Leperoma ochroleuca (Spreng.) Mitt, in Hook. f. Handb. N. Z.

Flora. 754. 1867. Herbertia ochroleuca Trev. Memorie 1st. Lomb.

Sci. Lett. III. 4: 397. 1877. Lepicolea ochroleuca (Spreng.) Spruce,

Trans. Proc. Bot. Soc. Edinb. 15: 345. 1885. Original material:

South Africa, Cape of Good Hope, Ecklon s.n., (NY!, STR-cited in

Scott, 1960).

Jungermannia hirsuta Nees ex Hook. f. & Tayl. Lond. J. Bot. 3: 289

(in errore pro 389), 475. 1844, nom. nud.

76 FIELDIANA: BOTANY, VOLUME 41

Sendtnera ochroleuca /3 mexicana Gott. Kongel. Danske Vidensk.

Selsk. Naturvidensk. Math. Afh. II. 6: 236. 1863, syn. fide Scott

(1960).

Phytogeography . — Amphiatlantic; South Africa, Tristan da Cun-

ha, Falkland Islands, Tierra del Fuego, Patagonian Channels, Val-

divian region (West Patagonia north to 39°16' S., Andean Pata-

gonia at P. N. Nahuel Huapi), Juan Fernandez, north in Andes to

Mexico; also known from Brazil [cf. Lorscheitter (1973)].

The report from India in Hooker (1867) is regarded as erroneous.

The New Zealand reports are either L. attenuate, or L. scolopendra,

and that from Tasmania is likely L. scolopendra (fide citations in

Scott, 1960).

Literature Records. — Cunningham-Pto. Gallant (Scott, 1960;

Fulford, 1963b); Lechler-Rada York (Scott, 1960; Fulford 1963b);

Schubert- Strait of Magellan (Reimers, 1926); Skottsberg & Halle —

Pto. Cutter (Stephani, 1911).

Brunswick Peninsula Specimens Seen. — RADA YORK: Lechler

s.n. (NY). PUERTO CUTTER REGION: At copper mine (2266).

Lepicolea rigida (De Not.) Scott

Sendtnera rigida De Not. Memorie Accad. Sci. Torino II. 16: 229.

pi. XV, 1-9. 1855. Herbertia rigida (De Not.) Trev. Memorie 1st.

Lomb. Sci. Lett. III. 4: 397. 1877. Leperoma rigida (De Not.)

Mass. Nuovo G. Bot. Ital. I. 17: 252. 1885. Lepicolea rigida (De

Not.) Scott, Nova Hedwigia 2: 148. 1960. Original material:

Chile, "Prov. Valparaiso, Valparaiso," Puccio (NY!).

Lepicolea seriata Herz. Hedwigia 66: 91. f. 8. 1926, syn. fide Scott

(1960). Original material: Chile, Prov. Aisen, Pta. Leopardos,

Reichert & Hicken s.n. (JE)-cited in Scott (1960).

Ecology. — Rather common in the evergreen forest "bryophyte

rich facies" where part of the bryophyte mounds and on shrub

branches. In these situations the plants are often very robust. In

forested areas on Nothofagus trunks and branches where it may

form a thick dense mat.

Phytogeography. — Falkland Islands, Tierra del Fuego, Pata-

gonian Channels, and Valdivian region north to 46°32' S.,

73°52' W. (Pta. Leopardos) (see pi. 9).

Literature Records. — Cunningham-Pto. Gallant (Scott, 1960,

Fulford, 1963b); Doty-Strait of Magellan (Scott, 1960; Fulford,

ENGEL: BRUNSWICK PENINSULA 77

I963b); Pillwax- Strait of Magellan (Scott, 1960; Fulford, 1963b).

Brunswick Peninsula Specimens Seen. — Strait of Magellan, with-

out specific locality, 1868, Dow (BM as Sendtnera ochroleuca, NY

asL. ochroleuca); ibid., Kryptogamae Exsiccatae, Editae a Museo

Palatino Vindobonensi, no. 95, Pillwax as Leperoma ochroleuca

(BM, F); ibid., Whinnii as Sendtnera ochroleuca (BM). BAHIA SAN

NICOLAS REGION: Mature forest on W. side of bay (6361 &

6369). PUERTO GALLANT REGION: Pto. Gallant, Cunningham

256 (BM asL. ochroleuca, NY); ibid., Cunningham 261 asL. ochro-

leuca (NY); NE side of Pto. Gallant (6076). PUERTO CUTTER

REGION: Between copper mine and river S. of Mine (2155 B, 2165,

2178 & 2184 A); N. of copper mine (2202 & 2208 A); at copper

mine (2278); base of M. Condor (2351 B).

Family TRICHOCOLEACEAE

Nakai in Ogurae* al. List Prof. Nakai's Pap. 200. 1943.

TRICHOCOLEA

Bum. Comment. Bot. 113. 1822 (Thricholea) , corr. Nees, Naturg.

Eur. Leberm. 3: 103. 1838, (nom. cons.).

Trichocolea elegans Lehm.

Trichocolea elegans Lehm. Nov. Minus Cog. Stir. Pug. 10: 8. 1857.

Original material: Chile, Prov. Valdivia, Lechler (NY)- cited in

Hatcher (1958).

Trichocolea verticillata Steph. Bih. K. Svenska VetenskAkad.

Handl. 26 (III, 6): 57. 1900, syn. fide Hatcher (1958). Original

material: Chile, Prov. Magallanes, Pto. Bueno, 31 May 1896,

Dusen 52 (G!), S. Molyneux, 1 June 1896, Dusen (NY!); Prov.

Aisen, R. Aisen Valley, January 1897, Dusen (NY!); Prov. Llan-

quihue, La Ensenada, Dusen (non vidi); Prov. Chiloe, I. Chiloe,

Dusen (non vidi); Argentina, Prov. Rio Negro, Puerto Blest, July

Trichocolea decrescens Steph. K. Svenska VetenskAkad. Handl. 46

(9): 77. f. 30 b, c. 1911, syn. fide Hatcher (1958). Lectotype (nov.):

Chile, Prov. Magallanes, Cta. Rayo, 1908, Skottsberg 587 (G! as

"Patagonia occid.").

Ecology. — Forested areas (mature forests at B. San Nicolas and

Pto. Gallant) where on rotted logs and on bark of trees, sometimes

in a mat of vegetation covering the trunks.

78 FIELDIANA: BOTANY, VOLUME 41

Phytogeography. — Tierra del Fuego, Patagonian Channels, Val-

divian region (including Andean Patagonia), and Juan Fernandez.

The report of this species (as T. verticillata) from Tristan da

Cunha and Inaccessible Island in Arnell (1958), should be con-

firmed. The record from Australia in Stephani (1909) is doubtful.

Brunswick Peninsula Specimens Seen. — Strait of Magellan, with-

out specific locality, 1901, Schubert as T. verticillata (FH).

PUERTO DEL HAMBRE REGION: Near Fuerte Bulnes, Hatcher

4-3 (UW-M). BAHIA SAN NICOLAS REGION: W. side of bay

(6337). PUERTO GALLANT REGION: B. Fortescue (6000 A-c.

sporo.). PUERTO CUTTER REGION: Slightly W. of copper mine

(2254 & 2264 B); base of M. Condor (2349).

Trichocolea SPECIES EXCLUDED FROM THE BRUNSWICK PENINSULA

1. Trichocolea tomentosa (Sw.) Gott.

Jungermannia tomentosa Sw. Nov. Gener. Sp. PI. Prodr. 145. 1788.

Trichocolea tomentosa (Sw.) Gott. Annls. Sci. Nat. V. 1: 132.

1864. Basichiton tomentosum (Sw.) Trev. Memorie 1st. Lomb. Sci.

Lett. III. 4: 394. 1877. Original material: Jamaica, Swartz (S-PA)

—cited in Hatcher (1958).

Reported by Angstrom (1872 as Jungermannia} for an Andersson

Pto. del Hambre collection. According to Hatcher (1958), the spe-

cies is widespread in tropical South America and the West Indies

and extends north in Mexico.

Family LEPIDOLAENACEAE

Nakai in Ogurae* al. List Prof. Nakai's Pap. 200. 1943.

GACKSTROEMIA

Trev. Memorie 1st. Lomb. Sci. Lett. III. 4: 397. 1877.

KEY TO THE BRUNSWICK PENINSULA SPECIES OF Gackstroemia

1. Dorsal lobes of main axis armed and auriculate at dorsal base; cilia of dorsal

lobes of branch leaves and helmets consistently present and as long or longer

than the helmets; plants dioecious G. magellanica

1. Dorsal lobes of main axis not armed or auriculate at dorsal base; cilia of dorsal

lobes of branch leaves and helmets mostly absent, when present distinctly

shorter than the helmet length; plants monoecious 2

2. Helmets inflated throughout, with a lateral slit which is ca. at right angles

with the helmet mouth; tooth or cilium of helmet persistent, inserted directly

ENGEL: BRUNSWICK PENINSULA 79

above the termination of the lateral slit; perianth mouth ± ciliated; plants on

soil where seepage present G. patagonica

2. Helmets contracted toward the mouth, inflated distally, without a lateral slit;

free helmet margin at angle greater than 90° with helmet mouth; tooth of

helmet often absent, when present considerably removed from mouth; per-

ianth mouth entire; plants on bark G. hariotiana

Gackstroemia hariotiana (Besch. & Mass.) Grolle

Polyotus hariotianus Besch. & Mass. Bull. Mens. Soc. Linn. Paris 1:

639. 1886. Lepidolaena hariotiana (Besch. & Mass.) Schiffn. in

Engl. & Prantl, Natiir. Pflanzenfam. 1 (3,1): HO. 1895. Gack-

stroemia hariotiana (Besch. & Mass.) Grolle, J. Hattori Bot. Lab.

30: 12. 1967. Original material: Chile, Prov. Magallanes, I.

Hermite, Hariot (PC)-cited in Grolle (1967).

Hariotiella hermitensis Mass. Nuovo G. Bot. Ital. II. 5: 259. 1898,

nom. inval. prov.

Ecology. — Collected but once in the peninsula, on bark ofNothofa-

gus betuloides.

Phytogeography. — Tierra del Fuego and southern Patagonian

Channels (Brunswick Peninsula).

Brunswick Peninsula Specimen Seen.— PUERTO GALLANT RE-

GION: NE side of Pto. Gallant (6026-c. sporo.).

Gackstroemia magellanica (Lam.) Trev.

Jungermannia magellanica Lam. Encycl. Method. Bot. 3: 284. 1789

nonJ. magellanica Spreng. Annln Wetter. Ges. Naturk. 1 (1): 25.

1809 ( =Frullania) . Polyotus magellanicus (Lam.) Gott. in G. L.

& N. Syn. Hep. 248. 1845. Gackstroemia magellanica (Lam.)

Trev. Memorie 1st. Lomb. Sci. Lett. III. 4: 397. 1877. Lepidolaena

magellanica (Lam.) Evans, Contr. U.S. Natn. Herb. 1: 140. 1892.

Lectotype (cf. Grolle 1967): Chile, Prov. Magallanes, Strait of

Magellan, Commerson (PC-non vidi).

Polyotus decipiens Goeb. ex De Not. Memorie Accad. Sci. Torino II.

16: 228. 1855, nom. nud., pro syn. Polyotus decipiens Goeb. Ann.

Jard. Bot. Buitzenzorg I. 7: 30. /. 23. 1888, syn. fide Grolle (1967).

Lepidolaena hallei Steph. K. Svenska VetenskAkad. Handl. 46 (9):

74. f. 29 a-d. 1911, syn. fide Grolle (1967) non L. halleana Steph.

Spec. Hep. 6: 370. 1923 (=L. menziesii fide Grolle, 1967). Lecto-

type (cf. Grolle 1967): Falkland Is., Mt. Usborne, Halle s.n. (UPS)

-non vidi.

80 FIELDIANA: BOTANY, VOLUME 41

Lepidolaena skottsbergii Steph. Spec. Hep. 6: 371. 1923, syn. fide

Grolle (1967) non L. skottsbergii Steph. K. Svenska Vetensk-

Akad. Handl. 46 (9): 76. 1911 (=L. menziesii fide Grolle, 1967).

Original material: Falkland Is., 1909, Skottsberg s.n. (G)-cited

in Grolle (1967).

Remarks. — Gackstroemia magellanica is more variable than the

account in Grolle (1967) would indicate. Grolle states the ventral

lobes are entire or with a "Granne" and the underleaves of the

main axis are entire. I have found the margins of these structures,

on occasion, copiously ciliated. Occasionally, stems possess under-

leaves with rather densely ciliated margins, while others on the

same axis are nearly entire (see Engel 2245 B).

Ecology. — Evergreen Nothofagus forests from the very wet west-

ern end to near the evergreen-deciduous forest boundary. In for-

ested areas on bark of Nothofagus and Drimys (often as part of a

mat of vegetation covering a trunk or branch), on rotted logs and

less commonly on soil. Very common and conspicuous element of

the evergreen forest "bryophyte rich facies" where at the bases,

sides, and apices of bryophyte mounds, very commonly intermixed

with other Hepaticae such as Adelanthus lindenbergianus, Anas-

trophyllum involutifolium, Clasmatocolea puccioana, Jamesoniella

colorata, Leptoscyphus horizontalis, Plagiochila ansata, and Riccar-

dia prehensilis as well as the moss Dicranoloma imponens.

Phytogeography. — Falkland Islands, Tierra del Fuego (wide-

spread), Patagonian Channels, Valdivian region (West Patagonia

north to 39°52' S.), and Juan Fernandez (see pi. 12).

Australasian records of the species were shown by Grolle (1967)

to be plants of G. weindorferi.

Literature Records. — Anony mous- Strait of Magellan (Schwae-

grichen, 1814 as Jungermannia, Stephani, 1909 as Lepidolaena,

Kuhnemann, 1937, 1949 as Lepidolaena); Andersson-Pto. del

Hambre (Angstrom, 1872 as Jungermannia, Grolle, 1967);

Commerson- Strait of Magellan (Hooker, 1818 and Taylor & Hook-

er, 1847b as Jungermannia, G. L. & N., 1845 as Polyotus, Mon-

tagne, 1845, 1852 as Polyotus, Reimers, 1926 as Lepidolaena,

Hodgson, 1959 as Lepidolaena, Grolle, 1967; Dumont d'Urville-

Pto. Gallant (Montagne, 1845 as Polyotus), Strait of Magellan

(Montagne, 1852 as Polyotus); Jacquinot-Pto. Gallant (Montagne,

1845 as Polyotus); Lechler-Rada York (Grolle, 1967), Rada York,

Punta Arenas (Reimers, 1926 as Lepidolaena); Le Guillou-Strait of

ENGEL: BRUNSWICK PENINSULA 81

Magellan (Reimers, 1926 as Lepidolaena); Santesson-C. Mina Rica

(Arnell, 1955 and Miiller, 1955 as Lepidolaena), Tres Puentes (Ar-

nell, 1955 asLepidolaena), Punta Arenas (Grolle, 1967); Schubert-

Strait of Magellan (Reimers, 1926 as Lepidolaena); Skottsberg &

Halle-Pto. Cutter (Stephani, 1911 asLepidolaena).

Brunswick Peninsula Specimens Seen. — Without specific locality,

13 February 1929, Roivainen 844c (H). Strait of Magellan, without

specific locality, Albatross (F, FH, NY); ibid., 1868, Dow 4, Collin-

son, Coppinger, Cunningham (NY); ibid., February 1861,Nadaud

(F); ibid., 1901, Schubert (FH). PUNTA ARENAS REGION: Punta

Arenas, Thaxter s.n., 52, 57 (FH), Thaxter s.n. (MICH). LAGUNO

EL PARRILLAR: Just E. of lake, ca. 365 m. (2083); 4 km. E. of

lake, ca. 305 m. (2128). FIORDO SILVA PALMA: Angostura Ti-

tus, Pisano 3814 (F). PUERTO DEL HAMBRE REGION: Pto. del

Hambre ("Magellan Sound"), Andersson (NY); N. side of R. San

Juan, 1 km. from straits (1868). CABO SAN ISIDRO: 13 February

1929, Roivainen 2390 as L. hallei (H). BAHIA SAN NICOLAS

REGION: B. San Nicolas, Pisano 3350 (F); W. side of bay (6332,

6342 D, 6367 A, 6387 & 6388 B); between B. Bougainville and B.

San Nicolas (6432 E-f. depauperata). BAHIA WOOD: April 1869,

Cunningham 89 (NY). PUERTO GALLANT REGION: B. Fortes-

cue (5958 D & 5969); Pto. Gallant, March 1867, Cunningham 129

(NY); NE side of Pto. Gallant (6004 E, 6008 E, 6022 D, 6027 B,

6037 A & 6042 D). RADA YORK: Lechler (NY). PUERTO CUT-

TER REGION: Between copper mine and river S. of mine (2129-2,

2135 A, 2138 B, 2141, 2157 B, 2163 B, 2167 C, 2173 A, 2175 B,

2179 C & 2186); N. of copper mine (2205 B); W. of copper mine

(2232, 2234 B, 2242 B, 2245 B & 2253); base of M. Condor (2333,

2338 & 2351 A).

Gackstroemia patagonica (Steph.) Grolle

Lepidolaena patagonica Steph. K. Svenska VetenskAkad. Handl.

46 (9): 76. f. 29 e-h. 1911. Gackstroemia patagonica (Steph.)

Grolle, J. Hattori Bot. Lab. 30: 14. 1967. Lectotype (cf. Grolle,

1967): Chile, Prov. Magallanes, Canal Gajardo, Halle & Skotts-

berg s.n. (UPS-non uidi).

Phytogeography. — Falkland Islands, Tierra del Fuego (R. Azo-

pardo and Pto. Angosto), and southern Patagonian Channels

(Brunswick Peninsula and Canal Gajardo).

Brunswick Peninsula Specimens Seen.— PUERTO GALLANT

82 FIELDIANA: BOTANY, VOLUME 41

REGION: NE side of Pto. Gallant (6045 C, 6062 & 6080 A-c.

perigyn.).

LEPIDOLAENA

Dum. Recueil Obs. Jungerm. 13. 1835.

Lepidolaena menziesii (Hook.) Dum.

Jungermannia menziesii Hook. Musci Exot. 2: pi. 118, f. 1-6. 1820.

Lepidolaena menziesii (Hook.) Dum. Recueil Obs. Jungerm. 13.

1835. Polyotus menziesii (Hook.) Gott. in G. L. & N. Syn. Hep.

247. 1845. Original material: Argentina, Terr. Tierra del Fuego,

I. de los Estados, Menzies (E)-cited in Grolle (1967).

Lepidolaena skottsbergii Steph. K. Svenska VetenskAkad. Handl.

46 (9): 76. f. 29 i, k. 1911, syn. fide Grolle (1967) non L. skottsber-

gii Steph. Spec. Hep. 6: 371. 1923 ( =Gackstroemia magellanica) .

Lectotype (fide Grolle, 1967): Chile, Prov. Magallanes, Pto. Cut-

ter, Halle & Skottsberg (UPS-non vidi).

Lepidolaena halleana Steph. Spec. Hep. 6: 370. 1923, syn. fide

Grolle (1967) non L. hallei Steph. K. Svenska VetenskAkad.

Handl. 46 (9): 74. f. 29 a-d. 1911 ( =Gackstroemia magallanica) .

Lectotype (fide Grolle, 1967): W. Patagonia, without specific lo-

cality, Halle & Skottsberg (G-non vidi}.

Ecology. — Only in evergreen forests, in forested areas on soil and

rotted logs, while in the "bryophyte rich fades" it occurred on the

floor, particularly in well-shaded, wet depressions. It occasionally

occurred as part of the bryophyte mounds.

Phytogeography . — Tierra del Fuego, Patagonian Channels, Val-

divian region north to 36°50' S., and Juan Fernandez (1,350 m. on

Mas Afuera).

Grolle (1967) points out the reports from Campbell Island, New

Zealand and Antipodes Island are erroneous, and for the most part

are plants of L. hodgsoniae.

Literature Records. — Andersson-Pto. del Hambre (Angstrom,

1872 as Jungermannia); Savatier-Pto. Gallant (Bescherelle &

Massalongo, 1889 as Polyotus); Skottsberg & Halle-Pto. Cutter

(Grolle, 1967).

Brunswick Peninsula Specimens Seen. — Strait of Magellan, with-

out specific locality, Cunningham 164 (NY); ibid., 1868, Dow 5

(NY). PUNTA ARENAS REGION: Punta Arenas, Lechler (NY).

ENGEL: BRUNSWICK PENINSULA 83

SEND OTWAY REGION: B. Camden (2006 A). CABO SAN ISI-

DRO: 13 February 1929, Roivainen 2394 (H). BAHIA SAN NICO-

LAS REGION: W. side of bay (6334 A); ridge between B. Bougain-

ville and B. San Nicolas, ca. 155 m. (6422 A); PUERTO GALLANT

REGION: Pto. Gallant, 1879, sin. coll. (PC-c. perigyn.); B. Fortes-

cue, 28 November 1886, Safford as Trichocolea tomentella (NY);

ibid., (5953-c. coel. & 5958 C). RADA YORK: Lechler (NY).

PUERTO CUTTER REGION: Between copper mine and river S. of

mine (2170, 2171 A & 2173 B); W. of copper mine (2222 & 2247-c.

coel.); at copper mine (2269A); base of M. Condor (2350 B & 2353).

Lepidolaena SPECIES EXCLUDED FROM THE BRUNSWICK PENINSULA

l.Lepidolaena palpebrifolia (Hook.) Dum. ex Trev.

Jungermannia palpebrifolia Hook. Musci Exot. 1: pi. 71, f. 1-9.

1818. Lepidolaena palpebrifolia (Hook.) Dum. Recueil Obs. Jun-

germ. 13. 1835, nom. inval. Polyotus palpebrifolius (Hook.) Gott.

in G. L. & N. Syn. Hep. 246. 1845. Lepidolaena palpebrifolia

(Hook.) Dum. ex Trev. Memorie 1st. Lomb. Sci. Lett. III. 4: 393.

1877. Original material: New Zealand, South Island, Dusky Bay,

Menzies (E, NY, S-PA)-cited in Grolle (1967).

Reported for the Brunswick Peninsula by G. L. & N. (1845),

Montagne (1852), Mitten (1854), Taylor & Hooker (1847b), and

Kiihnemann (1937, 1949). All records are based upon a Dumont

d'Urville collection, which according to Grolle (1967) presumably is

Lepidolaena menziesii. Lepidolaena palpebrifolia is endemic to New

Zealand.

Family LEPIDOZIACEAE

Limpr. in Cohn, Kryptogamenfl. Schles. 1: 310. 1875 [sub Lepidoz-

ieae].

ACROMASTIGUM

Evans, Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 27: 103. 1900.

Acromastigum cunninghamii (Steph.) Evans

Bazzania cunninghamii Steph. Hedwigia 32: 205. 1893. Mastigo-

bryum cunninghamii (Steph.) Steph. Spec. Hep. 3: 540. 1909.

Acromastigum cunninghamii (Steph.) Evans, Annls. Bryol.

84 FIELDIANA: BOTANY, VOLUME 41

Suppl. 3: 106. 1934. Lectotype (cf. Fulford, 1966): Chile, Prov.

Magallanes, Pto. Gray, Cunningham 147 (BM-non vidi).

Ecology. — Collected but once in the Brunswick Peninsula, and

then only in the wettest portion. It grew on a well shaded soil bank

in a small forested area.

Phytogeography. — Patagonian Channel region north to 43°57' S.

in the Valdivian region. Grolle (1961a) notes the reports in Herzog

(1954) are actually based upon plants of A. laetevirens.

Brunswick Peninsula Specimen Seen.— PUERTO CUTTER RE-

GION: Slightly W. of copper mine (2257).

BAZZANIA

S. Gray, Nat. Arr. Brit. PL 1: 704, 775. 1821 (Bazzanius), corr.

Carrington, Trans. Bot. Soc. Edinb. 10: 309. 1870 (nom. cons.).

KEY TO THE BRUNSWICK PENINSULA SPECIES OF Bazzania

1. Leaves with a conspicuous vitta; underleaves one-third to one-half divided into

4 teeth , B. nitida

1. Leaves without a vitta; underleaves with apices entire to variously incised,

serrated to spinose-dentate to lobed, never with regular production of 4 teeth.

Underleaves connate with leaves on both sides B. peruviana

Bazzania nitida (Web.) Grolle

Jungermannia nitida Web. Hist. Muse. Hep. Prodr. 43. 1815. Baz-

zania nitida (Web.) Grolle, Revue Bryol. Lichen. 29: 210. 1960.

Original material: South Africa, Cape Prov., Cape of Good Hope,

Thunberg (non vidi).

Mastigobryum convexum Lindenb. in G. L. & N. Syn. Hep. 215.

1845, syn. cf. Fulford (1946). Jungermannia convexa Thunb.

Prodr. PI. Cap. 173. 1800 non J. convexa Scop. Fl. Carniol. 2nd

ed. 2: 349. 1772. Bazzania convexa (Lindenb.) Trev. Memorie 1st.

Lomb. Sci. Lett. III. 4: 414. 1877. Original material: South Afri-

ca, Cape of Good Hope, Thunberg (non vidi).

Mastigobryum richardianum Mitt, in Hook. f. Bot. Ant. Voy. 2:

147. 1854, syn. cf. Fulford (1946). Bazzania richardiana (Mitt.)

Kuhnem. Revta Cent. Estud. Doct. Cienc. Nat., B. Aires 1: 156.

1937. Original material: Chile, Prov. Magallanes, Strait of Ma-

gellan, without specific locality, sin. coll.,1 (Herb. Richard) (NY!).

'Fulford (1946, 1959, 1963b) states that Richard made the collection. Richard did

not visit southern South America. According to Stephani (1909, p. 532), Hooker

ENGEL: BRUNSWICK PENINSULA 85

Bazzania carlii Herz. Beih. Bot. Zbl. 61 (B): 565. f. 1, e-h. 1942, syn.

fide Fulford (1963b). Type: Brazil, Sta. Catharina, Jaragua, 400

m., 30 July 1937, Carl (JE)-cited in Fulford (1963b).

Remarks. — Jones (1975) has a description and two plates of the

species.

Phytogeography . — Pan-temperate; reportedly occurs in New Zea-

land, Australia, South Africa, southern South America, and Brazil.

Literature Records. — A nonymous- Strait of Magellan (Stephani,

1909 as Mastigobryum conuexum, Kiihnemann, 1949 as B. con-

vexa); Richard-Strait of Magellan (Fulford, 1946, 1959 as B. con-

vexo).

Bazzania peruviana (Nees) Trev.

Mastigobryum peruvianum Nees in G. L. & N. Syn. Hep. 220. 1845.

Bazzania peruviana (Nees) Trev. Memorie 1st. Lomb. Sci. Lett.

III. 4: 414. 1877. Original material: Peru, without specific locali-

ty, sin. coll. (FH!).

Bazzania brevidens Mitt, in Melliss, St. Helina p. 369. 1875 [sub

Bazzanius] non B. brevidens (Steph.) Hatt. Bot. Mag., Tokyo 59:

26. 1946, syn. fide Grolle (1963a). Original material: Tristan da

Cunha, Milne (NY)- cited in Grolle (1963a).

Mastigobryum lechleri Steph. Hedwigia 25: 134. pi. 6, f. 10-14.

1886, syn. fide Fulford (1946). Bazzania lechleri (Steph.) Spruce,

Mem. Torrey Bot. Club 1: 129. 1900. Original material: Chile,

Prov. Valdivia, Valdivia, Lechler (FH, G)- cited in Fulford

(1959).

Mastigobryum peruvianum var. (3 minimum Schiffn. in Naumann,

Forschungsr. Gazelle 4 (4): 17. pi. 4, f. 17-18. 1890, syn. fide

Fulford (1946). Original material: Chile, Prov. Magallanes, I.

Desolacion, B. Tuesday, Naumann (FH)-cited in Fulford (1946).

Mastigobryum cerinum Steph. Bull. Herb. Boissier II. 8 (10): 773.

1908 ( = Spec. Hep. 3: 457), syn. fide Fulford (1959). Original

material: Chile, Prov. Magallanes, I. Newton, Dusen (G)-cited in

Fulford (1959).

footnote continued from p. 84.

made the collection (in which case the collection locality is erroneous as Hooker did

not visit the Strait of Magellan). The specimen may possibly have been collected

during the visit of the Astrolabe and Zelee to the Strait of Magellan and later

communicated to Richard.

86 FIELDIANA: BOTANY, VOLUME 41

Mastigobryum skottsbergii Steph. K. Svenska VetenskAkad.

Handl. 46 (9): 60. f. 22 i, k. 1911, syn. fide Grolle (1963a). Bazza-

nia skottsbergii (Steph.) Fulf. Ann. Crypt. Phytopath. 3: 122.

1946. Lectotype (fide Fulford, 1959): Juan Fernandez, Mas a

Tierra, 1908, Skottsberg 50 (G!).

Mastigobryum creberrimum Steph. K. Svenska VetenskAkad.

Handl. 46 (9): 60. f. 22 c, d. 1911, syn. cf. Fulford (1959). Bazza-

nia creberrima (Steph.) S. Arnell, Results Norw. Sclent. Exped.

Tristan da Cunha 1937-1938, 3 (42): 4. 1958. Original material:

Chile, Prov. Chiloe, I. de San Pedro; Prov. Aisen, Cta. Hale;

Prov. Magallanes, Cta. Rayo, Skottsberg and/or Halle (non vidi).

Ecology. — Wetter portions of the peninsular evergreen forests as

part of the thick vegetation covering of tree trunks, as well as in

pendent sheets of bryophytes, both situations of which are quite

common in the region.

Phytogeography. — Andean South American; Tierra del Fuego,

Patagonian Channels, the Valdivian region, Juan Fernandez,

Peru, Brazil, and Tristan da Cunha.

Literature Records. — Schubert- Strait of Magellan (Fulford, 1959,

1963b).

Brunswick Peninsula Specimens Seen. — PUERTO GALLANT

REGION: B. Fortescue (5989). PUERTO CUTTER REGION:

Slightly W. of copper mine (2242 A, 2251 B & 2255) ; .base of M.

Condor (2327, 2342 & 2354).

Bazzania SPECIES EXCLUDED FROM THE BRUNSWICK PENINSULA

1. Bazzania involuta (Mont.) Trev.

Herpetium involutum Mont. Annls. Sci. Nat. II. 19: 253. 1843. Mas-

tigobryum involutum (Mont.) G. L. & N. Syn. Hep. 220. 1845.

Bazzania involuta (Mont.) Trev. Memorie 1st. Lomb. Sci. Lett. III.

4: 414. 1877. Original material: Auckland Is., Hombron (non

vidi).

Reported for the Strait of Magellan by Stephani (1908). Accord-

ing to Hodgson (1954), B. involuta occurs on Auckland and Stewart

Islands and New Zealand.

2. Bazzania spruceana Steph.

Bazzania spruceana Steph. Hedwigia 32: 213. 1893. Mastigobryum

spruceanum (Steph.) Steph. Bull. Herb. Boissier II. 8 (11): 845.

ENGEL: BRUNSWICK PENINSULA 87

1908 ( = Spec. Hep. 3: 469). Original material: Peru, M. Guayra-

purina, Spruce (FH)-cited in Fulford (1946).

Mastigobryum burchellii Steph. Bull. Herb. Boissier II. 8 (12): 959.

1908 (=Spec. Hep. 3: 509), syn. fide Fulford (1959). Original

material: Brazil, Burchell 3847 (G)-cited in Fulford (1959).

The report of this species from the Strait of Magellan stems from

the Stephani (1908) type locality information provided for M. bur-

chellii. However, as discussed in Fulford (1959), the locality data

accompanying the original description plus that on the type packet

are erroneous, since the original material was actually gathered in

Brazil.

HYALOLEPIDOZIA

S. Arnell ex Grolle, Revue Bryol. Lichen. 32: 179. 1963. S. Arnell,

Bot. Notiser 115: 203. 1962, nom. inval. sin. descr. lot.

Hyalolepidozia bicuspidata (Mass.) S. Arnell ex Grolle

Lepidozia bicuspidata Mass. Nuovo G. Bot. Ital. I. 17: 239. pi. 22, f.

25. 1885. Hyalolepidozia bicuspidata (Mass.) S. Arnell, Bot. No-

tiser 115: 213. 1962, nom. illeg. Paracromastigum bicuspidatum

(Mass.) Schust. J. Hattori Bot. Lab. 26: 276. 1963. Hyalolepidozia

bicuspidata (Mass.) S. Arnell ex Grolle, Revue Bryol. Lichen. 32:

179. 1963. Original material: Argentina, Terr. Tierra del Fuego,

I. de los Estados, Pto. Cook, Spegazzini 45b (G)-cited in Fulford

(1968).

Ecology. — Mixed with Sphagnum sp. in protected hollows in an

open Empetrum-Nothofagus mosaic and on the sides of bryophyte

mounds in the "bryophyte rich fades."

Phytogeography. — Amphiatlantic temperate; South Africa (Table

Mt.), southern Patagonia (Brunswick Peninsula and R. Rubens),

Patagonian Channels, the Valdivian region north to 41°46' S.

(West Patagonia), Juan Fernandez, and "Frai Jorge."

Brunswick Peninsula Specimens Seen. — BAHIA SAN NICOLAS

REGION: Ridge between B. Bougainville and B. San Nicolas (6429

-c. per. & 6436-c. per.). PUERTO GALLANT REGION: NE side of

Pto. Gallant (6036 E).

HYGROLEMBIDIUM

Schust. J. Hattori Bot. Lab. 26: 277. 1963.

88 FIELDIANA: BOTANY, VOLUME 41

Hygrolembidium isophyllum Schust.

Hygrolembidium isophyllum Schust. Nova Hedwigia 15: 467. pi.

56. 1968. Holotype: Argentina, Terr. Tierra del Fuego, C. Gari-

baldi, near L. Escondido, Schuster 58319e (hb. Schuster!).

Remarks. — See comments in Engel (1974).

Ecology-Phytogeography . — In the Brunswick Peninsula I found

the species only in the relatively dry eastern end (8 km. west of

Punta Arenas, 305-610 m.), and here it grew on soil among cushion

plants. Raymond E. Hatcher made several collections of the taxon

between Punta Arenas and Puerto Natales, ca. 100 km. north of

the Strait of Magellan, a locality which is on the eastern side of the

Andes and thus relatively dry. The only other localities known for

the species are the mountainous region of Isla Grande de Tierra del

Fuego and the Falkland Islands (leg. Engel}. On the mainland this

taxon seems to be restricted to deciduous Nothofagus forests of

magellanian South America (see pi. 7).

Brunswick Peninsula Specimen Seen. — PUNTA ARENAS RE-

GION: Ridge above refugio (Club Andino), 8 km. W. of Punta Are-

nas, 305-610 m. (1982-c. per. + sporo.).

KURZIA

v. Mart., Flora 28: 417. 1870.

Microlepidozia (Spruce) J0rg. Bergens Mus. Skr. 16: 303. 1934.

Lepidozia subg. Microlepidozia Spruce, J. Bot., Lond. 14: 165.

1876. Micrisophylla Fulf. Brittonia 14: 124. 1962, syn. fide

Schuster, 1969c, p. 41.

There has been some degree of doubt expressed concerning the

validity of the genus Micrisophylla. Grolle (1963b) transferred one

of the species regarded by Fulford (1962) as a Micrisophylla (M.

saddlensis) out of Lepidozia to Kurzia. Schuster (1969c, p. 41)

stated "I tentatively agree (with Grolle) in regarding the Microlepi-

dozia and Micrisophylla elements as being basically congeneric,

although the type of Micrisophylla may represent a distinct ge-

nus." In addition, Schuster (loc. cit., p. 44) states, "I think, howev-

er, that perhaps the type M. setiformis stands further apart from

Microlepidozia than preceding accounts make clear. The brownish

color and the irregular and almost Temnoma-like branching and

facies, without the rather regularly pinnate branching typical of

Microlepidozia, are suggestively different. The status of Micriso-

ENGEL: BRUNSWICK PENINSULA 89

phylla thus remains open to question." I regard the genus Micriso-

phylla as a distinct and highly primitive subgenus of Kurzia.

Micrisophylla was described in Fulford (1962) for four species of

southern South American Hepaticae, and was held by her to be

distinct from Kurzia because of the possession of the following

characters: a) the radial symmetry of leafy stems; b) the long ven-

tral stolons; c) the wide variation in gynoecial position; and d) the

enlarged turgid axes below the female inflorescence.

Study of specimens of the complex from southern Chile (includ-

ing the Brunswick Peninsula), the Falkland Islands, and Tristan

da Cunha has shown a distinct progression of stages from near

isophylly to distinct anisophylly, and a trend from lack of definite

branch organization, (i.e., irregularly pinnate and diffuse pattern)

to a ± regularly pinnate pattern with regularly alternating

Microlepidozia- and Frullania -branch types which are characteris-

tic of Kurzia (sensu stricto).

I regard K. mollis as the most primitive of the subgenus, as it

approaches true isophylly more closely than other members of the

subgenus, and has a highly irregular branch system. Fulford

(1966, p. 222) implies true symmetry for the species in her state-

ment "leaves and underleaves alike." However, the underleaves

are 0.65-0.85 x the size of the leaves. I have studied the branching

of K. mollis in some detail. Frullania-type, Acromastigum-type (a

branch type not previously reported for "Micrisophylla" and a

third type of terminal branching for the species), and leafy as well

as flagelliform ventral-intercalary branches are commonly pro-

duced with ventral-intercalary branches often copiously developed.

On material studied, Frullania-type branches are frequently pro-

duced on one side of the axis with the other side denuded of

branches. Microlepidozia-type and lateral-intercalary branches are

very rarely produced. I have found the branching to be quite plas-

tic, e.g., on one short stem (1.1 cm. long) the following branch types

were present: lateral- and ventral-intercalary type, Frullania-type,

Acromastigum-type, and Microlepidozia-type. In addition, apices of

leafy branches occasionally become flagelliform. With the presence

of nearly complete radial symmetry and irregular branch pattern

coupled with the production of terminal branching from all three

sectors, K. mollis is a highly unspecialized, primitive taxon. Ful-

ford (1962) states for the gynoecial position of the species, "female

inflorescence terminal on a long flagelliform branch ending in an

enlarged turgid tip." While I have seen gynoecia in only a single

90 FIELDIANA: BOTANY, VOLUME 41

specimen (young 9 in Engel 2313), they were found to be present

on short, restricted, ventral-intercalary branches, as they typically

are in Kurzia (and the family Lepidoziaceae). The instability of

gynoecial position is also considered a primitive condition.

Kurzia setiformis (the type species of Micrisophylla) was found to

be intermediate between K. mollis and K. saddlensis. This species,

like K. mollis, possesses the irregularly pinnate, diffuse branching,

but differs in lacking Acromastigum-type branches. The under-

leaves are 0.45-0.75 the leaf size and are thus somewhat more

anisophyllous than K. mollis. Fulford (1962, 1966) reports that

only a single immature female inflorescence was seen, and this on

a ventral leafy branch. I have, however, seen several collections

with mature perianths, and all gynoecia observed were found to

occur on short, abbreviated ventral-intercalary branches. While K.

mollis is pigmented only at the base, with upper portions green, K.

setiformis possesses brownish secondary pigmentation throughout

the entire plant.

Kurzia (Micrisophylla) saddlensis may be regarded as more ad-

vanced (reduced) than the above two taxa. The branching in K.

saddlensis frequently has the regularly pinnate alternation of Mi-

crolepidozia type on one side of the axis with Frullania type on the

other side (however, axes with Frullania-type branching on one

side and the other denuded of branches, as well as branchless axes,

are occasionally produced). Thus, K. saddlensis possesses a branch

pattern similar to Kurzia (sensu stricto). This taxon is slightly

more anisophyllous than K. setiformis, with the underleaves 0.40-

0.66 (-0.86) the leaf size. This species is thus the most reduced of

the three taxa and culminates a reduction sequence from the prim-

itive K. mollis through K. setiformis to K. saddlensis. While the

branching pattern is more advanced, the gynoecial position is vari-

able and thus unstable, a primitive feature compared to the more

advanced condition of perianths restricted to short, abbreviated

ventral-intercalary branches in the Lepidoziaceae. Like K. setifor-

mis, this species has the deep brown secondary pigmentation. It is

with good reason then, that Grolle (1963b) regards Micrisophylla

saddlensis as a species of Kurzia.

Fulford (1962, 1966) regards the "unequal (rarely equal)" under-

leaf segments a generic feature of Microlepidozia, but does not

mention this feature for Micrisophylla in either publication. In all

three species of Kurzia examined, I have found aborted underleaf

ENGEL: BRUNSWICK PENINSULA 91

segments to be a highly consistent and dependable character. Kur-

zia mollis commonly has but one of the underleaf segments short

and abbreviated, and a given axis produces underleaves with one

abbreviated segment scattered among underleaves with no size

reduction in segments. In K. setiformis the underleaves have 1-2

(-3) aborted segments, commonly with the middle two segments

smaller. The underleaves with abbreviated segments tend to be

scattered among leaves with all four segments equal in size or

occasionally occur in regions of asymmetrical underleaves. A given

axis of this taxon has at least some to nearly all of its underleaves

with aborted segments. Figures 78 and 81 in Fulford (1962) exhibit

slightly (fig. 81) and distinctly (fig. 78) aborted segments; this fea-

ture, however, is not mentioned in the text. The quadrifid or occa-

sionally trifid underleaves of K. saddlensis have 1-2 segments of an

underleaf aborted, and on a given axis, nearly all of the under-

leaves have aborted segments, with ± equal segments scattered or

in groups among the typical individuals.

In summary, I regard Micrisophylla Fulf. as a subgenus ofKur-

zia for the following reasons outlined: 1) The presence of a typically

Microlepidozioid branching pattern in K. saddlensis, which repre-

sents the extreme in a progression toward branch stabilization in

the subgenus. As K. setiformis, the type of Micrisophylla, repre-

sents an intermediate condition in this progression, I would not

regard it as "suggestively different." 2) The consistent production

of at least some (and frequently nearly all) underleaves with 1-2

(-3) aborted segments. 3) The frequent production of gynoecia on

short, abbreviated, ventral-intercalary branches. 4) The presence

in Telaranea (Lepidoziaceae) of a species (T. apiahyna) with gynoe-

cia on short or long ventral-intercalary branches, or even terminal

on the main stem or a lateral branch. Thus Kurzia (sensu lato) is

not unique in the absence of restricted gynoecial position typical of

Lepidoziaceae. 5) The presence of the brown secondary pigmenta-

tion, a feature very commonly produced in Kurzia, and thus not

"suggestively different" from it. As there is wide variation in ani-

sophylly, e.g., from near isophylly to distinctly anisophyllous, I do

not agree with Fulford's statement (1962, p. 124): "This new genus

(Micrisophylla) is of special significance because of the radial

symmetry . . . ," and would thus not attach the generic significance

given to it by Fulford.

The unstable, plastic, irregular branching, the variable, i.e., un-

stable gynoecial position, the approach to isophylly, and the rela-

92 FIELDIANA: BOTANY, VOLUME 41

tively broad and many celled leaf lobes (especially inK, setiformis)

are features which mark the subgenus as the most primitive ele-

ment within the genus Kurzia.

KEY TO THE BRUNSWICK PENINSULA SPECIES OF Kurzia

1. Leaf lobes (2-3) 4 cells wide at base; leaves and underleaves stiff, erect,

strongly spreading, bristle-like; leaf lobes ending in a uniseriate row of 2-5

cells; plants, at least in a considerable apical portion, green; Acromastigum-

type branches frequently produced K. mollis

1. Leaf lobes (4-) 5-12 cells wide at base; leaves and underleaves suberect, leaf

lobes usually curved towards the stem, leaves lax, not bristle-like; leaf lobes

ending in a uniseriate row of 1-3 cells; plants deep brown throughout, or occa-

sionally golden brown at apices; Acromastigum-type branches not present

K. setiformis

Kurzia mollis (Steph.) Engel & Schust.

Lepidozia mollis Steph. Spec. Hep. 3: 601. 1909. Micrisophylla mol-

lis (Steph.) Fulf. Brittonia 14: 131. 1962. Kurzia mollis (Steph.)

Engel & Schust. in Engel, Bryologist 79: 514. 1976. Original

material: Chile, Prov. Magallanes, Pto. Bueno, Dusen s. n. (G)-

citedinFulford(1962).

Phytogeography. — Falkland Islands, Tierra del Fuego, and the

Patagonian Channels north to 50°59' S.

Brunswick Peninsula Specimens Seen. — PUERTO GALLANT

REGION: NE side of Pto. Gallant (6064 D, 6071 A & 6088 C).

PUERTO CUTTER REGION: N. of copper mine (2213-c. 6+ 9 &

2313-c. 9).

Kurzia setiformis (De Not.) Engel & Schust.

Lepidozia setiformis De Not. Memorie Accad. Sci. Torrino II. 16:

255. f. XIII, 1-6. 1855. Mastigophora setiformis (De Not.) Trev.

Memorie 1st. Lomb. Sci. Lett. III. 4: 416. 1877. Micrisophylla

setiformis (De Not.) Fulf. Brittonia 14: 127. 1962. Kurzia setifor-

mis (De Not.) Engel & Schust. in Engel, Bryologist 79: 514. 1976.

Neotype1 (fide Fulford 1966): Argentina, Terr. Tierra del Fuego,

'Fulford (1962) lists a Spegazzini collection (ex hb. Massalongo 1152) from I.

Navarino as a neotype and in 1966 she lists the same collection (G 334) from I. de

los Estados. I have examined this Geneva specimen and it is from I. de los Estados.

Fulford (1966) states the type of Lepidozia setiformis, which I have not seen, is a

Niger collection. Puccio (with one exception) made the Chilean collections reported

on in De Notaris ( 1855).

ENGEL: BRUNSWICK PENINSULA 93

I. de los Estados, Spegazzini s.n. (G 334! ex /ift.Massalongo 1152).

Original material: Chile, "Prov. Valparaiso, Valparaiso," Puccio

(non vidi).

Lepidozia obscura Angstr. in Steph. Spec. Hep. 3: 602. 1909, syn.

fide Fulford (1962). Original material: Chile, Prov. Magallanes,

Strait of Magellan, Pto. del Hambre, Andersson s.n. (FH!, G!).

Lepidozia fusca Steph. K. Svenska VetenskAkad. Handl. 46 (9): 64.

f. 24 h-i. 1911, syn. fide Fulford (1962). Original material: Chile,

Prov. Magallanes, S. Skyring, B. Pinto, Halle & Skottsberg 170

(G, S-PA)-cited in Fulford (1962).

Lepidozia cunninghamii Steph. Spec. Hep. 6: 322. 1922, syn. fide

Fulford (1962). Original material:1 Chile, Prov. Magallanes, Pto.

Grappler, Cunningham inter no. 179 (G)-cited in Fulford (1962).

Remarks. — Mixed with original material of Lepidozia obscura is

a plant of Microlepidozia mollis. It is clear, however, that Stephani,

in his original description, was referring to plants of M. setiformis.

Phytogeography. — Falkland Islands, Tierra del Fuego, and the

Patagonian Channels north to 48°55' S.; reportedly disjunct in

Tasmania (fide Fulford, 1962, 1966).

Literature Records.2 — Anonymous- Strait of Magellan (Kuhn-

emann, 1937, 1949 as Lepidozia obscura and L. setiformis);

Andersson-Strait of Magellan (Fulford, 1962, 1966 as Micriso-

phylla).

Brunswick Peninsula Specimens Seen. — PUERTO GALLANT

REGION: NE side of Pto. Gallant (6018 B-c. per.+ 9 + <J, 6048 C-c.

per.+ 6 & 6051); NE side of Pto. Gallant 6070 A-c. per., 6088 B-c.

mature per.+ d). PUERTO CUTTER REGION: N. of copper mine

(2216-c. per.)

Stephani, in the original description of Lepidozia cunninghamii, lists for the

collector and locality "Nova Granada (Wallis legit)." Fulford (1962, 1966) has seen

the type and lists it as above. Stephani, in his Icones (Lepidozia No. 146) states

"Fretum Magellanicum leg. Cunningham." Fulford (in litt.) has stated she was

unable to locate a Wallis collection of Lepidozia cunninghamii from "Nova Gran-

ada."

2Stephani (1909) cites a specimen of Lepidozia setiformis as from "Fretum magel-

lanicum (. . . Grappler)." This, however, is erroneous, as "Grappler" is a locality

name and not a collector (Puerto Grappler is 49°25' S., 77°19' W. in Prov. Magal-

lanes).

94 FIELDIANA: BOTANY, VOLUME 41

NOTES ON "Kurzia" SPECIES

1. Micrisophylla cucullifolia (Steph.) Fulf.

Lepidozia cucullifolia Steph. Bih. K. Svenska VetenskAkad.

Handl. 26 (III, 6): 51. 1900. Micrisophylla cucullifolia (Steph.)

Fulf. Brittonia 14: 133. 1962. Original material: Chile, Prov.

Chiloe, I. Guaitecas,Dusen 387 (G, K)-cited in Fulford (1962).

Isotachis symmetrica Steph. Spec. Hep. 3: 661. 1909, syn. fide Ful-

ford (1962). Original material: Chile, Prov. Magallanes, Strait of

Magellan, without specific locality, Schubert (G)-cited in Fulford

(1962).

The report of this species from the Strait of Magellan region

originates from the description of Isotachis symmetrica by Stephani

(1909). Kiihnemann (1937, 1949) later included the species in his

catalogues and Fulford (1966) treated the species as conspecific

with M . cucullifolia.

Study of this species is currently under investigation, and at

present I am uncertain if the species is distinct from other mem-

bers of the genus. Rather than make a perhaps unnecessary trans-

fer of the species to Kurzia, I have not included it in the Brunswick

flora.

LEPIDOZIA

(Dum.) Dum. Recueil Obs. Jungerm. 19. 1835 (nom. cons.). Pleu-

roschisma sect. Lepidozia Dum. Syll. Jungerm. 69. 1831.

KEY TO THE BRUNSWICK PENINSULA SPECIES OF Lepidozia

1. Margins of at least some leaves and/or underleaves on well-developed axes with

teeth L. chordulifera

1. Margins of leaves and underleaves entire, very rarely with an isolated tooth . 2

2. Leaf segments in conspicuous pairs, the dorsal and ventral segments often

smaller than the central pair. Plants often light brown in color . L. fuegiensis

2. Leaf segments not in conspicuous pairs, dorsal and ventral segments larger,

not conspicuously smaller than the central pair L. laevifolia

Lepidozia chordulifera Tayl.

Lepidozia chordulifera Tayl. Lond. J. Bot. 5: 371. 1846. Junger-

mannia chordulifera (Tayl.) Hook. f. & Tayl. in Hook. f. Bot. Ant.

Voy. 1: 442. 1847. Mastigophora chordulifera (Tayl.) Trev. Me-

morie 1st. Lomb. Sci. Lett. III. 4: 416. 1877. Original material:

Chile, Prov. Aisen & Chiloe, Arch, de los Chonos, 1834, Darwin

461 (FH-cited in Fulford 1966, NY!).

ENGEL: BRUNSWICK PENINSULA 95

Lepidozia hastata Steph. Spec. Hep. 3: 605. 1909, syn. fide Fulford

(1966). Original material: Chile, Prov. Aisen, R. Aisen, Dusen

83a (G)- cited in Fulford (1966).

Lepidozia cuspidata Steph. K. Svenska VetenskAkad. Handl. 46

(9): 61. f. 23 a-b. 1911, syn. nov. Original material: Western

Patagonia, Skottsberg s.n. (G)-cited in Fulford (1966).

Lepidozia effusa Steph. K. Svenska VetenskAkad. Handl. 46 (9):

62. f. 23 g-h. 1911, syn. fide Fulford (1966). Original material:

Chile, Prov. Magallanes, Pto. Ramirez and I. Atalaya, Halle &

Skottsberg (G)-cited in Fulford (1966).

Lepidozia fernandeziensis Steph. K. Svenska VetenskAkad. Hand.

46 (9): 63. f. 24 e. 1911,1 syn. fide Fulford (1966). Original mate-

rial: Juan Fernandez, Mas a Tierra, near El Yunque, Skottsberg

s.n. (G)-cited in Fulford (1966).

Lepidozia hariotii Steph. Spec. Hep. 6: 329. 1922, syn. fide Fulford

(1966). Original material: Chile, Prov. Magallanes, I. Hermite,

Hariot (G, ex hb. Bescherelle)- cited in Fulford (1966).

Lepidozia microscopica Steph. Spec. Hep. 6: 334. 1922, syn. fide

Fulford (1966). Original material: Chile, Prov. Aisen, Cta. Hale,

Dusen s.n. (G)-cited in Fulford (1966).

Lepidozia angulata Steph. ex. Fulf. Mem. N.Y. Bot. Gdn. 11: 206.

1966, nom. nud., pro syn.

Remarks. — I cannot recognize Lepidozia cuspidata and must

treat the species as a synonym of L. chordulifera. This treatment is

based upon the study of some 123 collections of the L. chordulifera-

"cuspidata" complex from southern Chile, the Falkland Islands,

and South Georgia. The reasons for this synonymy are outlined

below.

Taylor (1960, p. 110) states for Lepidozia cuspidata, "The species

is known only from the original collection. It is, however, readily

distinguished by the broad leaves, very broad underleaves with

rounded margins and the spinose margins of both leaf and

underleaf-laminas." Fulford (1966, p. 183) states forL. cuspidata in

the key to species, "... the lamina of the underleaves with bulging

sides often bearing several teeth; ..." I have found the underleaf

curvature and armature highly variable, with several combina-

tions of amounts of each. I have examined several specimens in

Fulford (1966) states the description and figures of L. fernandeziensis have been

interchanged with those ofL. disticha in Stephani (1911).

96 FIELDIANA: BOTANY, VOLUME 41

which the underleaf bases vary considerably in curvature on a

single stem axis. I have seen several specimens with 2-3 teeth on

the dorsal, basal leaf margin and which regularly produce under-

leaf marginal teeth. This condition grades into those specimens

with a regular production of a single tooth on the dorsal leaf base

and ± regularly toothed underleaves, which then phases into one

in which the leaves and underleaves are occasionally toothed, but

otherwise entire.

Fulford (1966) records for the cell size of the segment bases of

Lepidozia chordulifera 10-18x18 /x, and forL. cuspidata 18-24x24

fj., and includes the measurements in her key to aid in distinguish-

ing the two taxa. I have made cell measurements of the basal

segment cells of some 83 collections of the Lepidozia chordulifera-

"cuspidata" complex and I find a steady continuum and wide range

of cell sizes with no indication that L. chordulifera (s. str.) has

smaller cells, or L. "cuspidata" larger cells. The basal segment cell

size of L. chordulifera (s. lat.) is (10-)12-31(-36) ju, long, and

10-26(-33) /it wide.

Ecology. — One of the more common of the peninsular taxa. Par-

ticularly common in forested areas, where chiefly on rotted logs

and stumps and less often on soil or bark ofNothofagus. I made a

few collections of the species in the evergreen forest "bryophyte

rich fades" at Pto. Gallant, but at Pto. Cutter, an area with a well

developed "bryophyte rich fades," I encountered the species only

once, on a mat of vegetation over a shaded trunk.

Phytogeography. — South Sandwich Islands, South Georgia, Falk-

land Islands, Tierra del Fuego, Patagonian Channels, Valdivian

region, and Juan Fernandez (400-795 m. on Mas a Tierra).

The report from Tasmania in Rodway (1916) requires confirma-

tion.

Literature Records. — Astrolabe-Pto. del Hambre (Fulford, 1966);

Darwin-Punta Arenas (Fulford, l966);Dusen — Punta Arenas (Ste-

phani, 1901a); Fulford— Fuerte Bulnes (Fulford, 1966); Htissel de

Menendez-Fuerte Bulnes, R. Blanco (Fulford, 1966); Lechler-Rada

York (Fulford, 1966); Nodaud & Popeleur de Terloo-Strait of Ma-

gellan (Fulford, 1966); Skottsberg & Halle-R. de las Minas, Pto.

Cutter (Stephani, 1911); Thaxter- Punta Arenas (Fulford, 1966 as

L. cuspidata); Warnstorf-Strait of Magellan (Fulford, 1966).

Brunswick Peninsula Specimens Seen. — Strait of Magellan, with-

out specific locality, 1901, Schubert (FH). PUNTA ARENAS RE-

ENGEL: BRUNSWICK PENINSULA 97

GION: Punta Arenas, 16 February 1908, Halle & Skottsberg 175 as

L. pallida (UPS); ibid., Thaxter s.n., 56 (MICH); ibid., Thaxter 53 &

100 as L. cuspidata (MICH); ibid., Thaxter 102 as L. fuegiensis

(MICH); ibid., sin. coll. (NY); E. of Mina Loreto on S. side of R. de

las Minas, ca. 215 m. (1889, 1892, 1920 & 1921); ridge above refu-

gio (Club Andino), 8 km. W. of Punta Arenas, 305-625 m. (1941,

1943, 1950, 1952, 1955, 1958, 1972 A, 1973, 1980 & 1988); 1m-

shaug 38951, 38997 (MSC). SENO OTWAY REGION: B. Camden

(2000 A, 2004, 2006 B, 2015 & 2041). LAGUNO EL PARRILLAR:

Just E. of lake, ca. 365 m. (2079 & 2087); 4 km. E. of lake, ca. 305

m. (2126). PUERTO DEL HAMBRE REGION: Pto. del Hambre,

Andersson asL.filamentosa (S-PA); Fuerte Bulnes, Pta. Santa Ana

(1802, 1803 A, 1813, 1821, 1844, & 1850 A); near Fuerte Bulnes,

Hatcher 1-6, 2-5, 4-9, 5-7, 7-2 & 7-6 (UW-M); N. side of R. San

Juan, 1 km. from straits (1857). CABO SAN ISIDRO: 13 February

1929, Roivainen 2393 as L. cuspidata (H, S-PA). BAHIA DEL IN-

DIO: Lote San Isidro, R. Yumbel, Pisano 4014 (F). BAHIA SAN

NICOLAS REGION: W. side of bay (6363); E. side of bay (6412).

PUERTO GALLANT REGION: B. Fortescue (5948, 5952, 5972,

5974-c. sporo., 5988 & 6000 B); NE side of Pto. Gallant (6015,

6032 & 6058). PUERTO CUTTER REGION: At copper mine

(2279).

Lepidozia fuegiensis Steph.

Lepidozia fuegiensis Steph. K. Svenska VetenskAkad. Handl. 46

(9): 63. f. 24 f-g. 1911. Original material: Chile, Prov. Magal-

lanes, Pto. Cutter, 13 April 1908, Halle & Skottsberg 169 (S-

PA!), Cta. Gomez, R. Fontaine and R. Azopardo, Halle & Skotts-

berg (non vidi).

Lepidozia minuta Steph. Spec. Hep. 3: 603. 1909 non L. minuta Col.

Trans. Proc. N. Z. Inst. 18: 245. 1886, syn. fide (Fulford, 1966).

Original material: Chile, Prov. Magallanes, R. Azopardo, Dusen

93 (G)-cited in Fulford (1966).

Lepidozia magellanica Steph K. Svenska VetenskAkad. Handl. 46

(9): 64. f. 24 m, n. 1911, syn fide Fulford (1966). Original mate-

rial: Chile, Prov. Magallanes, I. Felix, Skottsberg 594 (S-PA)-

cited in Fulford (1966).

Lepidozia halleana Steph. K. Svenska VetenskAkad. Handl. 46 (9):

64. f. 24 k, I. 1911, syn. fide Fulford (1966). Original material:

Falkland Is., Port Stanley, Halle 218 (G)-cited in Fulford (1966).

98 FIELDIANA: BOTANY, VOLUME 41

Lepidozia parva Steph. K. Svenska VetenskAkad. Handl. 46 (9):

65. f. 24 o, p. 1911, syn. fide Fulford (1966). Original material:

Chile, Prov. Aisen, Cta. Hale and Cta. Connor, Halle &

Skottsberg(G)-cited in Fulford (1966).

Remarks. — See notes under Telaranea oligophylla.

The variation of this species is to a considerable extent corre-

lated with the robustness of the individuals. Leaf apices vary in

shape from truncated in robust plants to narrowly rounded in

weakly developed individuals. My collections of this taxon from the

Brunswick Peninsula are robust, with plants more leafy in appear-

ance and with a facies somewhat like that of Telaranea seriatitexta.

The figures of the leaves in Fulford (1966) appear to be from well-

developed plants. In robust plants the lamina is large and conspic-

uous and frequently is spreading from the stem.

In comparison, the Falkland Island population consists of more

weakly developed plants. The lamina is small and scale-like in

appearance and frequently is strongly convex and lies close to the

stem axis. In the Falkland plants the dorsal and ventral sinuses of

the leaf apex are frequently reduced to a mere notch. The notches

are of varying sizes and when very small, a dorsal or ventral leaf

"lobe" barely exists and is reduced to a tooth of several cells. Fre-

quently the three dorsal lobes are truncated, while the ventral

reaches to only the base of the median sinus or slightly below. The

leaves often appear trifid, with the ventral segment recurved. This

species, likeL. laevifolia, rarely possesses a tooth on the dorsal leaf

margin.

Lepidozia fuegiensis is a distinctive species, not likely to be con-

fused with any other southernmost American or Falkland Island

species of the genus. It is distinguished by the leaf segments occur-

ring in conspicuous pairs, i.e., the centrally located sinus is consid-

erably deeper, and the dorsal and ventral segments commonly re-

duced to a few cells. The leaves are distant, and the stem thus is

quite exposed; the stems, at least in the Falkland plants, are

usually thick and fleshy.

Ecology. — Only within the evergreen forested region. In forested

areas on rotted Nothofagus bark and in pendent sheets of bry-

ophytes, while in the "bryophyte rich facies" occasionally in pro-

tected hollows and on rotted stumps.

Phytogeography. — Falkland Islands, Tierra del Fuego, southern

ENGEL: BRUNSWICK PENINSULA 99

Patagonian Channels (Brunswick Peninsula), and Valdivian por-

tion of Patagonian Channels.

The "Frai Jorge" report in Herzog (1954) requires confirmation.

Literature Records. — Skottsberg- Canal Jeronimo (Fulford, 1966),

Strait of Magellan (Taylor, 1960; Fulford, 1966); Thaxter-Punta

Arenas (Fulford, 1966).

Brunswick Peninsula Specimens Seen. — BAHIA SAN NICOLAS

REGION: W. side of bay (6376). PUERTO GALLANT REGION:

NE side of Pto. Gallant (6011 & 6020 A). PUERTO CUTTER RE-

GION: Between copper mine and river S. of mine (2168), slightly

W. of copper mine (2243); at copper mine (2273); base of M. Condor

(2355).

Lepidozia laevifolia (Hook. f. & Tayl.) G. L. & N.

Jungermannia laevifolia Hook. f. & Tayl. Lond. J. Bot. 3: 385.

1844. [3:285. (sic) in errore pro 385]. Lepidozia laevifolia (Hook. f.

& Tayl.) G. L. & N. Syn. Hep. 208. 1845. Mastigophora laevifolia

(Hook. f. & Tayl.) Trev. Memoria 1st. Lomb. Sci. Lett. III. 4: 416.

1877. Original material: Campbell Is., Hooker (non vidi).

Lepidozia jacquinotii1 Steph. Spec. Hep. 3: 604. 1909, syn.fide Ful-

ford (1966), non L. Jacquinotii.1'2 Steph. Spec. Hep. 6: 330. 1922.

Original material: Chile, Prov. Magallanes, Pto. Gallant, Jac-

quinot (G)- cited in Fulford (1966).

Lepidozia viridissima Steph. Spec. Hep. 3: 604. 1909, syn. fide Ful-

ford (1966). Original material: Chile, Prov. Magallanes, Strait of

Magellan, Dusen (G)-cited in Fulford (1966).

Lepidozia falklandica Steph. K. Svenska VetenskAkad. Handl. 46

Stephani, in describing his new species, uses the spelling "Jacquemontii," which

was the spelling used by subsequent authors. Stephani based his species on a

specimen from Pto. Gallant (as well as one from Patagonia, leg. Dusen) and since

Honore Jacquinot visited Pto. Gallant while aboard the Zelee, and Stephani presum-

ably named the species after its collector, I have altered the spelling.

2I believe there is a distinct possibility that Lepidozia Jacquemontii of Stephani

1922, leg. Skottsberg at "Fretum magellanicum" is based upon the same type as L.

Jacquemontii of Stephani, 1909. In support of this a) Stephani, in his Species Hepati-

carum, frequently added "St. n. sp." after names he described earlier; b) the descrip-

tions in 1909 and 1922 are quite similar (yet not identical); and 3) Fulford (1966, p.

211) includes L. Jacquemontii Steph. 1922 among the "additional species of Lepi-

dozia reported from Latin America for which there has been insufficient or no

material available."

100 FIELDIANA: BOTANY, VOLUME 41

(9): 63. f. 24 c, d. 1911, syn. fide Fulford (1966). Original mate-

rial: Chile, Prov. Aisen, L. O'Higgins1 and Falkland Is., Mt.

Adam and Hearnden Water, Halle & Skottsberg (G)- cited in

Fulford (1966).

Ecology-Phytogeography. — This amphipacific temperate species

occurred on soil (sometimes on a soil layer over logs) and on bark of

Nothofagus betuloides in evergreen forested regions; also in a

Sphagnum bog. Observed only once as part of the bryophyte

mound vegetation in the "bryophyte rich facies."

Literature Records. — A nonymous- Strait of Magellan (Kiihn-

emann, 1937, 1949 asL.jacquemontii Fulford, 1966);Z)wsen-Strait

of Magellan (Taylor, 1960 as L. jacquemontii, Fulford, 1966);

Fulford-Fuerte Bulnes (Fulford, 1966); Jacquinot—Pto. Gallant

(Taylor, 1960 as L. jacquemontii, Fulford, 1966); Lechler-Punta

Arenas (Fulford, 1966); Santesson-Tres Puentes (Arnell, 1955 as

L. jacquemontii).

Brunswick Peninsula Specimens Seen. — SENO OTWAY RE-

GION: B. Camden (1995 &2040). LAGUNO EL PARRILLAR: Just

E. of lake, ca. 365 m. (2075-c. sporo.-l-per.); near E. shore of lake,

ca. 365 m. (2092, 2100 & 2102). BAHIA SAN NICOLAS REGION:

W. side of bay (6313 B & 6315); ridge between B. Bougainville and

B. San Nicolas, ca. 155 m. (6433 A). PUERTO GALLANT RE-

GION: B. Fortescue (5964); NE side of Pto. Gallant (6036 D-c.

per.).

Lepidozia SPECIES EXCLUDED FROM THE BRUNSWICK PENINSULA

1. Lepidozia capilliramea Steph.

Lepidozia capilliramea Steph. Spec. Hep. 6: 323. 1922. Original

material: New Granada, Wallis (G!).

Stephani erroneously cites a Skottsberg collection from "Fretum

magellanicum" in the protolog of Lepidozia capilliramea. The origi-

nal material of this species is labeled "Lepidozia capilliramea St. n.

sp." and was collected in New Granada by Wallis. Further, Ste-

phani in his Icones (Lepidozia No. 48) states "New Granada, Wal-

lis."

'Skottsberg & Halle visited the northwest arm of L. San Martin, which is in

Chile, and there called L. O'Higgins.

ENGEL: BRUNSWICK PENINSULA 101

2. Lepidozia cupressina (Sw.) Lindenb.

Jungermannia cupressina Sw. Nov. Gener. Sp. PI. Prodr. 144.

1788. Lepidozia cupressina (Sw.) Lindenb. in G. L. & N. Syn.

Hep. 207. 1845. Mastigophora cupressina (Sw.) Trev. Memorie

1st. Lomb. Sci. Lett. III. 4: 416. 1877. Original material: Jamaica,

without specific locality, Swartz (G)-cited in Fulford (1966).

Reported for the Brunswick Peninsula by Reimers (1926) for a

Lechler collection from Rada York and Jacquinot collections from

Pto. del Hambre and Pto. Gallant. Fulford (1966) records only West

Indian and Central American localities for the species.

3. Lepidozia filamentosa (Lehm. & Lindenb.) G. L. & N.

Jungermannia filamentosa Lehm. & Lindenb. in Lehm. Nov. Mi-

nus Cog. Stir. Pug. 4: 29. 1832. Lepidozia filamentosa (Lehm. &

Lindenb.) G. L. & N. Syn. Hep. 206. 1845. Original material:

Western North America, sin. coll., hb. Hooker, (S-PA!, ex hb.

Lehmann).

Reported for the Brunswick Peninsula by Taylor & Hooker (1847b

as Jungermannia}, Montagne (1845, 1852), Angstrom (1872 as

Jungermannia), and Kuhnemann (1937, 1949). The specimens

on which the report in Angstrom (1872) are based on Lepidozia

chordulifera Tayl. (fide S-PA!). L. filamentosa occurs in British

Columbia and coastal Alaska; see notes in Schofield (1968).

NOTES ON Lepidozia SPECIES

1. Lepidozia chiloensis Steph.

Lepidozia chiloensis Steph. Spec. Hep. 6: 322. 1922. Original mate-

rial: Chile, Prov. Chiloe, I. Chiloe, Skottsberg (G)- cited in Ful-

ford (1966).

Reported for the Strait of Magellan by Fulford (1966) for a

Schubert collection. While I have not seen the material on which

the record was based, I regard its presence as doubtful in the

Brunswick Peninsula. I have observed the species only in the west-

ern portion of the Patagonian Channels.

2. Lepidozia pallida Steph.

Lepidozia pallida Steph. Spec. Hep. 3: 604. 1909. Original mate-

rial: Patagonia, without specific locality, Dusen (non vidi).

Stephani (1911) reported this species for a Halle and/or Skotts-

berg collection from R. de las Minas.

102 FIELDIANA: BOTANY, VOLUME 41

I have examined material from the type packet of Lepidozia pal-

lida (Patagonia, leg. Dusen 383 pp. in G (n.0177), and found it to

contain a few stems of Kurzia sp. (creeping) among Sphagnum.

From the description and the label information in Stephani's hand-

writing which reads "mixta cum Lepidozia (Kurzia) saddlensis" it

is clear that Stephani was not describing the Kurzia as Lepidozia

pallida. Thus, the plants on which Stephani based his description

are not present in Geneva 0177. Perhaps it is of some significance

that all the reports (from five localities) of Lepidozia pallida in

Stephani (1911) were found after study to be specimens of Lepi-

dozia chordulifera. This includes the Falkland specimen from Port

Stanley, Sapper Hill. Further, the figures (Lepidozia No. 162) of

the type of L. pallida in Stephani's unpublished icones show both

the dorsal and ventral leaf margins with a single tooth each (the

underleaf margins are entire in the figure). I regard armature of

the leaf and/or underleaf bases as a character of L. chordulifera.

Until the type is located, or until it can be stated for certain that

the type is missing, the taxonomic standing of L. pallida remains

in question.

PSEUDOCEPHALOZIA

Schust. Nova Hedwigia 10: 21. 1965.

KEY TO THE BRUNSWICK PENINSULA SPECIES OF Pseudocephalozia

1. Leaves cucullate, 1.0-1.6 mm. long; leaf apices slightly to distinctly incurved,

dentate-small lobate, the lobes broadly triangular; perianth mouth dentate to

ciliate by elongated cells, the perianth terete or slightly laterally compressed,

not trigonous, plicate distally. Bract margins at most with a few slime papillae,

otherwise entire P. cucullata

1. Leaves slightly to moderately concave, never cucullate, 0.5-1.1 mm. long; leaf

apices usually erect, distinctly lobate, the lobes often apiculate (especially on

well-developed leaves); perianth mouth laciniate, perianth terete in basal one-

half, trigonous in distal one-half, 3 plicate distally. Bract margins dentate or

lobate, occasionally entire, slime papillae present P. quadriloba

Pseudocephalozia cucullata Engel & Schust.

Pseudocephalozia cucullata Engel & Schust. in Schuster & Engel,

J. Hattori Bot. Lab. 38: 694: f. 15. 1974. Holotype: Chile, Prov.

Magallanes, R. Fontaine, 1 March 1908, Halle & Skottsberg 132

(UPS!-c. per.).

Ecology. — See notes in Schuster & Engel (1974).

Phytogeography. — Isla Grande de Tierra del Fuego and southern

ENGEL: BRUNSWICK PENINSULA 103

Patagonian Channels (Brunswick Peninsula); see Schuster & En-

gel (1974, f. 17).

Brunswick Peninsula Specimens Seen. — PUERTO GALLANT

REGION: NE side of Pto. Gallant (6048D, 6070C-C. per. & 6088D-

c. per.).

Pseudocephalozia quadriloba (Steph.) Schust.

Isotachis quadriloba Steph. Bih. K. Svenska VetenskAkad. Handl.

26 (III, 6): 54. 1900. Hygrolembidium quadrilobum (Steph.)

Schust. Nova Hedwigia 10: 23. 1965. Lembidium quadrilobum

(Steph.) Fulf. Mem. N.Y. Bot. Gdn. 11: 247. 1966. Pseudocephal-

ozia quadriloba (Steph.) Schust. J. Hattori Bot. Lab. 36: 371.

1973. Original material: Chile, Prov. Chiloe, I. Guaitecas, Dusen

182 (G 11102! as Fuegia, without specific locality).

Cephalozia quadriloba Steph. K. Svenska VetenskAkad. Handl. 46

(9): 58. f. 22 a-b. 1911 =Lophozia crassicaulis Steph. Spec. Hep.

6: 111. 1917, syn. fide Schuster & Engel (1974). Original mate-

rial: Chile, Prov. Magallanes, W. end of L. Fagnano, Skottsberg

555 (G! as Fuegia, without specific locality).

Isotachis granditexta Steph. K. Svenska VetenskAkad. Handl. 46

(9): 68. f. 26 c-e. 1911, syn. fide Fulford (1966). Original material:

Chile, Prov. Magallanes, L. Fagnano, R. Azopardo region, 10-11

March 1908, Halle 127 (UPS!).

Remarks. — See Schuster & Engel (1974).

Ecology.— See Schuster & Engel (1974, p. 693-694 and f. 17).

Phytogeography . — Andean American; Inaccessible Island (475

m.), Falkland Islands (10-300 m.), Isla Grande de Tierra del Fuego

(85-650 m.), southern Patagonian Channels (Brunswick Peninsula

and Hotel Rubens- Puerto Natales region), Valdivian region (at

43°57' S., Islas Guaitecas), Colombia (3,200-3,600 m.), Venezuela

(3,850 m.), Costa Rica (2,600 m.) (see pi. 13).

Brunswick Peninsula Specimens Seen. — LAGUNO EL PARRIL-

LAR: Near E. shore of lake, ca. 365 m. (2113 &2116). BAHIA SAN

NICOLAS REGION: Ridge between B. Bougainville and B. San

Nicolas (6420 B & 6444 D).

TELARANEA

Spruce ex Schiffn. in Engl. & Prantl, Natiirl. Pflanzenfam. 1 (3, 1):

104 FIELDIANA: BOTANY, VOLUME 41

103. 1895. Telaranea Spruce, Trans. Proc. Bot. Soc. Edinb. 15:

365. 1885, nom. inval. in synon.

Neolepidozia Fulf. & J. Tayl. Brittonia 11: 81. 1959.

While Neolepidozia may appear to be generically distinct from

Telaranea on the basis of study of southern South American repre-

sentatives, it can be shown that the two genera merge on the basis

of the New Zealand-Tasmanian- Australian taxa. For pertinent lit-

erature see Hodgson (1962), Grolle (1963b, p. 170), Schuster

(1963b, 1966b), and Hamlin (1972).

KEY TO THE BRUNSWICK PENINSULA SPECIES OF Telaranea

1. Leaf apices 4-6 lobed for one-half or more the leaf length; leaf disk 1-4 rows of

cells high subg. Telaranea 2

1. Leaf apices 2-3 dentate-lobate, if lobate, then lobes less than one-half the leaf

length; leaf disk more than 4 rows of cells high subg. Neolepidozia 4

2. Leaves of main axis with a lamina 1 row of cells high, leaves 2-3 segmented;

underleaves conspicuously smaller than the leaves; plants small, filamentous

T. pseudozoopsis

2. Leaves of main axis with a lamina IVfe to 4 rows of cells high, leaves 4-6

segmented; underleaves similar to leaves in size; plants large, leafy 3

3. Leaves and underleaves stiff, ascending, bristlelike, lamina IVfe cell rows high

T. blepharostoma

3. Leaves and underleaves lax, curved, not ascending and bristlelike; lamina 2-4

cell rows high. Leaf margins 3-4 cell rows high; perianth mouth crenulate

T. plumulosa

4. Leaf segments 2 or 3<-4) cells long, 2 cells wide at the base, leaf cells in 8

longitudinal rows; leaves distant, 1-2 leaf widths apart T. oligophylla

4. Leaf segments mostly 5 or 6 cells long, 2 or 3 cells wide at the base, leaf cells

(especially in distal one-half of leaf) often in more than 8 longitudinal rows;

leaves imbricated, or if distant, less than 1 leaf width apart . . . T. seriatitexta

Telaranea blepharostoma (Steph.) Fulf.

Lepidozia blepharostoma Steph. Bih. K. Svenska VetenskAkad.

Handl. 26 (III, 17): 22. 1901. Telaranea blepharostoma (Steph.)

Herz. Revue Bryol. Lichen. 29: 189. 1960. nom. illeg. Telaranea

blepharostoma (Steph.) Fulf. Brittonia 15: 73. 1963. Original

material: Chile, Prov. Magallanes, I. Desolacion, Pto. Angosto,

Dusen 142 (G)-cited in Fulford (1963a).

Lepidozia trichophylla Angstr. ex Fulf. Mem. N.Y. Bot. Gdn. 11:

240. 1966, nom. nud., pro syn.

Phytogeography. — Falkland Islands, Tierra del Fuego, Pata-

gonian Channels, and Valdivian region.

ENGEL: BRUNSWICK PENINSULA 105

As the report of T. blepharostoma from Pto. Cutter in Stephani

(1911) is based upon a misdetermination of T. plumulosa, this is

the first authentic report of T. blepharostoma from the Brunswick

Peninsula.

Literature Record. — Skottsberg & Halle-Pto. Cutter (Stephani,

1911 asLepidozia).

Brunswick Peninsula Specimen Seen.— PUERTO CUTTER RE-

GION: Base of M. Condor (2318 B).

Telaranea oligophylla (Lehm. & Lindenb.) Engel

Jungermannia oligophylla Lehm. & Lindenb. in Lehm. Nov. Minus

Cog. Stir. Pug. 6: 26. 1834. Lepidozia oligophylla (Lehm. & Lin-

denb.) G. L. & N. Syn. Hep. 201. 1845. Mastigophora oligophylla

(Lehm. & Lindenb.) Trev. Memorie 1st. Lomb. Sci. Lett. III. 4:

415. 1877. Neolepidozia oligophylla (Lehm. & Lindenb.) Fulf. &

J. Tayl. Brittonia 11: 84. 1959. Telaranea oligophylla (Lehm. &

Lindenb.) Engel, Bryologist 79: 514. 1976. Original material:

Argentina, Terr. Tierra del Fuego, I. de los Estados, Menzies s.n.

(NY!).

Remarks. — The leaves of Telaranea oligophylla (and T. seria-

texta) occasionally appear to be grouped into two pairs, a condition

resulting from a deeper middle sinus than the lateral two. Accom-

panying this condition, the dorsal and ventral marginal segments

are smaller than the central pair. These plants should be separated

with care from well-developed Lepidozia fuegiensis, which it super-

ficially resembles. Lepidozia fuegiensis has leaf segments in con-

spicuous pairs and frequently has leaf cells arranged in longitudi-

nal rows, but is immediately separable from Telaranea spp. by the

possession of cortical cells in many rows (i.e., 18-27), and the ab-

sence of a distinct hyaloderm. The cortical cells ofL. fuegiensis are

larger than the medullary, with the former measuring 21-48 /u, in

diameter and the latter 10-25 JJL in diameter. Occasionally, the

cortical cells in a given section are locally quite enlarged, while

other cells are the size more typical of the species. Telaranea subg.

Neolepidozia has a ± distinct hyaloderm of to 18 cell rows (occa-

sionally the cortical cells grade into the medullary cells because of

the presence of a row, immediately to the inside of the cortex, of

cells intermediate in size between the two layers; for example, see

Engel 6386 B). It is essential that well-developed stems of L. fue-

giensis be chosen for section.

106 FIELDIANA: BOTANY, VOLUME 41

Telaranea oligophylla may be separated from T. seriatitexta by

the following features. Telaranea oligophylla possesses leaf seg-

ments 2-3 cells long, and two cells wide at the base, with leaf cells

in eight longitudinal rows. This species has distant leaves which

are 1-2 leaf widths from one another. Telaranea seriatitexta has

leaf segments mostly five or six cells long, and two or three cells

wide at the base, with leaf cells in more than eight longitudinal

rows. The leaves of this taxon are imbricated, or if distant, then

less than one leaf width apart.

Phytogeography . — Falkland Islands, Tierra del Fuego, and the

Patagonian Channels north to 49°09' S.

Literature Record. — Skottsberg & Halle-Pto. Cutter (Stephani,

1911 as Lepidozia}.

Brunswick Peninsula Specimens Seen. — BAHIA SAN NICOLAS

REGION: W. side of bay (6344 & 6386 B-c. 6). PUERTO GAL-

LANT REGION: NE side of Pto. Gallant (6067 E). PUERTO CUT-

TER REGION: N. of copper mine (2214-c. young per.)

Telaranea plumulosa (Lehm. & Lindenb.) Fulf.

Jungermannia plumulosa Lehm. & Lindenb. in Lehm. Nov. Minus

Cog. Stir. Pug. 6: 30. 1834. Lepidozia plumulosa (Lehm. & Lin-

denb.) G. L. & N. Syn. Hep. 211. 1845. Mastigophora plumulosa

(Lehm. & Lindenb.) Trev. Memorie 1st Lomb Sci. Lett. III. 4: 416.

1877. Telaranea plumulosa (Lehm. & Lindenb.) Herz. Revue

Bryol. Lichen. 29: 189. 1960, nom. illeg. Telaranea plumulosa

(Lehm. & Lindenb.) Fulf. Brittonia 15: 77. 1963. Original mate-

rial: Argentina, Terr. Tierra del Fuego, I. de los Estados, Menzies

s.n. (G) ex hb. K-cited in Fulford (1963a).

Lepidozia magellanica Gott. ex Fulf. Mem. N.Y. Bot. Gdn. 11: 243.

1966, nom. nud., pro syn., non L. magellanica Steph. K. Svenska

VetenskAkad. Handl. 46 (9): 64. 1911 (=L. fuegiensis).

Ecology. — Forested or coastal areas in the evergreen forest re-

gion. In forests on the floor (often creeping over or mixed with

Megaceros endivaefolius) , on rotted logs, and on rock (mixed with

T. blepharostoma). In coastal areas on rocks (with salt water influ-

ence minimal), in mats of pendent vegetation, or on soil among

Pernettya on vertical banks immediately above the coastal rocks.

Phytogeography. — Falkland Islands, Tierra del Fuego, Pata-

gonian Channels, Valdivian region (West Patagonia only at

ENGEL: BRUNSWICK PENINSULA 107

43°57' S. on an off-shore island), and Mas a Tierra, Juan Fernan-

dez (400-500 m.) (see pi. 10).

Literature Records. — Anonymous-Pto. del Hambre (Fulford,

1966), Strait of Magellan (Kiihnemann, 1937, 1949 as Lepidozia);

Cunningham-Pto. Gallant (Fulford, 1963a, 1966); Dusen- Strait of

Magellan (Fulford, 1966); Dumont d'Urville-Strait of Magellan (G.

L. & N., 1845, Montagne, 1845, 1852 as Lepidozia}, Taylor &

Hooker (1847b as Jungermannia); Jacquinot-Strait of Magellan

(Fulford, 1966); Lechler-Rada York (Fulford, 1963a, 1966).

Brunswick Peninsula Specimens Seen. — Strait of Magellan, with-

out specific locality, February 1861, Nadaud (F). PUERTO DEL

HAMBRE REGION: Pto. del Hambre, Astrolabe (PC); ibid., sin.

coll. (PC, hb. Montagne). PUERTO SAN ISIDRO: 12 February

1929, Roivainen 2401 (H). BAHIA SAN NICOLAS REGION: W.

side of bay (6349 & 6353 A). PUERTO GALLANT REGION: B.

Fortesque (5945, 5957 E-c. per. & 5965). PUERTO CUTTER RE-

GION: Pto. Cutter, 13 April 1908, Halle & Skottsberg 165 as Lepi-

dozia blepharostoma (UPS); between copper mine and river S. of

mine (2133-c. 6); slightly W. of copper mine (2240 A-c. per.); at

copper mine (2290); N. side of copper mine (2307, 2308 & 2313);

base of M. Condor (2318 A-c. per. & 2325 A).

Telaranea pseudozoopsis (Herz.) Fulf.

Lepidozia pseudozoopsis Herz. in Skottsberg, Nat. Hist. Juan Fer-

nandez, Easter Is. 2: 723. f. 5. 1942. Telaranea pseudozoopsis

(Herz.) Fulf. Brittonia 15: 71. 1963. Original material: Juan

Fernandez, Mas a Tierra, Centinela, 530 m., Skottsberg 227 (JE)

—cited in Fulford (1966).

Ecology. — Collected only in the wettest portion of the peninsula

and then only twice. In the "bryophyte rich facies" found on the

side of a bryophyte mound; in a forested area it occurred over soil

in a very shaded cavelike overhang.

Phytogeography. — Falkland Islands, Tierra del Fuego, southern

Patagonian Channels (Brunswick Peninsula), Valdivian region,

and Mas a Tierra, Juan Fernandez (400-530 m., where recorded).

Brunswick Peninsula Specimens Seen.— PUERTO GALLANT

REGION: NE side of Pto. Gallant (6035 A). PUERTO CUTTER

REGION: Slightly W. of copper mine (2238).

108 FIELDIANA: BOTANY, VOLUME 41

Telaranea seriatitexta (Steph.) Engel

Lepidozia seriatitexta Steph. Bih. K. Svenska VetenskAkad. Handl.

26 (III, 6): 53. 1900. Neolepidozia seriatitexta (Steph.) Fulf. Mem.

N. Y. Bot. Gdn. 11: 215. 1966. Telaranea seriatitexta (Steph.)

Engel, Bryologist 79: 514. 1976. Original material: Chile, Prov.

Magallanes, I. Newton, Dusen 21 (G-cited in Fulford, 1966,

NY!); S. Molyneux, June 1896, Dusen 62 (NY!); Prov. Chiloe, I.

Guaitecas, April 1897, Dusen 396 (NY!).

Lepidozia husnoti Steph. Spec. Hep. 6: 329. 1922, syn. fide Fulford

(1966). Neolepidozia husnoti (Steph.) Fulf. & J. Tayl. Brittonia

11: 85. 1959. Original material: Chile, Prov. Magallanes, sin.

coll., hb. Husnot 11 p.p. (G)-cited in Fulford (1966).

Phytogeography. — (?) South Georgia, Tierra del Fuego, Pata-

gonian Channels (?Brunswick Peninsula) north to 43°57' S.

Literature Record. — Anonymous-Strait of Magellan (Fulford,

1966).

Telaranea SPECIES EXCLUDED FROM THE BRUNSWICK PENINSULA

1. Telaranea capilligera (Schwaegr.) Schust.

Jungermannia capilligera Schwaegr. Hist. Muse. Hep. Prodr. 21.

1814. Lepidozia capilligera (Schwaegr.) G. L. & N. Syn. Hep. 204.

1845. Mastigophora capilligera (Schwaegr.) Trev. Memorie 1st.

Lomb. Sci. Lett. III. 4: 416. 1877. Neolepidozia capilligera

(Schwaegr.) Fulf. & J. Tayl. Brittonia 11: 84. 1959. Telaranea

capilligera (Schwaegr.) Schust. J. Hattori Bot. Lab. 26: 256.

1963. Original material: Australasia, without specific locality,

sin. coll. (non vidi).

Jungermannia tridactylis Lehm. & Lindenb. in Lehm. Nov. Minus

Cog. Stir. Pug. 4: 41. 1832, syn. fide G. L. & N. (1845). Lepidozia

tridactylis (Lehm. & Lindenb.) Lehm. & Lindenb. in Mont, in

Dumont d'Urville, Voy. au Pole Sud (Bot.) 1: 245. 1845. Original

material: Australia, sin. coll. (non vidi).

Reported for the Strait of Magellan by Kuhnemann (1937, 1949

as Lepidozia tridactylis), Montagne (1845 as L. tridactylis) and

Taylor & Hooker (1847b as Jungermannia tridactylis). Fulford

(1966) states "Neolepidozia" capilligera occurs in Campbell Island,

New Zealand, Tasmania, and Australia and that she has not seen

specimens from southern South America.

ENGEL: BRUNSWICK PENINSULA 109

2. Telaranea neesii (Lindenb.) Fulf.

Lepidozia neesii Lindenb. in G. L. & N. Syn. Hep. 212. 1845. Telar-

anea neesii (Lindenb.) Fulf. Brittonia 15: 80. 1963. Original ma-

terial: Java (non vidi).

Jungermannia capillaris (B javanica Nees, Enum. Plant. Crypt.

Javae ... p. 13. 1830. Lepidozia javanica (Nees) Mont, in Du-

mont D'Urville, Voy. au Pole Sud (Bot.) 1: 246. 1845. Junger-

mannia javanica (Nees) Tayl. & Hook. f. in Hook. f. Bot. Ant.

Voy. 1: 442. 1847 non J. javanica Sw. in L. Amoenit. Acad. 10:

115. 1781 (=Plagiochila). Mastigophora javanica (Nees) Trev.

Memorie 1st. Lomb. Sci. Lett. III. 4: 416. 1877. Original material:

Java (non vidi).

Reported for Pto. del Hambre by Montagne (1845, 1856 as Lepi-

dozia javanica and 1852 as L. neesii}, Taylor & Hooker (1847b as

Jungermannia javanica) and Angstrom (1872 as J. neesii). The

specimens on which the records of Lepidozia (Jungermannia) ja-

vanica are based are Telaranea plumulosa (fide specimens labeled

Jungermannia capillaris in PC!). Fulford (1966, p. 244) states,

"The plants labeled L. neesii from South America which I have

examined belong to T. (elaranea) tetradactyla or T. plumulosa and

I have seen no plants of L. neesii from this area." According to

Grolle (1966c), T. neesii occurs in Sumatra, Java, Borneo, Halmah-

era, and New Guinea.

3. Telaranea tetradactyla (Hook. f. & Tayl.) Hodgs.

Jungermannia tetradactyla Hook. f. & Tayl. Lond. J. Bot. 3: 386.

1844. [3: 286 (sic) in errore pro 386]. Lepidozia tetradactyla

(Hook. f. & Tayl.) G. L. & N. Syn. Hep. 213. 1845. Mastigophora

tetradactyla (Hook. f. & Tayl.) Trev. Memorie 1st. Lomb. Sci.

Lett. III. 4: 397. 1877. Neolepidozia tetradactyla (Hook. f. &

Tayl.) Fulf. & J. Tayl. Brittonia 11: 84. 1959. Telaranea tetradac-

tyla (Hook. f. & Tayl.) Hodg. Rec. Dom. Mus., Wellington 4: 106.

1962. Original material: Auckland Is., Hooker s.n. (NY)-cited in

Fulford (1963a).

Reported by Fulford (1966) for a Nadaud collection from the

Strait of Magellan. The specimen on which the record is based is

actually poorly developed material of T. plumulosa (F!).

Family CALYPOGEIACEAE

H. Arnell in Holmberg, Skand. Fl. 2: 189. 1928.

110 FIELDIANA: BOTANY, VOLUME 41

CALYPOGEIA

Raddi, Jungermanniogr. Etrusca, Modena p. 31. 1818 (sub Calypo-

geja) corr. Corda in Opiz. Beitr. Naturg. 653. 1829.

Calypogeia sphagnicola1 (H. Arnell & J. Perss.) Warnst. &

Loeske

Kantia sphagnicola H. Arnell & J. Perss. in Arnell, Revue Bryol.

29 (2): 26. f. 1-8. 1902. Calypogeia sphagnicola (H. Arnell & J.

Perss.) Warnst. & Loeske, Abh. Bot. Ver. Brandenburg 47: 320.

1905. Cincinnulus trichomanis var. sphagnicola (H. Arnell & J.

Perss.) Meyl. Bull. Herb. Boissier II. 6: 499. 1906. Calypogeia

trichomanis var. sphagnicola (H. Arnell & J. Perss) Meyl. Revue

Bryol. 36: 53. 1909. Original material: Sweden, J. Persson (non

vidi).

Remarks. — The leaves of the Brunswick Peninsula plants are

undivided to often bidentate to occasionally shallowly bilobed. The

trigones are small and median leaf cells to 48 /x long and 39 /-t

wide. The plants thus fit the circumscription of C. sphagnicola f.

bidenticulata (see Schuster, 1969c). The above remarks pertain to

Engel 6427 D; Engel 6428 D consists of very flaccid plants in poor

condition.

Ecology. — As Schuster (1969c, p. 136) points out, "Calypogeia

sphagnicola, as the name implies, is nearly restricted to peat bogs

and to Sphagnum-capped crests of cliffs." I have found the species

in scattered mounds of Sphagnum in an open Empetrum-Nothofa-

gus mosaic, and Ostafichuk collected the species in a Sphagnum

bog. In both instances, the species grew intermixed with Lophozia

patagonica.

Phytogeography. — Bipolar; in the southern hemisphere known

from Tierra del Fuego, southern Patagonian Channels (Brunswick

Peninsula), New Zealand, and Tasmania, while in the northern

hemisphere chiefly in northern North America, the Azores, north-

ern and central Europe, and Japan (see Schuster, 1969c).

Brunswick Peninsula Specimens Seen. — RIO TRES BRAZOS

REGION: Plateau above R. Tres Brazos at road crossing, ca. 160 m.

Ostafichuk 1383 D (MSC). PUNTA ARENAS REGION: Punta

Arenas, 29 November 1895, Dusen 17, mixed with plants of Ce-

'See Schuster (1969c) for a full synonymy of C. sphagnicola.

ENGEL: BRUNSWICK PENINSULA 111

phaloziella sp. (G). BAHIA SAN NICOLAS REGION: Ridge be-

tween B. Bougainville and B. San Nicolas, ca. 155 m. (6427 D &

6428 D).

Family LOPHOZIACEAE

Cavers, New Phytol. 9: 293. 1910.

ANASTREPTA

(Lindb.) Schiffn. in Engl. & Prantl. Naturl. Pflanzenfam. 1 (3, 1):

85. 1893. Jungermannia sect. Anastrepta Lindb. in Lindberg &

H. Arnell, K. Svenska VetenskAkad. Handl. 23 (5): 40. 1889.

KEY TO THE BRUNSWICK PENINSULA SPECIES OF Anastrepta

1. Leaves chordate, as long as wide, at least 1.8 mm. long; underleaves absent

A. longissima

1. Leaves ovoid to oblong, always longer than wide, at most 1.2 mm. long; under-

leaves lanceolate, almost always present toward stem apices A. bifida

Anastrepta bifida (Steph.) Steph.

Plagiochila bifida Steph. Annuar. R. 1st. Bot. Roma 2 (2): 86. pi. 6,

f. 1-6. 1886. Anastrophyllum bifidum (Steph.) Steph. Bih. K.

Svenska VetenskAkad Handl. 26 (III, 6): 25. 1900. Anastrepta

bifida (Steph.) Steph. Bull. Herb. Boissier II. 2 (5): 474. 1902

(=Spec. Hep. 2: 193). Original material: Chile, Prov. Magallanes,

Pto. Caracciolo, .De Amezaga (G!).

Tylimanthus bilobatus Steph. K. Svenska VetenskAkad. Handl. 46

(9): 24. f. 9b. 1911, syn. fide Grolle (1961b). Lectotype (cf. Grolle,

1961b): Juan Fernandez, Mas a Tierra, Valle Colonial, 1908,

Skottsberg (UPS-ram vidi).

Leioscyphus fernandeziensis Steph. K. Svenska VetenskAkad.

Handl. 46 (9): 36. f. 14a. 1911, syn. fide Grolle (1961b). Lectotype

(fide Grolle, 1961b): Juan Fernandez, Mas Afuera, Camp Corres-

pondencia, 1908, Skottsberg (UPS-non vidi).

Phytogeography. — Falkland Islands, Patagonian Channels

(?Brunswick Peninsula), Valdivian region (north to 39°52' S.), and

Juan Fernandez; not reported for Tierra del Fuego or Andean Pata-

gonia.

Literature Records. — A nonymous- Strait of Magellan (Bonner,

1962); Cunningham-Strait of Magellan (Stephani, 1902).

112 FIELDIANA: BOTANY, VOLUME 41

Anastrepta longissima (Steph.) Steph.

Anastrophyllum longissimum Steph. Bih. K. Svenska Vetensk-

Akad. Handl. 26 (III, 17): 13. 1901. Anastrepta longissima

(Steph.) Steph. Bull. Herb. Boissier II. 2 (5): 474. 1902 (=Spec.

Hep. 2: 193). Original material: Chile, Prov. Magallanes, I. Deso-

lacion, Pto. Angosto, April 1896, Dusen (G-cited in Grolle,

1961b, S-PAI-c. per.).

Anastrophyllum decurrens Steph. Bih. K. Svenska VetenskAkad.

Handl. 26 (III, 6): 25. 1900, nom. nud. Anastrophyllum decurrens

Steph. Bih. K. Svenska VetenskAkad. Handl. 26 (III, 17): 13.

1901, nom. nud. Anastrophyllum decurrens Steph. Bull. Herb.

Boissier II. 1 (11): 1129. 1901 (=Spec. Hep. 2: 112), syn. nov.

Lectotype (nov.): Chile, Prov. Magallanes, I. Newton, Cta. Col-

umbine, 30 May 1896, Dusen 116 (G!).

Anastrophyllum giganteum Steph. K. Svenska VetenskAkad.

Handl. 46 (9): 20. /. 7a. 1911, syn. fide Grolle (1961b). Original

material: Chile, Prov. Magallanes, Pto. Cutter, 13 April 1908,

Halle & Skottsberg 58 (O-cited in Grolle, 1961b, S-PA!, UPS!).

Ecology. — Rare not only in the Brunswick Peninsula, but in the

Patagonian Channel region as well. Collected in the Brunswick

Peninsula but once, in a wet depression of the evergreen forest

"bryophyte rich facies."

Phytogeography. — Western part of Tierra del Fuego (I. Desola-

cion) and Patagonian Channel region.

Literature Records. — Skottsberg-Pto. Cutter (Bonner, 1962 as

Anastrophyllum giganteum).

Brunswick Peninsula Specimen Seen.— PUERTO CUTTER RE-

GION: Between copper mine and river S. of mine (2145-c. <5).

ANASTROPHYLLUM

(Spruce) Steph. Hedwigia 32: 139. 1893. Jungermannia subg. An-

astrophyllum Spruce, J. Bot., Lond. 14: 235. 1876.

KEY TO THE BRUNSWICK PENINSULA SPECIES OF Anastrophyllum

1. Leaves retuse; leaf margins usually incurved to involuted near the apex. Tri-

gones coarse, irregularly protuberant, usually separated by narrow thin places,

occasionally confluent A. involutifolium

1. Leaves bifid to at least one-third, leaf margins (at least near apices) not in-

curved 2

2. Leaves entire. Ventral lobe distinctly larger than the dorsal lobe, the lobes

ENGEL: BRUNSWICK PENINSULA 113

apiculate, hyaline, caducous; leaf cells with trigones large, distinctly knot

like, intervening walls thin A. schismoides

2. Leaves with dorsal margins 1 (-2-3)(dentate-) laciniate-lobate at the base . . 3

3. Leaves varying from canaliculate to distinctly conduplicate, keel strongly

arced; leaf cells with large knot-like trigones with thin (very rarely slightly

thickened) intervening walls; perianths broadly ovate in shape .... A. ciliatum

3. Leaves at most only slightly canaliculate, never conduplicate; leaf cells with

large trigones which are confluent, or if not confluent, then with intervening

walls thickened; perianths fusiform to subcylindrical to obovate in shape

A. crebrifolium

Anastrophyllum ciliatum Steph.

Anastrophyllum ciliatum Steph. Hedwigia 32: 139. 1893 [sub Anas-

trophylum]. Sphenolobus ciliatus (Steph.) Steph. Bull. Herb.

Boissier II. 2 (2): 175. 1902 ( = Spec. Hep. 2: 167). Original mate-

rial: Argentina, Terr. Tierra del Fuego, I. de los Estados, Spegaz-

zini s.n. (G!).

Anastrophyllum pampaninii Gola, Nuovo G. Bot. Ital. 29: 165. pi.

2, f. 1-2. 1923, syn. nov. Original material: Chile, Prov. Magal-

lanes, B. Angelito, 300-400 m., 10 February 1913, De Gasperi

(FI!).

Ecology. — On soil, occasionally under protective shrub or tree

cover in evergreen and deciduous Nothofagus forests. Also on side

of a bryophyte mound in the evergreen Nothofagus "bryophyte rich

fades." I found the species only above 155 m. It is absent from

points west of Pto. Gallant.

Phytogeography. — Falkland Islands and southern Magellanian

region (I. de los Estados, Brunswick Peninsula, and V. Inga, Canal

Gajardo).

Brunswick Peninsula Specimens Seen. — PUNTA ARENAS RE-

GION: Ridge above refugio (Club Andino), 8 km. W. of Punta Are-

nas, 305-610 m. (1954, 1957-c. per., & 1962c\ LAGUNO EL PAR-

RILLAR: Near E. shore of lake, ca. 365 m. (2118). BAHIA SAN

NICOLAS REGION: Ridge between B. Bougainville and B. San

Nicolas, ca. 155 m. (6435 B & 6444 B). PUERTO GALLANT RE-

GION: NE side of Pto. Gallant (6053 B-c. per. & 6063 B).

Anastrophyllum crebrifolium (Hook. f. & Tayl.) Steph.

Jungermannia crebrifolia Hook. f. & Tayl. Lond. J. Bot. 3: 467.

1844. Anastrophyllum crebrifolium (Hook. f. & Tayl.) Steph.

114 FIELDIANA: BOTANY, VOLUME 41

Hedwigia 32: 140. 1893. Lectotype (nov.): Chile, Prov. Magal-

lanes, Cabo de Hornos, 1843, Hooker (FH!-c. per.).

Jungermannia leucocephala Tayl. Lond. J. Bot. 5: 272. 1846, syn.

nov. Anastrophyllum leucocephalum (Tayl.) Steph. Hedwigia 32:

140. 1893. Original material: Ecuador, V. Cayambe, 4,265 m.,

1827, Jameson (FH!, NY!).

Anastrophyllum semifissum Steph. K. Svenska VetenskAkad.

Handl. 46 (9): 21. f. 7b. 1911, syn. nov. Lectotype (nov.): Chile,

Prov. Magallanes, Canal Gajardo, Cta. Inga, 27 April 1908,

Halle & Skottsberg 62 (UPS!-c. <J) (isolectotype-hb. Schuster!-c.

<J).

Remarks. — This species was added to the flora after submission

of the manuscript for publication; it is placed in the key to Anastro-

phyllum taxa for the peninsula, but has not been included in the

section on phytogeographical categories.

The species is reported for the Brunswick Peninsula by Stephani

(1901) and Bonner (1962). The report here, however, is likely the

first authentic one of the species for our area. This species and A.

involutifolium, which is quite common in the Brunswick Peninsu-

la, have been erroneously treated as conspeciflc by several authors

including Stephani (1901) (see notes under A. involutifolium). The

specimen(s) on which the previous A. crebrifolium records are

based are therefore likely A. involutifolium.

Phytogeography. — Andean; Tierra del Fuego (known only from

Cabo de Hornos), Patagonian Channels (where sporadic), Mas

Afuera, Juan Fernandez (915-1,325 m.) and the higher reaches of

the Andes of Peru and Ecuador.

Literature Records. — A nonymous- Strait of Magellan (Bonner,

1962); Cunningham-Strait of Magellan (Stephani, 1901).

Brunswick Peninsula Specimen Seen. — Pto. Pomar, 14 April

1908, Skottsberg 59 (UPS-c. d).

Anastrophyllum involutifolium (Mont.) Steph.

Jungermannia involutifolia Mont, in G. L. & N. Syn. Hep. 81.

1844. Anastrophyllum involutifolium (Mont.) Steph. Hedwigia

32: 140. 1893. Original material: Chile, Prov. Magallanes, B.

San Nicolas, Hombron (PC!).

Jungermannia decurvifolia Sull. Hooker's J. Bot. Kew Gdn. Misc.

2: 317. 1850, syn. fide Stephani (1893, p. 139). Anastrophyllum

ENGEL: BRUNSWICK PENINSULA 115

decurvifolium (Sull.) Steph. Hedwigia 32: 140. 1893. Original

material: Chile, Prov. Magallanes, B. Orange, U. S. Exploring

Exped. (apparently lost).

Remarks. — Anastrophyllum involutifolium and A. crebrifolium

have long been confused. Perhaps at least a portion of this confu-

sion may be traced to Mitten, as the following note is handwritten

onto a Mitten Herbarium (NY) sheet labeled "involutifolia" with

this name crossed out and "crebrifolia" added: "J. crebrifolia Tayl.

seems to be only a state of the same sp. connected by the other

Cape Horn specimens and the differences in the degree of emargin-

ation seem to correspond with that obtainable in this species."

Stephani (1901) also treats the two taxa as conspecific, with Jun-

germannia involutifolia a synonym of Anastrophyllum crebrifol-

ium.

Anastrophyllum involutifolium and A. crebrifolium, however, are

highly distinct taxa which should in no way be confused. Anastro-

phyllum involutifolium has leaves which are retuse and with mar-

gins often incurved to involute near the apex, while A. crebrifolium

has leaves which are bifid to at least one-half and with margins

plane and not incurved.

The following combination of characters will serve to identify

material of A. crebrifolium: a) leaves bifid to one-half or more; b)

leaves at most only slightly canaliculate and never conduplicate; c)

dorsal margins 1-2 laciniate-lobate near the base; d) leaf lobes

acuminate to narrowly to broadly triangular and frequently apicu-

late; e) leaf margins plane, not incurved or inrolled; f) leaf cells

with large trigones which are confluent, or if not confluent, then

with intervening walls thickened; g) perianths fusiform to subcy-

lindrical to obovate in shape, contracted and strongly plicate dis-

tally, few sulcate, the sulci of varying lengths with some to the

base; and h) bract segments dentate.

The name Anastrophyllum leucocephalum (type-Ecuador) has

been used by various authors for southern South American collec-

tions and deserves mention here. Type material of this species

appears much like that of A. crebrifolium, but the two differ in

several features, which are outlined in Table 5. With the examina-

tion of more material of this complex the differing characters

merge, and I am of the opinion that one moderately variable taxon

is at hand (see table 5). Therefore, Anastrophyllum leucocephalum

(Tayl.) Steph. is here regarded as new synonym of Anastrophyllum

O

s,

o C

116

ENGEL: BRUNSWICK PENINSULA 117

crebrifolium (Hook. f. & Tayl.) Steph. The species is known from

Tierra del Fuego, Patagonian Channels, Juan Fernandez, and

north in the Andes to Ecuador.

Ecology. — Rather common in the evergreen forest "bryophyte

mound facies." Here it occurs on the sides and apices of bryophyte

mounds, often intermixed with other Hepaticae, particularly Ade-

lanthus lindenbergianus, Clasmatocolea puccioana, Jamesoniella

colorata, Plagiochila ansata, andRiccardiaprehensilis.

Phytogeography. — Tierra del Fuego and the southern Patagonian

Channel region (Brunswick Peninsula, I. Riesco), and 1,220 m. on

Mas Afuera, Juan Fernandez (Hatcher & Engel 66). The report

from the Valdivian region (in Stephani, 1900) requires confirma-

tion.

Literature Records. — A nony mous- Strait of Magellan (Bonner,

1962); (Angstrom, 1872 as Jungermannia); Hombron-Pto. del

Hambre (Montagne, 1845, 1852, and 1856 as Jungermannia),

Strait of Magellan (Taylor & Hooker, 1847b as Jungermannia),

"Magellaens Land" (G. L. & N., 1844 as Jungermannia).

Brunswick Peninsula Specimens Seen. — Strait of Magellan, with-

out specific locality, Coppinger, with Anastrepta longissima (NY);

ibid., Dumont d'Urville (PC); ibid., sin. coll., ex. hb. Montagne

(NY). PUERTO DEL HAMBRE REGION: Pto. del Hambre, An-

dersson (S-PA). BAHIA SAN NICOLAS REGION: Ridge between

B. Bougainville and B. San Nicolas (6443-c. cJ). PUERTO GAL-

LANT REGION: NE side of Pto. Gallant (6004 G-c. per., 6008 B-c.

per.+ d, 6037 B-c. 6, 6042 B-c. per.+ c?, & 6059 B). PUERTO

CUTTER REGION: Between copper mine and river S. of mine

(2139-c. per., 2757 A, 2161 D, 2163 C, 2176 C, & 2179 A); W. of

copper mine (2233 A, 2234 C & 2367).

Anastrophyllum schismoides (Mont.) Steph.

Jungermannia schismoides Mont. Annls. Sci. Nat. II. 19: 250.

1843. Anastrophyllum schismoides (Mont.) Steph. Hedwigia 32:

140. 1893. Original material: Auckland ls.,Hombron (non vidi).

Remarks. — Anastrophyllum schismoides is a rather close relative

of A. crebrifolium, but the two taxa are separable by the former

having leaves with a) entire dorsal margins (very rarely with a

single lacinium); and b) large trigones with intervening walls thin;

while the latter has a) dorsal margins often 1-2 laciniate-lobate;

! 18 FIELDI AN A: BOTANY , VOLUME 4 1

and b) large trigones which are confluent, or if not confluent, then

with intervening walls thickened.

Phytogeography.— Amphipacific temperate; in the American sec-

tor reported to occur as far north as the Valdivian region; in the

New Zealand sector on the New Zealand shelf islands, New Zea-

land and Tasmania.

The Valdivian and Fuegian records require confirmation. Bon-

ner (1962) erroneously states "St. Helena" for the distribution of

this taxon.

Brunswick Peninsula Specimen Seen.— PUERTO CUTTER RE-

GION: N. of copper mine (2204-c. per.).

Anastrophyllum SPECIES EXCLUDED FROM THE BRUNSWICK

PENINSULA

1. Anastrophyllum minutum (Schreb.) Schust.

Jungermannia minuta Schreb. in Cranz, Fortsetz. Hist. Gronl. p.

285. 1770. Diplophyllum minutum (Schreb.) Dum. Recueil Obs.

Jungerm. 16. 1835. Lophozia minuta (Schreb.) Schiffn. in Engl.

& Prantl, Naturl. Pflanzenfam. 1 (3, 1): 85. 1893. Sphenolobus

minutus (Schreb.) Steph. Bull. Herb. Boissier II. 2 (2): 165. 1902

(=Spec. Hep. 2: 157). Anastrophyllum minutum (Schreb.) Schust.

Am. Midi. Nat. 42: 576. 1949. Eremonotus minutus Schust. in

Schuster et a/., Bull. Natn. Mus. Can. 164: 40. 1959. Original

material: Greenland, sin. coll., hb. Dillenius (OXF)-cited in

Grolle (1961b).

Reported by Angstrom (1872 as Jungermannia} for a Pto. del

Hambre collection by Andersson. The report is erroneous as the

specimen is actually one of Cephalolobus sphenoloboides (fide S-

PA!). According to Schuster (1968b, p. 488), Anastrophyllum minu-

tum is "holarctic in range, with disjunct extensions southward to

Mexico; it also occurs southward to Sikkim and Nepal," with iso-

lated stations in South Africa and New Guinea (13,500 ft.).

ANDREWSIANTHUS

Schust. Revue Bryol. Lichen. 30: 66. 1961.

Andre wsianthus australis Engel

Andrewsianthus australis Engel, Bryologist 75: 328. f. 1-42. 1972.

ENGEL: BRUNSWICK PENINSULA 119

Holotype: Chile, Prov. Magallanes, Cta. Amalia, 1 October 1969,

Engel 5411A (MSC!-c. per. + sporo.+ 6).

Ecology. — Restricted to and rare in the wettest portion of the

evergreen forested region. In the evergreen forest "bryophyte rich

fades" it was collected in a shallow depression mixed with Anas-

trophyllum involutifolium, Isotachis humectata, Lophocolea otiphyl-

la, Plagiochila ansata, and Riccardia spectabilis. Also observed on

a thin layer of soil over rock in this facies, where it was mixed with

Cryptochila grandiflora. Further encountered on a coastal rock,

mixed with Cryptochila grandiflora, Radula helix, and Temnoma

quadripartitum.

The above mentioned coastal rocks received fresh water from

rain and forest run-off, with salt water influence at most moderate.

This species is not among those that I repeatedly collected in tidal

zone regions in the Patagonian Channels (see Engel & Schuster,

1973).

Phytogeography. — Falkland Islands and Patagonian Channels

north to 50°56' S., 73°52' W.

Brunswick Peninsula Specimens Seen.— PUERTO CUTTER

REGION: Between copper mine and river S. of mine (2161 G-c.

per.); N. of copper mine (2219 B-c. 6 &2301 B}.

CEPHALOLOBUS

Schust. Revue Bryol. Lichen. 34: 244. 1966. Cephalolobus Schust.

J. Hattori Bot. Lab. 26: 211, 266. 1963, nom. nud.

Cephalolobus sphenoloboides Schust.

Cephalolobus sphenoloboides Schust. Revue Bryol. Lichen. 34: 251.

1966. Original material: Chile, Prov. Magallanes, I. Desolacion,

Pto. Angosto, 28 March 1896, Dusen 177 (G)-cited in Schuster

(1966a).

Phytogeography. — Known only from the type locality and the

Brunswick Peninsula.

Brunswick Peninsula Specimen Seen. — Strait of Magellan, with-

out specific locality, Andersson as Jungermannia minuta (S-PA-c.

d). PUERTO DEL HAMBRE REGION: Puerto del Hambre, An-

dersson as Jungermannia minuta (S-PA-c. per. -I- 8).

120 FIELDIANA: BOTANY, VOLUME 41

LOPHOZIA

(Dum.) Dum. Recueil Obs. Jungerm. 17. 1835. Jungermannia sect.

Lophozia Dum. Syll. Jungerm. 53. 1831.

KEY TO THE BRUNSWICK PENINSULA SPECIES OF Lophozia

1. Underleaves present, polymorphous, bifid or undivided and oblong, Ungulate or

lanceolate; plants monoecious. Leaves 0.4-0.5 bifid, lobes mostly lanceolate or

narrowly triangular, often twisted or recurved; lobe margins recurved in region

of sinus L. crispata

1. Underleaves absent; plants dioecious 2

2. Gemmae present; medulla with ventral half of small cells which are brownish

at the base; leaves with trigones medium L. sp. 1

2. Gemmae absent; medulla uniform, ventral cells not smaller, brownish cells

absent; leaves with trigones absent L. patagonica

Lophozia crispata Schust.

Lophozia crispata Schust. Nova Hedwigia 15: 474. pi. 59. 1968.

Holotype: Argentina, Terr. Tierra del Fuego, R. Harubre Valley,

S. of P. Garibaldi, Schuster 5941 7b (hb. Schuster-rcorc. vidi).

Phytogeography . — Isla Grande de Tierra del Fuego and the

Brunswick Peninsula.

Brunswick Peninsula Specimens Seen. — BAHIA SAN NICOLAS

REGION: W. side of bay (6346 B-c. per.+ d); ridge between B.

Bougainville and B. San Nicolas, ca. 155 m. (6432 D).

Lophozia patagonica Herz. & Grolle

Lophozia patagonica Herz. & Grolle in Grolle, Revue Bryol. Lichen.

28: 343. f. 1 a-e. 1959. Original material: Chile, Prov. Osorno,

between San Juan de la Costa and Pucatrihue, 800 m., 1958,

Oberdorfer 246 (hb. Oberdorfer & hb. Grolle-ram vidi).

Remarks. — Grolle (1959b) states the leaves of L. patagonica are

constantly bilobed, however, the leaves of the Brunswick Penin-

sula plants are frequently three lobed. Variation in lobe number is

of rather frequent occurrence for taxa in the subgenus Massula,

and this variability in L. patagonica lends further support to its

close relationship to L. capitata, L. grandiretis, and L. marchica of

the northern hemisphere.

Ecology. — Known only in association with Sphagnum, either in

Sphagnum bogs or in scattered mounds of Sphagnum in an open

mosaic oiEmpetrum-Nothofagus as in the B. San Nicolas region. It

may be mixed with Calypogeia sphagnicola.

ENGEL: BRUNSWICK PENINSULA 121

Phytogeography . — Southern Patagonian Channels (Brunswick

Peninsula) and the Valdivian region.

It is likely that this species will have a wider distribution after

more Sphagnum bogs are sampled.

Brunswick Peninsula Specimens Seen. — RIO TRES BRAZOS

REGION: Plateau above R. Tres Brazos at road crossing, ca. 160

m., Ostafichuk 1383 E (MSC). LAGUNA EL PARRILLAR: Near E.

shore of lake, ca. 365 m., (2117). BAHIA SAN NICOLAS REGION:

Ridge between B. Bougainville and B. San Nicolas, ca. 155 m.

(6420 A & 6428 A).

Lophozia sp. 1

Material of Engel 1968, which is androecial, but without per-

ianths, belongs to subg. Lophozia. The plant has the facies of a

Lophozia ventricosa (Dicks.) Dum., which is circumboreal and cir-

cumpolar, but without study of more copious materials, including

perianth and oil body data, assignment of a specific name for this

plant would be wholly premature. For a treatment of L. ventricosa

see Schuster (1969c).

Brunswick Peninsula Specimen Seen. — PUNTA ARENAS RE-

GION: Ridge above refugio (Club Andino), 8 km. W. of Punta Are-

nas, 305-610 m. (1968).

Lophozia SPECIES EXCLUDED FROM THE BRUNSWICK PENINSULA

1. Lophozia laxifolia (Mont.) Grolle

tSarcoscyphus laxifolius Mont. Annls. Sci. Nat. III. 4: 346. 1845.

Nardia laxifolia (Mont.) Trev. Memorie 1st. Lomb. Sci. Lett. III.

4: 400. 1877. Anastrophyllum laxifolium (Mont.) Steph. Bull.

Herb. Boissier 1 (11): 1131. 1901 ( = Spec. Hep. 2: 114). Lophozia

laxifolia (Mont.) Grolle, J. Jap. Bot. 39: 173. 1964. Original ma-

terial: Chile, without specific locality, sin. coll., ex hb. Montagne

(FH-hb. Taylor!).

This species was reported by Stephani (1911) as Anastrophyllum

laxifolium for a Skottsberg collection from Pto. Pomar. The speci-

men (UPS!), however, is not Lophozia laxifolia but rather A.

crebrifolium q.v. The only other report of Lophozia

("Anastrophyllum") laxifolium in the Magellanian region is that

of a second station mentioned in Stephani (1911) — above Rio

122 FIELDIANA: BOTANY, VOLUME 41

Azopardo, Tierra del Fuego. The specimen is actually one of

Anastrophyllum ciliatum [3 March 1908, Halle & Skottsberg 59

(UPS!)]. Lophozia laxifolia is known only from the Valdivian

region.

ROIVAINENIA

Perss. in Perss. & Grolle, Nova Hedwigia 3: 43. 1961.

Roivainenia jacquinotii (Mont.) Grolle

Jungermannia Jacquinotti Mont. Annls. Sci. Nat. II. 19: 250. 1843.

Chiloscyphus jacquinotii (Mont.) Nees in G. L. & N. Syn. Hep.

185. 1845. Roivainenia jacquinotii (Mont.) Grolle in Persson &

Grolle, Nova Hedwigia 3: 44. 1961. Lectotype (cf. Persson &

Grolle, 1961): Chile, Prov. Magallanes, Strait of Magellan, Jac-

quinot (PC!).

Jungermannia antarctica Angstr. Ofvers. K. VetenskAkad. Forh.

29 (4): 10. 1872, syn. fide Persson & Grolle (1961). Lophozia

antarctica (Angstr.) Evans, Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 25: 416. 1898.

Roivainenia antarctica (Angstr.) Perss. in S. Arnell, Svensk Bot.

Tidskr. 49: 239. 1955, nom. illeg. Original material: Chile, Prov.

Magallanes, Pto. del Hambre, 1852, Andersson (non vidi).

Jungermannia Pigafettoana Mass. Nuovo G. Bot. Ital. I. 17: 217. pi.

14, f. 7. 1885, syn. cf. Stephani (1901). Lophozia pigafettoana

(Mass.) Kiihnem. Lilloa 19: 344. 1949. Original material: Argen-

tina, Terr. Tierra del Fuego, Ushuaia, Spegazzini (non vidi).

Jungermannia verrucosa Steph. Hedwigia 34: 51. 1895, syn. cf.

Stephani (1901). Original material: Chile, Prov. Magallanes,

Pto. Eden, Cunningham (non vidi).

Leioscyphus Skottsbergii Steph. Wiss. Ergebn. Schwed. Siidpola-

rexped. 4 (1): 5. f. 6-7. 1905, syn. fide Persson & Grolle (1961).

Mylia skottsbergii (Steph.) Schust. Am. Midi. Nat. 62: 34. 1959.

Lectotype (cf. Persson & Grolle, 1961): South Georgia, Skottsberg

(G-non vidi).

Anastrophyllum verrucosum Steph. K. Svenska VetenskAkad.

Handl. 46 (9): 21. f. 7c. 1911, syn. fide Persson & Grolle (1961).

Lectotype (cf. Persson & Grolle, 1961): Southern Patagonia,

Skottsberg (G-non vidi).

Acrobolbus patagonicus Steph. K. Svenska VetenskAkad. Handl.

46 (9): 23. f. 7d. 1911, syn. fide Persson & Grolle (1961). Lecto-

ENGEL: BRUNSWICK PENINSULA 123

type (cf. Persson & Grolle, 1961): Chile, Prov. Aisen, Coihaique,

Halle (G-non vidi).

Leioscyphus bilobatus Steph. K. Svenska VetenskAkad. Handl. 46

(9): 35. f. 13 a, b. 1911, syn. fide Persson & Grolle (1961). Leptos-

cyphus bilobatus (Steph.) Kiihnem. Revta Cent. Estud. Doct.

Cienc. Nat., B. Aires 1: 175. 1937. Mylia bilobata (Steph.)

Kiihnem. Lilloa 19: 340. 1949. Original material: Falkland Is.,

near Port Stanley, Skottsberg (UPS)-cited in Persson & Grolle

(1961).

Ecology. — Very common in deciduous forests, drier aspects of

evergreen forests and deciduous-evergreen ecotonal areas. Most

frequently in dense, thick mats over rotted logs, often intermixed

with other Hepaticae, particularly Lepidozia sp. and Leptoscyphus

expansus. Occasionally on soil, and rarely on bark of living, up-

right trees.

Phytogeography. — South Georgia, Falkland Islands, Tierra del

Fuego, the Patagonian Channels, and Valdivian region (West Pa-

tagonia north to 39°52' S., and in Andean Patagonia at P. N. Na-

huel Huapi).

Literature Records. — Anonymous- Strait of Magellan (Kiihn-

emann, 1949 and Bonner, 1963 as Chiloscyphus jacquinotii);

Andersson-Strait of Magellan (Stephani, 1901 asLophozia antarc-

tica); Dumont d'Urville-Strait of Magellan (Montagne, 1845a as C.

jacquinotii, Taylor & Hooker, 1847b as J. jacquinotii); Dusen-

Punta Arenas (Stephani, 1901a as Jungermannia pigafettoana\

Strait of Magellan (Stephani, 1901a as L. antarctica); Jacquinot-

Strait of Magellan (G. L. & N., 1845 as C. jacquinotii, Montagne,

1845, 1852 and 1856 as C. jacquinotii, Persson & Grolle, 1961);

Santesson-Tres Puentes (Persson & Grolle, 1961); Wawra- Strait of

Magellan (Stephani, 1901a asL. antarctica,}.

Brunswick Peninsula Specimens Seen.— PUNTA ARENAS RE-

GION: Punta Arenas, Cunningham 194 (NY); ibid., sin. coll. (NY);

E. of Mina Loreto on S. side of R. de las Minas, ca. 215 m. (1918,

1927, 1929), Imshaug 38864 (MSC); ridge above refugio (Club An-

dino), 8 km. W. of Punta Arenas, 305-610 m. (1972 B, 1984 &

1990). RIO TRES BRAZOS REGION: Plateau above R. Tres Brazos

at road crossing, ca. 160 m., Ostafichuk 1340, 1349 B & 1353 C

(MSC). SENO OTWAY REGION: B. Camden (2038). LAGUNO EL

PARRILLAR: Just E. of lake, ca. 365 m. (2082-c. per. & 2089\

near E. shore of lake, ca. 365 m. (2094); 4 km. E. of lake, ca. 305 m.

124 FIELDIANA: BOTANY, VOLUME 41

(2123). PUERTO DEL HAMBRE REGION: Fuerte Bulnes, Pta.

Santa Ana (1805, 1814, 1826, 1828, 1849 A & 1851); near Fuerte

Bulnes, Hatcher 2-3, 4-6, 5-9, 6-4 & 6-16 (UW-M); N. side of R. San

Juan, 1 km. from straits (1874).

Family JUNGERMANNIACEAE

Reichenb. Botanik fur Damen, Kiinstler und Freunde . . . 256.

1827.

CRYPTOCHILA

Schust. J. Hattori Bot. Lab. 26: 284. 1963.

Cryptochila grandiflora (Lindenb. & Gott.) Grolle

Jungermania grandiflora Lindenb. & Gott. in G. L. & N. Syn. Hep.

673. 1847. Jamesoniella grandiflora (Lindenb. & Gott.) Jack &

Steph. Hedwigia 31: 13. 1892. Cryptochila grandiflora (Lindenb.

& Gott.) Grolle, Reprium. Nov. Spec. Regni. Veg. 82 (1): 19.

1971. Lectotype (cf. Grolle 1971a): Chile, Prov. Valdivia, Valdi-

via, "mis. Montague 1845 as J. colorata; W (Lindenb. Hep. no.

1807)," sin. coll. (Gay) (non vidi).

Jungermannia sonderi Gott. Linnaea 28: 550. 1856, syn. fide Grolle

(1971a). Jamesoniella sonderi (Gott.) Steph. Bull. Herb. Boissier

II. 1(10): 1036. 1901 (=Spec. Hep. 2: 99), non J. sonderi Steph.

1895 =C. grandiflora fide Grolle, 1971a). Lectotype (fide Grolle

1971a): Australia, Australian Alps, von Miiller, (L-937, 183-17-

non vidi).

Jungermannia penicillata Loitl. in Szyszylowicz, Diagn. pi. nov. a

C. Jelski in Peruvia lect., P. 1. Acad. Litt. Cracov 238. 1894, syn.

fide Grolle (1971a). Original material: Peru, without specific lo-

cality, Jelski 549 (W)-cited in Grolle (1971a).

Jamesoniella Sonderi Steph. Hedwigia 34: 48. 1895, syn. fide

Grolle (1971a), non J. sonderi (Gott.) Steph. 1901. (=C. grandi-

flora fide Grolle, 1971a). Original material: Tasmania, Mt. Wel-

lington, Moore 48 (G)-cited in Grolle (1971a).

Jamesoniella nervosa Berggr. N.Z. Hep. 13. f. 10 a-m. 1898, syn. cf.

Stephani (1901). Lectotype (fide Grolle, 1971a): New Zealand,

South Island, Bealey River, Berggren 2839 (LD-non vidi).

Jamesoniella Hectori Berggr. N.Z. Hep. 15. f. 11 a-n. 1898, syn. cf.

Stephani (1901). Lectotype (fide Grolle, 1971a): New Zealand,

South Island, Bealey River, Berggren 2843 (LD-non vidi).

ENGEL: BRUNSWICK PENINSULA 125

Jamesoniella Allionii Steph. in Herz. Biblthca Bot. 87: 182. 1916,

syn. fide Grolle (1971a). Lectotype (fide Grolle, 1971a): Bolivia,

above Tablas, 3,400 m.,Herzog 2847 (JE-non vidi).

Jamesoniella pyrogea Mass. Atti 1st. Veneto Sci. 87: 235.pl. 3,f. 1-

4. 1927, syn. fide Grolle (1971a). Original material: Chile, Prov.

Magallanes, I. Basket and B. Sarmiento, Spegazzini (non vidi).

Jamesoniella pellucida Herz. Hedwigia 74: 85. 1934, syn. fide

Grolle (1971a). Lectotype (fide Grolle, 1971a): Bolivia,

"Cejagiirtel von Stillutincara, Jungas von La Paz," Troll 132 (JE

— no n vidi).

Ecology. — Wetter portions of the evergreen Nothofagus region in

exposed situations such as coastal rocks and large rock outcrops.

The above coastal rocks (Pto. Cutter) received fresh water from

rain as well as run-off from the forest above; salt water influence

was at most moderate. The species is not among those that I re-

peatedly found in intertidal regions in the Patagonian Channels

(see Engel & Schuster, 1973).

Phytogeography . — Pan- temper ate; South Sandwich Islands,

South Georgia, Falkland Islands, Tierra del Fuego, Andes north to

Guatemala, Brazil (Serra do Itatiaia), Africa from Cape of Good

Hope to Natal (3,150 m.), Marion Island, Prince Edward Island,

lies Crozet, and northeast New Guinea (4,400-4,600 m.).

Brunswick Peninsula Specimens Seen. — PUERTO GALLANT

REGION: NE side of Pto. Gallant (6064 E & 6071 C-c. per.).

PUERTO CUTTER REGION: N. of copper mine (2219 A & 2301

A); slightly W. of copper mine (2358 A & 2360).

JAMESONIELLA

(Spruce) Steph. Bull. Soc. R. Bot. Belg. 30: 200. 1891. Jungerman-

nia subg. Jamesoniella Spruce, J. Bot., Lond. 14: 230. 1876.

Jamesoniella colorata (Lehm.) Schiffn.

Jungermannia colorata Lehm. Linnaea 4: 366. 1829. Jamesoniella

colorata (Lehm.) Schiffn. in Engl. & Prantl, Natiirl. Pflanzenfam.

(3, 1): 83. 1893. Lectotype (fide Grolle, 1971a): South Africa,

Cape Prov., Table Mt.,Ecklon (S-PA-non vidi).

Jungermannia oenops Lindenb. & Gott. in G. L. & N. Syn. Hep.

673. 1847, syn. fide Grolle (1971a). Jamesoniella oenops (Lin-

denb. & Gott.) Steph. Bull. Herb. Boissier II. 1 (10): 1028. 1901

126 FIELDIANA: BOTANY, VOLUME 41

(=Spec. Hep. 2: 91). Lectotype (cf. Grolle, 1971a): Juan Fernan-

dez, Bertero (W, Lindenb. Hep. no. l8Q9-non vidi).

Jungermannia? arcta De Not. Memorie Accad. Sci. Torino II. 16:

219. pi. 6, f. 1-5. 1855, syn. fide Stephani (1901). Jungermannia

colorata var. arcta (De Not.) Mass. Nuovo G. Bot. Ital. I. 17: 215.

1885. Jamesoniella colorata var. arcta (De Not.) Mass. Atti 1st.

Veneto Sci. 87: 235. 1927. Original material: Chile, "Prov. Val-

paraiso, Valparaiso," Puccio (K, S-PA)-cited in Grolle (1971a).

Jungermannia? spectabilis De Not. Memorie Accad. Sci. Torino II.

16: 219. pi. 7, f. 1-4. 1855, syn. fide Grolle (1971a). Jamesoniella

spectabilis (De Not.) Steph. Bull. Herb. Boissier II. 1 (10): 1038.

1901 ( = Spec. Hep. 2: 101). Original material: Chile, "Prov. Val-

paraiso, Valparaiso," Puccio (S-PA)-cited in Grolle (1971a).

Jungermannia malouina Gott. Annls. Sci. Nat. IV. 8: 337. 1857,

syn. fide Grolle (1971a). Jamesoniella maluina (sic) (Gott.) Steph.

Bull. Herb. Boissier II. 1 (10): 1027. 1901 (=Spec. Hep. 2: 90).

Lectotype (cf. Grolle, 1971a): Falkland Is., Lesson (PC—non

vidi).

Jamesoniella dusenii Steph. Bih. K. Svenska VetenskAkad. Handl.

26 (III, 6): 22. 1900, syn. fide Grolle (1971a). Original material:

Chile, Prov. Llanquihue, near Puerto Varas, Dusen 479 (BM,

FH, FI, K, LD, O, S-PA, UPS)-cited in Grolle (1971a).

Jamesoniella gibbosa Steph. K. Svenska VetenskAkad. Handl. 46

(9): IS.f. 6 b-e. 1911, syn. fide Grolle (1971a). Original material:

Chile, Prov. Chiloe, I. Chiloe, Pto. Quellon, Halle & Skottsberg

140 (BM, LD, S-PA, UPS)-cited in Grolle (1971a).

Jamesoniella raknesii Kaal. Nyt. Mag. Naturvid. 49: 89. 1911, syn.

fide Grolle (1971a). Lectotype (fide Grolle, 1971a): Crozets, Pos-

session Is., Ring & Raknes 14 (O-non vidi}.

Jamesoniella colorata f. marginata Herz. Hedwigia 64: 3. 1923, syn.

fide Grolle (1971a). Jamesoniella colorata var. marginata (Herz.)

Herz. Archos Esc. Farm. Cordoba 7: 7. 1938. Original material:

Chile, Prov. Valdivia, Valdivia, Herzog (non vidi).

Jamesoniella reflexa Herz. Hedwigia 66: 89. f. 6 a-e. 1926, syn. fide

Grolle (1971a). Holotype: Chile, Prov. Aisen, Pta. Leopardos, 13

January l92l,Hicken 63 (JE-non vidi).

Jamesoniella repens Herz. Archos Esc. Farm. Cordoba 7: S.f. 1 a-c.

1938, syn. fide Grolle (1971a). Holotype: Chile, Prov. Valdivia,

Corral (Quitaluto),//osseus 643B (JE-non vidi).

ENGEL: BRUNSWICK PENINSULA 127

Jamesoniella colorata var. libera Herz. Beih. Bot. Zbl. 60 (B): 2.

1939, syn. fide Grolle (1971a). Original material: Chile, Prov.

Llanquihue, Calbuco, Schwabe 112 (non vidi).

Jamesoniella colorata var. obovata Herz. in Skottsberg, Nat. Hist.

Juan Fernandez, Easter Is. 2: 700. 1942, syn. fide Grolle (1971a).

Lectotype (fide Grolle, 1971a): Juan Fernandez, Mas a Tierra,

Portezuela de Villagra, 600 m., Skottsberg 196 (S-PA)-non vidi).

Jamesoniella colorata f. latifolia Herz. in Skottsberg, Nat. Hist.

Juan Fernandez, Easter Is. 2: 700. 1942, syn. fide Grolle (1971a).

Lectotype (fide Grolle, 1971a): Juan Fernandez, Mas a Tierra,

Portezuelo, 475 m., Skottsberg 197 (JE-non vidi).

Jamesoniella colorata var. oblata Herz. Revue Bryol. Lichen, 23:

31. 1954, syn. fide Grolle (1971a). Holotype: Chile, Prov. Valdi-

via, L. Puyehue, Schwabe 93 p.p. (JE-non vidi).

Jamesoniella grolleana Herz. Revue Bryol. Lichen. 27: 145. f. 1 a-

m. 1958, syn. fide Grolle (1971a). Holotype:1 Chile, Prov. Osorno,

L. Rupanco, Schwabe lid (JE-non vidi).

Jamesoniella colorata f. subtilis Herz. Revue Bryol. Lichen. 29:

184. 1960, syn. fide Grolle (1971a). Holotype: Chile, Prov. Valdi-

via, L. Pellaifa, Schwabe 18 p.p. (JE-non vidi).

Ecology. — Variety of exposed situations in the evergreen forested

region. On coastal rocks, rotted logs of an open grassy slope and at

pool margins in an open Empetrum-Nothofagus mosaic. Quite

common in the "bryophyte rich facies" on the sides and apices of

bryophyte mounds, often occurring mixed with other Hepaticae,

particularly Adelanthus lindenbergianus, Anastrophyllum involuti-

folium, Gackstroemia magellanica, and Plagiochila ansata. The

above mentioned coastal rocks (Pto. Cutter) received fresh water

from rain and forest run-off, with salt water influence at most

moderate. However, the species is able to grow in tidal zone re-

gions (see Engel & Schuster, 1973).

Phytogeography. — Pan-temperate in distribution.

The species does not occur north of temperate regions in any of

the sectors. It is, however, fairly well represented in the subantarc-

tic, as it occurs on Marion and Prince Edward Islands, lies Crozet,

and lies de Kerguelen. Grolle (197 la) states the records from Neo-

tropical regions are erroneous (see pi. 17).

'Grolle (1971a) states the holotype was collected at Rio Puelo (Prov. Llanquihue).

128 FIELDIANA: BOTANY, VOLUME 41

Literature Records. — Anonymous-Strait of Magellan (Kiihn-

emann, 1937, 1949 and Bonner, 1966 as J. oenops}\ Cunningham-

Strait of Magellan (Stephani, 1901 as J. oenops); Skottsberg &

Halle-Pto. Cutter (Stephani, 1911), B. Arauz (Stephani, 1911 as J.

colorata and J. oenops}; Pto. Pomar (Stephani, 1911 as J. dusenii

andJ. oenops}.

Brunswick Peninsula Specimens Seen.— SENO OTWAY RE-

GION: E. of Canelos and just W. of Ch. La. Quema (2046). BAHIA

SAN NICOLAS REGION: W. side of bay (6324 B); ridge between

B. Bougainville and B. San Nicolas, ca. 155 m. (6431 & 6432 B).

PUERTO GALLANT REGION: NE side of Pto. Gallant (6012 A-c.

per+sporo. & 6022 B-c. per.). PUERTO CUTTER REGION: Be-

tween copper mine and river S. of mine (2157 D, 2163 A, 2174 A &

2184 B); N. of copper mine (2203); W. of copper mine (2234 A).

Family GYMNOMITRIACEAE

Klinggr. Die hoheren Cryptogamen Preussens 16. 1858.

HERZOGOBRYUM

Grolle, Revue Bryol. Lichen. 32: 160. 1963. Chondrophyllum Herz.

Revue Bryol. Lichen. 21: 46. 1952 non Chondrophyllum Kylin,

Lundes Univ. Arsskr. N. F., Avd. 2, 20 (6): 442. 1924 (Rhodo-

phyta).

Herzogobryum erosum (Carring. & Pears.) Grolle

Cesia erosa Carring. & Pears. Pap. Proc. R. Soc. Tasm. 1887: 8. pi.

6, f. 1-19. 1888. Gymnomitrium erosa (sic) (Carring. & Pears.)

Bast. Pap. Proc. R. Soc. Tasm. 1887: 244. 1888. Herzogobryum

erosum (Carring. & Pears.) Grolle, Ost. Bot. Z. 113: 231. 1966.

Original material: Tasmania, Bastow s.n. (BM)-cited in Grolle

(1966b).

Cesia stygia var. denticulata Berggr. N. Z. Hep. 4. 1898, syn. fide

Grolle (1966b). Acolea denticulata (Berggr.) Steph. Bull. Herb.

Boissier II. 1 (2): 143. 1901 ( = Spec. Hep. 2: 4). Gymnomitrium

denticulatum (Berggr.) K. Mull. (Freib.) Revue Bryol. Lichen. 20:

176-177. 1951. Lectotype (fide Grolle, 1966b): New Zealand,

South Island, Westland, Kelly's Hill, 1,200 m., 1874, Berggren

2870 (LD-non vidi).

Phytogeography. — Subantarctic in distribution; South Georgia,

Falkland Islands, Tierra del Fuego (I. de los Estados), southern

ENGEL: BRUNSWICK PENINSULA 129

Patagonian Channels (Brunswick Peninsula), Tristan da Cunha,

and 500-2,000 m. in the New Zealand sector, occurring on Stewart

Island north to Tasmania (see pi. 18).

Brunswick Peninsula Specimens Seen. — PUERTO DEL

HAMBRE REGION: near Fuerte Bulnes, Hatcher 6-8 B (UW-M).

Family SCAPANIACEAE

Mig. Krypt.-Fl. Deutschl 1: 479. 1904.

BLEPHARIDOPHYLLUM

Angstr. Ofvers K. VetenskAkad. Forh. 30: 151. 1873.

KEY TO THE BRUNSWICK PENINSULA SPECIES OF Blepharidophyllum

1. Leaves not keeled, not conduplicately bilobed, bifid to the middle, insertion

curved; leaf cells with large knotlike trigones; perianth mouth copiously long

ciliate, the cilia of highly elongated cells B. densifolium

1. Leaves keeled, conduplicately bilobed, divided three-fourths to seven-eighths

into 2 lobes, insertion nearly transverse; leaf cells ± equally thick walled, or

with thin walls and small (rarely medium) trigones; perianth mouth with nu-

merous teeth and short spines, the armature of 1-2 cells which are thick walled,

especially at the apices 2

2. Leaf margins irregular and with numerous small teeth, at least on the dorsal

margin of dorsal lobe; leaf segments apiculate; lobes never undivided; cell

walls thick, especially toward the leaf apices and margins, trigones absent

B. clandestinum

2. Leaf margins entire; leaf segments triangular; lobes occasionally undivided

or 1 dentate-lobate; cell walls thin, with small or rarely medium trigones

B. gottscheanum

Blepharidophyllum clandestinum (Mont.) Lac.

Plagiochila (Scapania) clandestina Mont. Annls. Sci. Nat. II. 19:

247. 1843. ? Scapania clandestina (Mont.) G. L. & N. Syn. Hep.

73. 1844. Jungermannia clandestina (Mont.) Hook. f. & Tayl. in

Hook. f. Bot. Ant. Voy. 1: 434. 1847. Martinellia clandestina

(Mont.) Trev. Memorie 1st. Lomb. Sci. Lett. III. 4: 411. 1877.

Balantiopsis clandestina (Mont.) Schiffn. in Engl. & Prantl, Na-

tiir. Pflanzenfam. 1 (3, 1): 112. 1895. Diplophyllum clandestinum

(Mont.) Steph. Bih. K. Svenska VetenskAkad. Handl. 25 (III, 6):

61. 1900. Blepharidophyllum clandestinum (Mont.) Lac. Gen.

Hep. 27. 1910. Original material: (fide Grolle, 1965b, excl. B.

gottscheanum): Chile, Prov. Magallanes, Pto. Gallant, Hombron

(PC-non uidi).

130 FIELDIANA: BOTANY, VOLUME 41

Balantiopsis incrassata Mitt. J. Linn. Soc. 15: 197. 1876, syn. fide

Mitten (1879). Original material: ties de Kerguelen, Hill NW of

Mt. Crozier, Eaton (NY!).

Ecology. — With the exception of its occurrence in a Sphagnum

bog near the evergreen-deciduous forest boundary, confined to the

evergreen forest region. In the "bryophyte rich facies" it occurred

on the floor as well as on the sides of bryophyte mounds, often

under Empetrum and Pernettya cover. It also occurred on mats of

pendent vegetation.

Phytogeography. — lies de Kerguelen, Falkland Islands, Tierra

del Fuego, the Patagonian Channels, and the Valdivian region (to

42°30' S. in West Patagonia).

Literature Records. — Anonymous-Strait of Magellan (Stephani,

1910 as Diplophyllum), Pto. Gallant (Grolle, 1965b); Andersson-

Pto. del Hambre (Angstrom, 1872 as Jungermannia); Hombron-

Pto. del Hambre and Pto. Gallant (Montagne, 1845, 1852, 1856 as

Scapania, Taylor & Hooker, 1847b as Jungermannia, Reimers,

1926 as Diplophyllum), Pto. Gallant (Grolle, 1965b), Strait of Ma-

gellan (G. L. & N., 1844 as Scapania, Bonner, 1962 asPlagiochila).

Brunswick Peninsula Specimens Seen. — LAGUNO EL PARRIL-

LAR: Near E. shore of lake, ca. 365 m. (2103 &2104). BAHIA SAN

NICOLAS REGION: W. side of bay (6346 A-c. per.+sporo.).

PUERTO GALLANT REGION: Pto. Gallant, sin. coll. (NY); NE

side of Pto. Gallant (6028 A-c. per.+sporo., 6036 A-c. per.+sporo.,

6038 & 6041); NE side of Pto Gallant (6082 B). PUERTO CUTTER

REGION: Slightly W. of copper mine (2245 A); N. side of copper

mine (2315).

Blepharidophyllum densifolium (Hook.) Angstr. ex Mass.

Jungermannia densifolia Hook. Musci Exot. 1: pi. 36, f. 1-4. 1818.

?Scapania densifolia (Hook.) Nees in G. L. & N. Syn. Hep. 72.

1844. Diplophyllum densifolium (Hook.) Mitt. J. Linn. Soc. 15:

69. 1876. Martinellia densifolia (Hook.) Trev. Memorie 1st. Lomb.

Sci. Lett. III. 4: 411. 1877. Blepharidophyllum densifolium

(Hook.) Angstr. ex Mass. Nuovo G. Bot. Ital. I. 17: 208. 1885.

Original material: Argentina, Terr. Tierra del Fuego, I. de los

Estados, Menzies (NY!, S, W)-cited in Grolle (1965b).

Jungermannia chloroleuca Hook. f. & Tayl. Lond. J. Bot. 3: 467.

1844, syn. fide Bescherelle & Massalongo (1889). Scapania chlo-

roleuca (Hook. f. & Tayl.) G. L. & N. Syn. Hep. 662. 1847. Schis-

ENGEL: BRUNSWICK PENINSULA 131

tocalyx chloroleuca (Hook. f. & Tayl.) Lindb. J. Linn. Soc. 13: 185.

1873, nom. illeg. Martinellia chloroleuca (Hook. f. & Tayl.) Trev.

Memorie 1st. Lomb. Sci. Lett. III. 4: 411. 1877. Blepharido-

phyllum vertebrate var. ft chloroleucum (Hook. f. & Tayl.) Mass.

Nuovo G. Bot. Ital. I. 17: 208. 1885. Blepharidophyllum densifol-

ium var. y chloroleucum (Hook. f. & Tayl.) Schiffn. in Naumann,

Forschungsr. Gazelle 4 (4): 9. 1890. Diplophyllum vertebrale var.

ft chloroleucum (Hook. f. & Tayl.) Mass. Atti 1st. Veneto Sci. 87:

221. 1927. Original material: Chile, Prov. Magallanes, I. Her-

mite, Hooker (NY!).

Scapania pycnophylla De Not. Memorie Accad. Sci. Torino II. 16:

215. pL 3. f. 1-6. 1855, syn. fide Bescherelle & Massalongo (1889).

Martinellia pycnophylla (De Not.) Trev. Memorie 1st. Lomb. Sci.

Lett. III. 4: 411. 1877. ? Blepharidophyllum pycnophyllum (De

Not.) Angstr. ex Mass. Nuovo G. Bot. Ital. I. 17: 208. 1885. Ble-

pharidophyllum densifolium var. e pycnophyllum (De Not.)

Schiffn. in Naumann, Forschungsr. Gazelle 4 (4): 9. 1890. Diplo-

phyllum pycnophyllum (De Not.) Steph. Result. Voyage S. Y.

Belgica 6 (5): 6. 1901. Original material: Chile, "Prov. Valparai-

so, Valparaiso," Puccio (NY!).

Blepharidophyllum fuscum Besch. in Besch. & Mass. Mission

Scient. Cap Horn 5: 209. 1889, nom. nud. pro syn. Blepharido-

phyllum densifolium var. 8 fuscum (Besch.) Schiffn. in Nau-

mann, Forschungsr. Gazelle 4 (4): 9. 1890.

Ecology. — Moderately wide in ecological amplitude, occurring at

nearly all stations in the peninsula. In forested situations it occurs

on rotted logs, particularly where there is a layer of vegetation

covering the log; it is less common on bare soil. In the evergreen

forest "bryophyte rich facies" it is quite common on the sides and

apices of bryophyte mounds as well as part of the floor cover and

here it quite frequently grows in pure or nearly pure mats, a fea-

ture uncommon for hepatics of this habitat. The species occasion-

ally is intermixed with other Hepaticae such as Clasmatocolea ob-

voluta and Leptoscyphus horizontalis. It also occurs in Sphagnum

bogs mixed with Sphagnum sp. or other Hepaticae.

Phytogeography. — lies de Kerguelen, lies Crozet, Marion Island,

Prince Edward Island, Gough Island, Falkland Islands, Tierra del

Fuego, Patagonian Channels, and north in Valdivian region (West

Patagonia) to 36°50' S.

Literature Records. — A nonymous- Strait of Magellan (Bonner,

132 FIELDIANA: BOTANY, VOLUME 41

1963 as B. chloroleucum, B. densifolium, and B. pycnophyllum);

Andersson-Pto. del Hambre (Angstrom, 1872 as Jungermannia

chloroleuca); Skottsberg & Halle-Pio. Cutter (Stephani, 1911 as

Diplophyllum densifolium andD. pycnophyllum); Wawra-Pto. Gal-

lant (Grolle, 1965b).

Brunswick Peninsula Specimens Seen. — Strait of Magellan, with-

out specific locality, 1901, Schubert (FH); ibid., sin. coll. asSchisto-

calyx chloroleuca (NY). PUNTA ARENAS REGION: Ridge above

refugio (Club Andino), 8 km. W. of Punta Arenas, 305-610 m.

(1948). LAGUNO EL PARRILLAR: Near E. shore of lake, ca. 365

m. (2091 & 2108 B). PUERTO DEL HAMBRE REGION: Fuerte

Bulnes, Pta. Santa Ana (1850 B). BAHIA SAN NICOLAS RE-

GION: W. side of bay (6352 & 6386 A-c. per.+sporo.); ridge be-

tween B. Bougainville and B. San Nicolas, ca. 155 m. (6430 &

6441). PUERTO GALLANT REGION: Pto. Gallant, March 1867,

Cunningham 154 (NY); NE side of Pto. Gallant (6009, 6029 D-c.

per.+sporo., 6033 C-c. per. + sporo., 6048 A-c. per. & 6064 C).

RAD A YORK: September 1853, Lechler as Scapania chloroleuca

(FH, NY). PUERTO CUTTER REGION: Between copper mine and

river S. of mine (2134 B, 2137, 2167 A & 2169); N. of copper mine

(2211); W. of copper mine (2223); base of M. Condor (2319).

Blepharidophyllum gottscheanum Grolle

Blepharidophyllum gottscheanum Grolle, J. Hattori Bot. Lab. 28:

69. f. 4. 1965. Original material: Chile, Prov. Magallanes, I. Des-

olacion, Dusen (JE)-cited in Grolle (1965b).

Ecology. — Only in evergreen Nothofagus forests, where in

"bryophyte rich fades" it occasionally occurred in depressions and

hollows. In an open Empetrum-Nothofagus mosaic at B. San Nico-

las the species commonly formed large mats at the edges of and

submerged in small ponds.

Phytogeography. — Falkland Islands, western Tierra del Fuego,

the Patagonian Channels and north to 40°45' S. in the Valdivian

region (West Patagonia) (see Schuster, 1971).

Literature Record. — Hombron-Pio. Gallant (Grolle, 1965b).

Brunswick Peninsula Specimens Seen. — BAHIA SAN NICOLAS

REGION: Ridge between B. Bougainville and B. San Nicolas, ca.

155 m. (6421 B, 6422 C & 6439). PUERTO GALLANT REGION:

NE side of Pto. Gallant (6024). PUERTO CUTTER REGION: Be-

ENGEL: BRUNSWICK PENINSULA 133

tween copper mine and river S. of mine (2181); slightly W. of

copper mine (2246 & 2248).

DIPLOPHYLLUM

(Dum.) Dum. Recueil Obs. Jungerm. 15. 1835 (nom. cons.). Junger-

mannia sect. Diplophyllum Dum. Syll. Jungerm. 44. 1831.

Diplophyllum acutilobum Steph.

Diplophyllum acutilobum Steph. K. Svenska VetenskAkad. Handl.

46 (9): 83. f. 32 f. 1911. Original material: Chile, Prov. Magal-

lanes, W. end of L. Fagnano, Halle & Skottsberg s.n. (S)-cited in

Grolle (1965b).

Phytogeography . — Falkland Islands, Tierra del Fuego (L. Fag-

nano), Patagonian Channels, and the Valdivian region north to

40°42' S.

Brunswick Peninsula Specimen Seen.— PUERTO CUTTER RE-

GION: Slightly W. of copper mine (2358 B).

KRUNODIPLOPHYLLUM

Grolle, J. Hattori Bot. Lab. 28: 70. 1965.

Krunodiplophyllum squarrosum (Steph.) Grolle

Diplophyllum squarrosum Steph. Spec. Hep. 4:116. 1910. Krunodi-

plophyllum squarrosum (Steph.) Grolle, J. Hattori Bot. Lab. 28:

71. 1965. Blepharidophyllum squarrosum (Steph.) Schust. Bull.

Natn. Sci. Mus., Tokyo 14: 655. 1971. Original material: Chile,

Prov. Magallanes, R. Azopardo, 600 m., Dusen 125 (G)-cited in

Grolle (1965b).

Diplophyllum recurvifolium Mass. Atti 1st. Veneto Sci. 87: 221. pi.

3, f. 9-17. 1927, syn. fide Grolle (1965b). Original material: Chile,

Prov. Magallanes, I. Basket, Spegazzini (non vidi).

Phytogeography. — Tierra del Fuego and southern Patagonian

Channels (Brunswick Peninsula).

Grolle (1965b) points out the Valdivian records in Herzog (1954)

are erroneous and actually are based upon plants of Diplophyllum

cf. acutilobum.

Brunswick Peninsula Specimen Seen.— PUERTO GALLANT

REGION: NE side of Pto. Gallant (6071 D).

134 FIELDIANA: BOTANY, VOLUME 41

Family BALANTIOPSACEAE

Buch, Mitt. Thuring. Bot. Ges. 1: 23. 1955 ("Balantiopsidaceae").

BALANTIOPSIS

Mitt, in Hook, f., Handb. N. Z. Flora Pt. 2. 753. 1867.

KEY TO THE BRUNSWICK PENINSULA SPECIES OF Balantiopsis

1. Dorsal lobes ± erect or aligned toward stem base; rhizoids frequently arising in

tufts from the stem near the ventral portion of the ventral leaf lobes (as well as

from the stem near the underleaf bases); plants light green in color, not devel-

oping secondary pigmentation B. bisbifida

1. Dorsal lobes strongly flattened over the ventral lobes, never erect; rhizoids

arising in tufts from the stem near the underleaf bases, not from stem near the

ventral portion of the ventral leaf lobes; plants frequently with a deep red

pigmentation. Leaf lobe cells in highly regular tiers, dorsal lobes (3-)9-34

dentate-laciniate, the dorsal lobes narrowed to the apex B. cancellata

Balantiopsis bisbifida (Steph.) Steph.

Isotachis bisbifida Steph. Bih. K. Svenska VetenskAkad. Handl. 26

(III, 17): 24. 1901. Balantiopsis bisbifida (Steph.) Steph. Sp. Hep.

4: 101. 1910. Steereocolea bisbifida (Steph.) Schust. Bull. Natn.

Sci. Mus., Tokyo 11: 25. 1968. Original material: Chile, Prov.

Magallanes, I. Desolacion, Dusen 228 (G!).

Balantiopsis latifolia Steph. Spec. Hep. 4: 101. 1910, syn. fide Engel

(1968). Steereocolea latifolia (Steph.) Schust. Bull. Natn. Sci.

Mus., Tokyo 11: 25. 1968. Lectotype (cf. Engel, 1968): Chile,

prov. unknown, Dusen p.p. (G!).

Remarks. — Schuster (1968a) utilized B. bisbifida as the generi-

type for his new genus Steereocolea, which he stated (p. 25) differed

from Balantiopsis in two ways: "The leaves are succubous through-

out and never at all complicate-bilobed, and are diagnostically,

shallowly, symmetrically bisbifid; a distinct and relatively well-

developed perianth is apparently present." However, Schuster

(1972b) re-evaluated the status of Steereocolea, and treated the

taxon as a subgenus of Balantiopsis. Critical to this re-evaluation

is a Brunswick Peninsula collection (Engel, 6389) which has ma-

ture marsupia. The perianth associated with the mature marsupia

is represented by remnants that are small to large laciniae (which

may be ± large and somewhat leaf like) and surround the marsu-

pium mouth, along with other remnants which are usually

mounted on the upper part of the marsupium. This condition is

ENGEL: BRUNSWICK PENINSULA 135

also present in B. diplophylla (see Engel, 1968, pi. 40, fig. 348, as

well as the discussion on p. 88), the generitype. See the discussion

in Schuster (1972b) and that in Solari (1974).

The dorsal leaf lobes of B. bisbifida are aligned toward the stem

base, to erect, to aligned toward the stem apex. In the latter condi-

tion, however, a distinct carina is absent and the leaves are thus

weakly conduplicately bilobed, as shown in Schuster (1968a, f. 2:

7). I regard the leaf condition in B. bisbifida as an integral part of

a continuum of sequential stages developing toward a distinctly

conduplicately bilobed leaf with a well-defined carina as in B. can-

cellata, B. convexiuscula, and B. tumida. As discussed in Engel

(1968, pp. 86-87), this continuum begins with B. asymmetrica, ex-

tends through B. bisbifida to B. purpurata, and culminates in the

condition found in such species asB. cancellata.

This species exhibits a variation of dorsal lobe size. On well-

developed axes the dorsal lobes equal the stature of the ventral

lobes. However, on less-developed axes the dorsal lobes are ca. one-

half the ventral lobe in size and thus approximate the leaf lobe size

relationship offi. asymmetrica. The taxonomic significance of the

dorsal lobe variability will be made in another connection, but for

the present the specimens are referrable to a somewhat variable B.

bisbifida.

Ecology. — On soil of a well-shaded slope as well as on soil of a

moist, well-shaded cliff face where it covered extensive areas. The

species apparently is quite local in evergreen Nothofagus forests.

Phytogeography. — Falkland Islands, the mountainous region of

southern Isla Grande de Tierra del Fuego, western Tierra del Fue-

go, and the southern Patagonian Channels (Brunswick Peninsula).

Brunswick Peninsula Specimens Seen. — BAHIA SAN NICOLAS

REGION: E. side of bay (6389-c. marsup.+sporo., 6406 & 6407).

Balantiopsis cancellata (Nees) Steph.

Ptilidium cancellatum Nees in G. L. & N., Syn. Hep. 251. 1845.

Balantiopsis cancellata (Nees) Steph. Hedwigia 32: 145. 1893.

Original material: "In Peruvia ad Plagiochilam Hookerianan

repens. . . "sin. coll. (STR!).

Balantiopsis versicolor Mitt, in Thomson & Murray, Rep. Scient.

Results Challenger. (Bot.) 1 (3): 86. 1884, syn. fide Engel (1968).

136 FIELDIANA: BOTANY, VOLUME 41

Lectotype (cf. Engel, 1968): Chile, Prov. Valdivia, Valdivia,

Sainthill (NY!).

Balantiopsis aequifolia Mitt, in Thomson & Murray, Rep. Scient.

Results Challenger. (Bot.) 1 (3): 87. 1884, syn. fide Engel (1968).

Lectotype (cf. Engel, 1968): Chile, Prov. Magallanes: I. Desola-

cion, Pto. Churruca, Cunningham s.n. (NY!).

Balantiopsis chilensis Steph. Hedwigia 32: 145. 1893, syn. fide

Engel (1968). Steereocolea chilensis (Steph.) Schust. Bull. Natn.

Sci. Mus., Tokyo 11: 25. 1968. Lectotype (cf. Engel, 1968): Chile,

prov. unknown, sin. coll., "com. Miiller" (G!).

Balantiopsis fragilis Steph. K. Svenska VetenskAkad. Handl. 46

(9): 81. f. 33 a,6. 1911, syn. fide Engel (1968). Lectotype (cf.

Engel, 1968): Fuegia (Chile, Prov. Magallanes, W. end of L. Fag-

nano), Skottsberg s.n. (G!).

Remarks. — I have studied material of B. cancellata with mature

marsupia (Juan Fernandez, Mas Afuera, Hatcher & Engel 739),

which has small to ± large laciniae mostly surrounding the marsu-

pium mouth, with a few laciniae inserted on the upper regions of

the perigynium. The leaves of this species are distinctly condupli-

cately bilobed, possessing a dorsal lobe lying flat over the ventral

and a sharply defined carina. This condition represents the culmi-

nation of sequential stages toward the conduplicate leaf condition

within the genus Balantiopsis. See discussion under B. bisbifida.

I have previously stated (Engel, 1968) the dorsal lobes of B.

cancellata are 9-34 dentate-laciniate. The Brunswick Peninsula

plants, however, have armature more sparingly developed. In En-

gel 6084A the dorsal lobes are 3-8(-9) dentate-laciniate, while those

in Engel 6087 are (5-)7-19 dentate-laciniate.

Ecology. — Rare in the Brunswick Peninsula, where it was ob-

served but once — on rocks in and banks of a stream in an open

stand ofNothofagus betuloides.

Phytogeography. — Falkland Islands, Tierra del Fuego, Pata-

gonian Channels, north in the Valdivian region to 39°48' S. and

Mas a Tierra and Mas Afuera of the Juan Fernandez Islands. Not

reported for Andean Patagonia.

I regard the type locality (Peru) as questionable, and rather

think it was gathered in southern Chile.

Brunswick Peninsula Specimens Seen.— PUERTO GALLANT

REGION: NE side of Pto. Gallant (6084 A & 6087).

ENGEL: BRUNSWICK PENINSULA 137

Balantiopsis SPECIES EXCLUDED FROM THE BRUNSWICK PENINSULA

I. Balantiopsis diplophylla (Hook. f. & Tayl.) Mitt.

Jungermannia diplophylla Hook. f. & Tayl. Lond. J. Bot. 3: 377.

1844. Gottschea diplophylla (Hook. f. & Tayl.) Nees in G. L. & N.

Syn. Hep. 624. 1846. Gymnanthe diplophylla (Hook. f. & Tayl.)

Mitt, in Hook. f. Bot. Ant. Voy. 3: 230. 1859. Balantiopsis diplo-

phylla (Hook. f. & Tayl.) Mitt, in Hook. f. Handb. N. Z. Flora 753.

1867. Original material: Auckland Is., Hooker (NY!).

Reported from the Brunswick Peninsula as Jungermannia diplo-

phylla by Angstrom (1872) for Andersson collections from Pto. del

Hambre; two packets are so labeled in the Stockholm Herbarium.

All stems, with the exception of a single stem of B. diplophylla in

one of the packets, are Schistochila alata (one or two stems of

Clasmatocolea sp. and Lepidozia sp. excepted). The stem of B. di-

plophylla was likely collected in Australasia and erroneously

placed with the Andersson collected plants from Pto. del Hambre.

Balantiopsis diplophylla occurs in the Auckland Islands, New Zea-

land, Tasmania, Australia, New Caledonia, and the Philippines

(see Engel, 1968).

Family SCHISTOCHILACEAE

Buch, Comment. Biol. 3 (1): 9. 1928.

Pleurocladopsidaceae Solari, Comun. Mus. Argent. Cienc. Nat.

Bernardino Rivadavia 2 (4): 16. 1971.

See Schuster & Engel (1977) for plates, descriptions, relation-

ships, etc., of the South American Schistochilaceae taxa.

PARASCHISTOCHILA

Schust. J. Hattori Bot. Lab. 26: 259. 1963. Schistochila sect. Paras-

chistochila (Schust.) Haml. Rec. Dom. Mus., Wellington 7: 333.

1972.

Tegulifolium Hassel, Boln Soc. Argent. Bot. 15: 252. 1973, syn. nov.

Paraschistochila spegazziniana (Mass.) Schust.

Gottschea spegazziniana Mass. Nuovo G. Bot. Ital. I. 17: 206. pi. 12,

f. 3. 1885. Schistochila spegazziniana (Mass.) Steph. Bih. K.

Svenska VetenskAkad. Handl. 26 (III, 17): 29. 1901. Schistochi-

lastrum spegazzinianum (Mass.) H. Mill. Phytologia 20: 319.

1970. Paraschistochila spegazziniana (Mass.) Schust. Bull. Natn.

138 FIELDIANA: BOTANY, VOLUME 41

Sci. Mus., Tokyo 14: 643. 1971. Tegulifolium spegazzinianum

(Mass.) Hassel, Boln Soc. Argent. Bot. 15: 252. 1973. Lectotype

(fide Hassel de Menendez, 1973): Argentina, Terr. Tierra del

Fuego, I. Gable, June 1882, Spegazzini 302B (LPS-non vidi).

Phytogeography . — Tierra del Fuego (I. de los Estados) and the

Patagonian Channels north to Rio Aisen (45°25; S. in the Val-

divian region).

The report from Tasmania in Rodway (1916) is erroneous; the

specimen upon which the record is based is actually Goebelobryum

unguiculatum (Hook. f. & Tayl.) Grolle.

Brunswick Peninsula Specimens Seen. — PUERTO GALLANT

REGION: NE side of Pto. Gallant (6055, 6068, 6090 & 6091).

PLEUROCLADOPSIS1

Schust. Nova Hedwigia 8: 279. 1964.

Pleurocladopsis simulans (Mass.) Schust.

Cephalozia ? simulans Mass. Nuovo G. Bot. Ital. I. 17: 236.pl. 21. f.

22. 1885. Pleurocladopsis simulans (Mass.) Schust. Nova Hed-

wigia 8: 279. 1964. Original material: Chile, Prov. Magallanes, I.

Basket, June 1882, Spegazzini 193 (LPS)-cited in Solari (1971a).

Phytogeography. — Tierra del Fuego and Patagonian Channels

north to 43°57' S. (I. Guaitecas).

Brunswick Peninsula Specimen Seen. — PUERTO GALLANT

REGION: NE side of Pto. Gallant (6067 B).

SCHISTOCHILA

Dum. Recueil Obs. Jungerm. 15. 1835.

KEY TO THE BRUNSWICK PENINSULA SPECIES OF Schistochila

1. Rhizoids colorless (brownish with age), limited to underleaf (and sometimes

ventral lobe) bases, apices often copiously septate and branched. Leaf surfaces

never armed; keel of leaves without a wing, or (normally) with a single wing.

Leaf margins edentate, or with low broad-based teeth formed of nondifferen-

tiated cells. Leaves often polystratose. Secondary cell wall pigmentation always

absent. Perianth normally quite lacking; no conspicuous apical crown of modi-

fied and crowded bracts. No terminal (Frullania-type) branching 2

'See Schuster ( 1972c) for a discussion of the relationships of Pleurocladopsis to

other members of the Schistochilaceae.

ENGEL: BRUNSWICK PENINSULA 139

1. Rhizoids claret-red to vinaceous, some or many usually scattered and originat-

ing away from leaf- and underleaf-bases, the apices often highly ramified

(branches at tips often connate, leaving fenestra) but not or tardily and slightly

septate, when branched the branching irregular, sinuous and variable. Leaves

with paired abaxial wings, or with surfaces armed with processes or lamellae,

and/or with margins (usually copiously) serrate to ciliate, at least distally [exc.

entire or paucidentate phenotypes of S. alata]; teeth, where formed, usually of

elongated, modified cells differing from the (usually collenchymatours) laminar

cells. Leaves always 1-stratose, except sometimes near keel where with limited

polystraty. Often with secondary cell wall pigments. Sometimes with perianth

distinct, or with a crown of crowded, conspicuous bracts at coelocaule summit

5

2. Leaf hardly to shallowly bilobed, the dorsal lobe without a free, triangular

apex (keel as long to longer than dorsal lobe); underleaves small, broadly

transverse, attached by a very broad line, short, with a narrow and usually

shallow notch. Rigid plants, convex ventrally; leaves rigid, fleshy, conspicu-

ously polystratose 3

2. Leaf distinctly bilobed: the dorsal lobe with a free, sharp to blunt to rounded

apex (keel clearly shorter than length of dorsal lobe); underleaves variable:

subrectangular to narrowly ovate or wide ovate to subsquarrose. Plants small

(2-5 mm. wide), loosely prostrate to procumbent to erect and caespitose, not

attached, to the apex of the shoot, by dense rhizoid fascicles 4

3. Axes 7-15 mm. wide, stems (22-)24-36 cells in diameter; underleaf lamina mar-

gins frequently undulate to crispate; leaves exceedingly brittle and rigid

S. splachnophylla

3. Axes 3-5 mm. wide, stems 14-21 cells in diameter; underleaf lamina margins

plane; leaves much less rigid and brittle S. subimmersa

4. Underleaves subrectangular to narrowly ovate, clearly longer than broad,

0.5-0.8 width of stem; ventral half of leaf little concave, never inflated; dorsal

half not or hardly concave; plants small-celled (median cells (25-)32-42x30-

54 fj.), firmer, more rigid. Underleaves 0.35-0. 40(-0. 50) bifid . . S. leucophylla

4. Underleaves wide ovate-quadrate, 0.8-1.2 as wide as stem; ventral half of leaf

strikingly concave (adaxially), inflated in aspect; dorsal half strongly concave

(adaxial view) (the leaves, as a whole, billowed out); plants large-celled

[median cells 46-66(-72)x 52-92 fj.], subhyaline. Underleaves 0.20-0.35(-0.45)

bifid; leaves often with incurved lobes, the ventral of which is rounded to

blunt S. cunninghamii

5. Abaxial leaf surfaces clearly armed: either with ciliate lamellae, or with simple

to furcate pluricellular processes, or both. Elaters rigid, with 2 broad, close

spirals, the elater diameter 1-1.5 x the diameter of the finely granulate to

vermiculate spores. Plants with Frullania-type branching, and with a distinct

perianth 6

5. Leaf surfaces never armed, wholly smooth (except for the 1 or 2 abaxial wings)

7

6. Apices of ventral lobe with cilia and/or lamellae on both surfaces; ventral lobe

with ventral surface sometimes interrupted, to 5 cells wide; underleaves

(2-)4-6 lobed; shoots 4-8 mm. wide S. laminigera

6. Apices of ventral lobes with lamellae and/or cilia strictly confined to abaxial

surface; ventral lobe lamellae continuous, not interrupted, those toward keel

to 23 cells wide; underleaves bifid, shoots 7-13 mm. wide S. lamellata

140 FIELDIANA: BOTANY, VOLUME 41

7. Leaves strongly unequally bifid: the dorsal lobe much smaller than the ventral;

dorsal lobe, in situ on leaf, appearing either subtruncate at apex, or oblique

(never with a free, triangular, lobelike apex), the keel as long or longer than

dorsal lobe length. Ventral margins of ventral lobes with several large, conspic-

uous teeth in proximal half; apex of dorsal lobe with a conspicuous tooth imme-

diately distal to carina; ventral lobe ventral surface often with a single, rudi-

mentary lamella descending from sinus base; dorsal lobe free dorsal margin to

16 dentate S. reflexa

1. Leaves subequally bifid (dorsal lobe similar in shape to ventral, 0.50-1.20 size

of ventral lobe); dorsal lobe triangular and free at apex, the keel less than 0.8

length of dorsal lobe. Never with Frullania-type branches (only Radula and

intercalary) 8

8. Plants light green, except for the rhizoids; trigones never coarse and angular-

radiate; leaf with paired wings, the ventral wing broad, the dorsal narrow

and sometimes incomplete; underleaves usually ± lamellate, usually quadri-

fid; perianth distinct; spores minutely vermiculate and tuberculate

S. quadrifida

8. Plants strongly golden-brown to fuscous-pigmented, with cells with coarse

and triradiate trigones; leaves with a single wing; underleaves not lamellate,

2(-3)-fid; perianth, at most, rudimentary, the coelocaule crowned with irregu-

lar, crowded, variable, laciniae; spores with conspicuous high, uniform tuber-

cles 9

9. Ventral lobe dorsal margin nonincised, entire or sparingly dentate; ventral lobe

entire in subapical portion; dorsal lobes with free dorsal margin nonincised,

entire to sparingly dentate; leaves subequally bifid, the dorsal lobe typically

1.0-1.2 the length of the ventral lobe; spores averaging 1.6 x elater diameter

S. alata

9. Ventral lobe dorsal margin with 1 deep, conspicuous incision and often a few

shallow incisions, the margin dentate to lobulate; ventral lobe with a few small

teeth in subapical portion; dorsal lobes with free dorsal margin incised, dentate

to laciniate to lobulate, the sinus bases often reflexed; leaves unequally bifid,

the dorsal lobe 0.65-0.95 the length of the ventral lobe; spores equal to elaters

in diameter S. gayana

Schistochila alata (Lehm.) Schiffn.

Jungermannia alata Lehm. Linnaea 4: 359. 1829. Gottschea alata

(Lehm.) Nees in G. L. & N. Syn. Hep. 16. 1844. Notarisia alata

(Lehm.) Trev. Memorie 1st. Lomb. Sci. Lett. III. 4: 392. 1877.

Schistochila alata (Lehm.) Schiffn. in Engl. & Prantl, Natiirl.

Pflanzenfam. 1 (3, 1): 111. 1895. Original material: South Africa,

Cape Prov., E. side of Table Mt.,Ecklon (non vidi).

Jungermannia pachy la Hook. f. & Tayl. Lond. J. Bot. 3: 456. 1844,

syn. fide Schuster & Engel (1977). Gottschea pachyla (Hook. f. &

Tayl.) G. L. & N. Syn. Hep. 621. 1846. Schistochila pachyla

(Hook. f. & Tayl.) Schiffn. in Engl. & Prantl, Natiir. Pflanzen-

fam. 1 (3, 1): 111. 1895. Original material: Chile, Prov. Magal-

ENGEL: BRUNSWICK PENINSULA 141

lanes, I. Hermite, Hooker (FH!, MICH!, NY!, hb. Schuster!, W!).

Schistochila crassiretis Steph. K. Svenska VetenskAkad. Handl. 46

(9): 78. f. 32 a, b. 1911, syn. fide Herzog (1942). Original mate-

rial: Chile, Prov. Magallanes, Pto. Cutter, 13 April 1908, Halle

& Skottsberg 307 (BM!, UPS!).

Ecology. — Wetter portions of peninsular evergreen forests. In the

"bryophyte rich facies" at Pto. Cutter it is very common on the

bases of bryophyte mounds, often forming mats.

Phytogeography. — South Africa, Falkland Islands (leg. Engel),

Tierra del Fuego, southern Patagonian Channel region, and Juan

Fernandez; not reported from the Valdivian region.

Literature Records. — Anonymous- Strait of Magellan (Schiffner,

1895); Naumann-Strait of Magellan (Schiffner, 1890 as Gottschea).

Brunswick Peninsula Specimens Seen. — PUERTO DEL

HAMBRE REGION: Pto. del Hambre, Andersson as Gottschea di-

plophylla (S-PA). PUERTO GALLANT REGION: NE side of Pto.

Gallant (6003 A & 6044). PUERTO CUTTER REGION: Between

copper mine and river S. of mine (2146, 2151 & 2159); N. of copper

mine (2205 A); base of M. Condor, Imshaug 39453 (MSC).

Schistochila cunninghamii Steph.

Schistochila cunninghamii Steph. Bih. K. Svenska VetenskAkad.

Handl. 26 (III, 17): 27. 1901. Original material: Chile, Prov.

Magallanes, R. Azopardo, 200 m., Dusen (non vidi); Strait of

Magellan, without specific locality, Cunningham (non vidi); I.

Desolacion, Pto. Angosto, 6 April 1896, Dusen 274 (LD!, NY!, hb.

Schuster!, UPS!).

Phytogeography. — Tierra del Fuego on Isla Desolacion and the

Patagonian Channel region north to 50°03' S.

Literature Record. — Cunningham-Strait of Magellan (Stephani,

1901a).

Schistochila gay ana (Gott.) Steph.

Gottschea gayana Gott. Annls. Sci. Nat. IV. 8: 320. 1857. Schisto-

chila gayana (Gott.) Steph. Bih. K. Svenska VetenskAkad.

Handl. 26 (III, 6): 58. 1900. Original material: Southern Chile,

without specific locality, Gay (PC-non vidi}.

Ecology-Phytogeography. — Known from wetter portions of Tierra

142 FIELDIANA: BOTANY, VOLUME 41

del Fuego (including Isla Desolacion), Patagonian Channels, and

north to 40°45' S. (885 m.) in the Valdivian region. In the Bruns-

wick Peninsula, it occurred only in the very wet evergreen forests

of the western end of the peninsula. The species occurs on Nothofa-

gus and Dritnys bark, often in a layer of bryophyte vegetation

covering the bark.

Brunswick Peninsula Specimens Seen. — Strait of Magellan, with-

out specific locality, Dow as Gottschea stratosa (NY), Dow 1, 2 as

Gottschea stratosa (BM), Lechler (BM), Naumann (EM), Sauatier

222 as Schistochila gayana var. nana, ex hb. Stephani (BM).

PUERTO CUTTER REGION: Slightly W. of copper mine (2251 A);

base of M. Condor (2320, 2321, 2324 & 2337 A).

Schistochila lamellata (Hook.) Dum.

Jungermannia lamellata Hook. Musci Exot. 1: pi. 49, f. 1-4. 1818.

Schistochila lamellata (Hook.) Dum. Recueil Obs. Jungerm. 15.

1835. Gottschea lamellata (Hook.) Nees in G. L. & N. Syn. Hep.

20. 1844. Fulfordistria lamellata (Hook.) H. Mill. Phytologia 20:

321. 1970. Original material: Argentina, Terr. Tierra del Fuego,

I. de los Estados, Menzies (FH!, NY!, S-PA!).

Schistochila reicheana Steph. Bih. K. Svenska VetenskAkad.

Handl. 26 (III, 6): 59. 1900, syn. fide Schuster & Engel (1975).

Fulfordistria reicheana (Steph.) H. Mill. Phytologia 20: 321.

1970. Original material: Chile, Prov. Aisen, R. Aisen Valley, 28

January 1897, Dusen s. n. (NY!, S-PA!); Prov. Chiloe, I. Guaite-

cas, 21 April 1897, Dusen 400 (NY!-c. d), May 1897, Dusen s. n.

(hb. Schuster!), April 1891, Dusen s. n. (S-PA!), May 1897, Dusen

s. n., 379 (S-PA!); Prov. Valdivia, Corral, November 1896, Dusen

189 (NY!, S-PA!).

Schistochila lamellistipula Steph. Bih. K. Svenska VetenskAkad.

Handl. 26 (III, 6): 59. 1900, syn. fide Schuster & Engel (1975).

Fulfordistria lamellistipula (Steph.) H. Mill. Phytologia 20: 321.

1970. Original material: Chile, Prov. Magallanes, I. Newton,

May 1896, Dusen (LD!, S-PA!).

Schistochila savatieri Steph. Spec. Hep. 4: 94. 1909, syn. fide Schus-

ter & Engel (1975). Fulfordistria savatieri (Steph.) H. Mill. Phy-

tologia 20: 321. 1970. Original material: Chile, Prov. Magal-

lanes, I. Desolacion, Pto. Churruca, Savatier 1938, ex hb. Bes-

cherelle (G!).

Ecology. — This most striking species was found only within the

ENGEL: BRUNSWICK PENINSULA 143

evergreen Nothofagus forest regions. It is particularly common

where bryophyte mounds occur beneath a well-shaded forest can-

opy. Here the species occurs in shaded, shallow, wet depressions

between the mounds. It also occurs in climax forests (with a firm

soil floor) on the forest floor or in sheets of vegetation from logs.

Phytogeography. — Tierra del Fuego (sporadically), Patagonian

Channels, and Valdivian region north to 39°52' S.

Literature Records. — Anonymous-Strait of Magellan (Bonner,

1966 as Gottschea; Schniffer, 1895; Stephani, 1909); Andersson-

Pto. del Hambre (Angstrom, 1872 as Jungermannia); Jacquinot-

Pto. Gallant (Montagne, 1845, 1852 as Gottschea}; Savatier-Pto.

Gallant (Bescherelle & Massalongo, 1889 as Gottschea); Skottsberg

& Halle-Pto. Cutter (Stephani, 1911).

Brunswick Peninsula Specimens Seen. — Strait of Magellan, with-

out specific locality, Collinson (NY); ibid., February 1861, Megere

as Scapania clandestina (F); ibid., February 1861, Nadaud (F);

ibid., 1901, Schubert (FH). PUERTO DEL HAMBRE REGION:

Puerto del Hambre ("Magellaens Sound"), Andersson (NY, S-PA).

BAHIA DEL INDIO: Lote San Isidro, R. Yumbel, Pisano 4011 (F).

BAHIA SAN NICOLAS REGION: W. side of bay (6345). PUERTO

GALLANT REGION: B. Fortescue (5944); Pto. Gallant, Cunning-

ham s.n., 254 (NY). RADA YORK: Lechler 1349 (FH, NY, S-PA).

PUERTO CUTTER REGION: Puerto Cutter, 13 April 1908, Halle

& Skottsberg 310 (S-PA); between copper mine and river S. of mine

(2136, 2140, 2147 & 2149); base of M. Condor (2334 A & 2350 C).

Schistochila laminigera (Hook. f. & Tayl.) Evans

Jungermannia laminigera Hook. f. & Tayl. Lond. J. Bot. 3: 456.

1844. Gottschea laminigera (Hook. f. & Tayl.) G. L. & N. Syn.

Hep. 623. 1846. Schistochila laminigera (Hook. f. & Tayl.) Evans,

Contr. U.S. Natn. Herb. 1: 141. 1892. Fulfordistria laminigera

(Hook. f. & Tayl.) H. Mill. Phytologia 20: 321. 1970. Lectotype

(fide Schuster & Engel, 1977): Chile, Prov. Magallanes, I. Her-

mite, Hooker (BM!-c. sporo) (isolectotypes: MICH!, NY! hb.

Schuster!).

Schistochila spinosissima Gola, Nuovo G. Bot. Ital. II. 29: 170. pi.

2, f. 28-29. 1923, syn. fide Schuster & Engel (1975). Original

material: Chile, Prov. Magallanes, bay at base of M. Sarmiento,

24 February 1913, Gasperi s. n. (FI!).

144 FIELDIANA: BOTANY, VOLUME 41

Remarks. — I cannot recognize the genus Fulf or district for the fol-

lowing reasons:

a) The genus is based upon a single character, i.e., lamellation.

b) Other genera contain elements of a similar nature, and there

is no precedent for removal and recognition of such elements as

segregate genera. Some examples of such elements are: 1) Lophoco-

lea muricata with spinose leaf surfaces; 2) Lophocolea striatella

with sulcate stems; and 3) Riccardia fuegiensis, with ventral la-

mellation of the thalli.

c) The lamellation character "breaks down" both in New Zealand

taxa (see Schuster, 1971, particularly pp. 629-631), as well as the

South American representatives of Schistochila (see Schuster &

Engel, 1977 for discussion of this feature).

Ecology. — Sporadic in evergreen forests where on rotted logs and

on the forest floor of mature forests.

Phytogeography. — (?) Falkland Islands, Tierra del Fuego, Pata-

gonian Channels, and Valdivian region (West Patagonia north to

40° 45' S., and in Andean Patagonia in L. Nahuel Huapi area).

Literature Records. — A nonymous- Strait of Magellan (Schiffner,

1895); Andersson-Pto. del Hambre (Angstrom, 1872 as Junger-

mannia).

Brunswick Peninsula Specimens Seen. — Strait of Magellan, with-

out specific locality, February 1861, Nadaud (F). PUERTO DEL

HAMBRE REGION: Pto. del Hambre ("Magellaen Sound"), An-

dersson (S-PA). CABO SAN ISIDRO: 13 February 1929, Roivainen

2387 (H). BAHIA SAN NICOLAS REGION: W. side of bay (6336 &

6351 C). PUERTO GALLANT REGION: B. Fortescue (5958 E &

5980). PUERTO CUTTER REGION: At copper mine (2269 B).

Schistochila leucophylla (Lehm.) Steph.

Gottschea leucophylla Lehm. in G. L. & N. Syn. Hep. 17. 1844.

Jungermannia leucophylla (Lehm.) Hook. f. & Tayl. in Hook. f.

Bot. Ant. Voy. 1: 424. 1847 non J. leucophylla Hook. f. & Tayl.

Lond. J. Bot. 3: 384. 1844. Schistochila leucophylla (Lehm.)

Steph. Spec. Hep. 4: 98. 1910. Original material: Chile, Prov.

Magallanes, Strait of Magellan, without specific locality, Com-

merson (G\-ex hb. Bescherelle, S-PA!).

Schistochila subintegerrima Steph. K. Svenska VetenskAkad.

Handl. 46 (9): Sl.f. 32e. 1911, syn. fide Schuster & Engel (1975).

ENGEL: BRUNSWICK PENINSULA 145

Lectotype fide Schuster & Engel (1977): Chile, Prov. Magallanes,

W. end of L. Fagnano, 10 March 1908, Halle 313 (NY!-c. per.)

(lectotype duplicates: BM!, hb. Schuster!).

Phytogeography . — Falkland Islands (leg. Engel}, subalpine-al-

pine areas of I. Grande de Tierra del Fuego. Known also from

Patagonian Channels (Brunswick Peninsula and Fiordo Peel,

50°59' S.). See comments in Schuster & Engel (1977) regarding the

northern station.

Literature Records. — Anonymous- Strait of Magellan (Montagne,

1852 as G. leucophylla, Kiihnemann, 1937, 1949 as S. leucophylla);

Commer son-Stra.it of Magellan (G. L. & N. 1844 as G. leucophylla,

Taylor & Hooker, 1847b as J. leucophylla, Bonner, 1962 as G.

leucophylla).

Brunswick Peninsula Specimen Seen. — BAHIA SAN NICOLAS

REGION: W. side of bay (6311).

Schistochila quadrifida Evans

Schistochila quadrifida Evans, Contr. U.S. Natn. Herb. 1: 141. pi.

16, f. 1-4. 1892. Original material: Chile, Patagonia, without

specific locality, 1888, Albatross (Y!).

Schistochila planifolia Steph. Bih. K. Svenska VetenskAkad.

Handl. 26 (III, 17): 29. 1901, syn. fide Schuster & Engel (1975).

Original material: Chile, Prov. Magallanes, I. Desolacion, Pto.

Angosto, ca. 400 m.,Dusen235 (S-PA!, UPS!).

Schistochila diptera Herz. Revue Bryol. Lichen. 21: 257. f. 2 a-d.

1952, syn. fide Schuster & Engel (1975). Isotype: Chile, Prov.

Aisen, C. Tesoro, 860 m., 13 February 1940, Schwabe 41 a, p.p.

(hb. Grolle!).

Remarks. — As pointed out by Schuster & Engel (1977), the spe-

cies should not be confused with any other member of the genus,

and the following ensemble of features will immediately serve to

identify it: a) the paired wings of the leaf, with the ventral wing

broad and the dorsal narrow and sometimes incomplete; b) under-

leaves usually four-lobed and usually with lamellae descending for

varying lengths from the lobe bases; c) leaf lobe margins spinose

dentate or occasionally laciniate; d) shoot and leaf lobe apices

strikingly decurved. The underleaf lamellae are sometimes quite

short and should be searched for with care.

Phytogeography. — Isla Grande de Tierra del Fuego (380-650 m.),

146 FIELDIANA: BOTANY, VOLUME 41

Patagonian Channels [Brunswick Peninsula and at Fiordo Peel

(50°56' S.)], and the Valdivian region at 44°19' S., 72°40' W. (S.

diptera type). See comments in Schuster & Engel (1977).

Brunswick Peninsula Specimen Seen. — BAHIA SAN NICOLAS

REGION: W. side of bay (6366 A).

Schistochila reflexa (Mont.) Steph.

Gottschea reflexa Mont. Annls. Sci. Nat. III. 4: 347. 1845. Schisto-

chila reflexa (Mont.) Steph. Spec. Hep. 4: 97. 1910. Original ma-

terial: Southern Chile, without specific locality, Gay (PC!-c. 6).

Gottschea parvula Angstr. Ofvers. K. VetenskAkad. Forh. 29 (4): 9.

1872, syn. fide Schuster and Engel, 1975. Schistochila parvula

(Angstr.) Steph. Spec. Hep. 4: 96. 1909. Original material: Chile,

Prov. Magallanes, Pto. del Hambre, Andersson (G!-c. 6, S-PA!-

c. 8}.

Remarks. — As pointed out by Schuster & Engel (1977), S. reflexa

is a close ally of S. stratosa, which occurs in the Valdivian region

and on Juan Fernandez. The following features of S. reflexa will

readily distinguish it from S. stratosa: a) the conspicuous teeth of

the proximal half of ventral lobe ventral margins; b) the conspicu-

ous tooth of the dorsal lobe apex immediately distal to the termi-

nus of the carina; c) the stem paraphyllia in the androecial region;

and d) the suberect growth of the plants. Further distinguishing

features may be found in the key utilized in Schuster & Engel

(1977).

Phytogeography. — Tierra del Fuego, Southern Patagonian Chan-

nel region (Seno Skyring area [see Engel, 1973b], and the Gotts-

chea parvula type from the material collected on the eastern side of

the Brunswick Peninsula), the Valdivian region north to 39°46' S.

(occurring in both coastal and Andean mountain ranges) and Mas

a Tierra (500 m.), Juan Fernandez.

Literature Records. — Anonymous-Pto. del Hambre (Stephani,

1909 as S. parvula); Andersson-Pto. del Hambre (Bonner, 1966 as

G. parvula).

Schistochila splachnophylla (Hook. f. & Tayl.) Steph.

Jungermannia splachnophylla Hook. f. & Tayl. Lond. J. Bot. 3:

455. 1844. Gottschea splachnophylla (Hook. f. & Tayl.) G. L. & N.

Syn. Hep. 621. 1846. Schistochila splachnophylla (Hook. f. &

Tayl.) Steph. Bih. K. Svenska VetenskAkad. Handl. 26 (III, 17):

ENGEL: BRUNSWICK PENINSULA 147

28. 1901. Lectotype (fide Schuster & Engel, 1977): Chile, Prov.

Magallanes, I. Hermite, Hooker (FH!) (isolectotypes: BM!, NY!,

hb. Schuster!).

Schistochila lanceolata Steph. K. Svenska VetenskAkad. Handl. 46

(9): 79. f. 31 b. 1911, syn. fide Schuster & Engel (1975). Original

material: Falkland Is., Mt. Adam, 700 m., 1907, Skottsberg 12

(BM!, G!, hb. Schuster!).

Remarks. — Besides the characters noted in the key which sepa-

rate this species from S. subimmersa, there are several supplemen-

tary characters which differ in magnitude and which are taxonomi-

cally meaningful (see Schuster & Engel, 1977).

Phytogeography. — Falkland Islands, Tierra del Fuego (350-650

m.), Patagonian Channels north to 50°39' S. (I. Chatham, E. of B.

Wide, leg. Engel) and Juan Fernandez (1,100 m. on Mas Afuera!);

unknown from the Valdivian region.

Brunswick Peninsula Specimens Seen. — PUERTO GALLANT

REGION: NE side of Pto. Gallant (6070 E, 6071 E & 6088 A).

Schistochila subimmersa Engel & Schust.

Schistochila subimmersa Engel & Schust. in Schuster & Engel,

Phytologia 30: 247. 1975. Holotype: Chile, Prov. Magallanes, E.

side of Pto. Bueno, Schuster 69-4223 (hb. Schuster!).

Remarks. — See comments in Schuster & Engel (1975, 1977).

Phytogeography. — Patagonian Channels and in Valdivian region

at 39°27' S., 73°06' W. (Prov. Valdivia, above R. El Lingue, be-

tween Mehuin and Lleco, Engel 3870 B).

Brunswick Peninsula Specimens Seen. — PUERTO GALLANT

REGION: Pto. Gallant, 1841, Le Guillou 44 as Gottschea pachy-

phylla (PC); NE side of Pto. Gallant (6064 F & 6079).

Schistochila SPECIES EXCLUDED FROM THE BRUNSWICK PENINSULA

1. Schistochila stratosa (Mont.) Evans

Gottschea stratosa Mont. Annls. Sci. Nat. III. 4: 346. 1845. Schisto-

chila stratosa (Mont.) Evans, Contr. U.S. Natl. Herb. 1: 141.

1892. Original material: Chile, "Provinces Australes." Gay (PCH.

Reported by Angstrom (1872 as Gottschea} for an Andersson

collection from Pto. del Hambre. 8. stratosa is restricted to Juan

Fernandez (Mas Afuera) and the Valdivian zone and is absent from

148 FIELDIANA: BOTANY, VOLUME 41

the Magellanian zone. For comments on the relationships of this

species see under S. reflexa.

NOTES ON Schistochila SPECIES

I. Schistochila pachyphylla (Lehm.) Steph.

Jungermannia pachyphylla Lehm. Nov. Minus Cog. Stir. Pug. 6:

61. 1834. Gottschea pachyphylla (Lehm.) Nees in G. L. & N. Syn.

Hep. 19. 1844. Schistochila pachyphylla (Lehm.) Steph. Spec.

Hep. 4: 99. 1910. Original material: Tristan da Cunha.

Reported by Gottsche (1857 as Gottschea) for a Le Guillou collec-

tion from Pto. Gallant; the specimen is one of Schistochila subim-

mersa (fide specimen in PC!). S. pachyphylla was treated as a

"dubious name" in Schuster & Engel (1977).

Family LOPHOCOLEACEAE

(J0rg.) Vand. Bergh. in Robyns, Flore Gener. Belgique, Bryophytes

1: 208. 1956. Jungermaniaceae (sic) Tribus Lophocoleae J0rg.

Bergens Mus. Skr. 16: 61, 180. 1934.

KEY TO THE STERILE PLANTS OF THE

Chiloscyphus-Leptoscyphus-Lophocolea COMPLEX

The taxa of Chiloscyphus, Leptoscyphus, and Lophocolea are not only frequently

sterile but quite variable and it is often impossible to distinguish genera based upon

sterile material, particularly if one has not previously encountered fertile plants. A

key to sterile plants of this complex is especially necessary if a name is sought for a

limited number of specimens of any one taxon. I have also included three species of

Clasmatocolea that may be confused with members of this complex; the genus is

otherwise distinct by the possession of deeply adaxially concave leaves. The highly

variable, polytypic Leptoscyphus expansus is fortunately nearly always with gynoe-

cia. A thorough search for perianths of L. expansus is often necessary, and even

when very young perianths are at hand, they are nevertheless diagnostic.

1. Leaf apices undivided, entire (exc. sometimes in Lophocolea sabuletorum) .... 2

1. Leaf apices various, at least some leaves on an axis with apices 1-dentate-lobate

or bifid 20

2. Leaves at least slightly adaxially concave 3

2. Leaves plane or convex, not adaxially concave (exc. sometimes in Leptoscy-

phus cuneifolius) 4

3. Leaves slightly concave, orbicular in shape; underleaves narrower than stem;

leaf cells with trigones usually absent to small, occasionally medium; stems 6-9

cells high [Clasmatocolea vermicularis]

3. Leaves deeply adaxially concave, orbicular to reniform in shape; underleaves

1.0-4.3 x stem width; leaf cells with trigones frequently large to bulging to

knotlike; stems 8-14 cells high [Clasmatocolea humilis]

ENGEL: BRUNSWICK PENINSULA 149

4. Underleaves completely free from the leaves 5

4. Underleaves connate on one or both sides with the leaves 9

5. Underleaves undivided or at most retuse 6

5. Underleaves conspicuously bifid 7

6. Leaves connate dorsally, usually imbricate; leaves wide-reniform in shape,

the ventral-basal portion expanded and broad auriculate; plants larger, not

wirelike, commonly light green, without red-brown pigments

Lophocolea otiphylla

6. Leaves completely free dorsally, usually remote; leaves wide obovate to wide

cuneate in shape, the ventral-basal portion not expanded; plants small and

wirelike, commonly with red-brown pigments Leptoscyphus cuneifolius

1. Leaf apices variable, broadly rounded to truncate to retuse to emarginate to 1-

or bidentate. Underleaves as wide as to 1.5 x stem width, the margins entire to

2 dentate-small laciniate Lophocolea sabuletorum

I. Leaf apices consistently broadly rounded, never retuse, emarginate, 1- or biden-

tate 8

8. Leaves expanded near ventral base and here often reflexed; leaf cells without

trigones. Underleaves one-half stem width to as wide as stem, the segments

often differing in size and configuration Lophocolea elata

8. Leaves not expanded near ventral base, the ventral margin plane, not re-

flexed; leaf cells frequently with trigones. Leaves strongly erect, often ap-

pressed to one another dorsally; Underleaves long-linear, entire

Leptoscyphus abditus

9. Underleaves connate with leaves on one side 10

9. Underleaves connate with leaves on bothsides 16

10. Underleaf apices undivided and entire to bidentate to retuse 11

10. Underleaf apices deeply divided 12

II. Underleaves plane, the underleaf apices entire, never retuse; leaves remote;

plants small and wirelike, commonly developing red-brown pigments; plants

corticolous. Leaves wide obovate to wide cuneate Leptoscyphus cuneifolius

11. Underleaves often strongly convex (recurved) to canaliculate, the underleaf

apices often bidentate, occasionally retuse; leaves imbricate; plants larger, not

wirelike, not developing secondary pigments; plants terricolous or saxicolous

Lophocolea austrigena

12. At least some axes developing a red-brown or brown pigmentation, if only

tinged locally 13

12. Axes green, without secondary pigmentation present 14

13. Plants (3.2-)3.5-7.7 mm. wide; plants light brown or cocoa brown, never with

red-brown pigments Chiloscyphus hookeri var. constantifolius

13. Plants 1.9-3.6(-4.2) mm. wide; plants frequently with red-brown pigments

Leptoscyphus expansus

14. Leaf apices with rather minimal variation, usually broadly rounded to trun-

cate, rarely retuse Chiloscyphus hookeri var. constantifolius

14. Leaf apices with considerable variation, frequently retuse to emarginate . 15

15. Underleaves bifid nearly to the base, the segments setaceous. [Antheridial

stalk cells in two rows] Leptoscyphus expansus1

'Rather poorly developed shade forms of L. expansus will key here; for comments

see under this species.

150 FIELDIANA: BOTANY, VOLUME 41

15. Underleaves bifid usually to ca. one-half, the segments triangular. [Antheridial

stalk cells in a single row.] Leaf apices broadly rounded to truncate to retuse to

emarginate to 1- or bidentate Lophocolea sabuletorum

16. Leaves connate dorsally. Leaves distinctly opposite; sinus of underleaf shal-

low Leptoscyphus aequatus

16. Leaves completely free dorsally 17

17. Ventral leaf margin abruptly inflexed (curved dorsally). Underleaves widely

ovate, the margins dentate-laciniate; plants (4.4-)5.4(-6.8) mm. wide

Leptoscyphus horizontalis

17. Ventral leaf margin plane or deflexed (curved ventrally) 18

18. Underleaves distinctly connate by several cells; plants dull green to light

brown in color, not developing red-brown pigments. Leaves ± symmetrically

ovate Chiloscyphus integrifolius

18. Underleaves, at least on one side, obscurely connate, i.e., connate by a long

decurrent underleaf base; plants developing red-brown pigments 19

19. Leaves opposite or subopposite, the dorsal leaf margin often abruptly decurved

to revolute; subapical leaf cells 31-56 /x long Chiloscyphus magellanicus

19. Not with the above combination of characters; subapical leaf cells (25-)35-40

(-50) p. long Leptoscyphus expansus

20. Leaves on a single axis usually with apices variable, e.g., broadly rounded to

truncate to retuse to single lobed to (rarely) bifid 21

20. Leaves with apices consistently bifid, bidentate or single lobate 22

21. Underleaves one-half to at most three-fourths of stem width, distinctly concave

and recurved; ventral leaf margin distinctly recurved, occasionally revolute

Chiloscyphus pallido-virens

21. Underleaves as wide as stem, never concave or recurved; ventral leaf margin

plane, at most only slightly recurved Chiloscyphus hookeri var. hookeri

22. Underleaves connate with leaves on both sides 23

22. Underleaves connate with leaves on one side or completely free 24

23. Leaves connate dorsally; leaf segments setaceous; leaves with a distinct adaxial

concavity toward the base; leaf cells with large, knotlike trigones. Plants fre-

quently with light-brown or red pigmentation Chiloscyphus valdiviensis

23. Leaves free dorsally; leaf segments tooth like to small lobate; leaves plane,

without an adaxial concavity; leaf cells without trigones. Leaf sinus truncate or

lunate Lophocolea sylvatica

24. Leaves with at least a slight adaxial concavity present. Underleaves often

semi-obliquely inserted, i.e., the underleaf directed at an acute angle from

the stem [Clasmatocolea rigens]

24. Leaves plane or convex, not adaxially concave 25

25. Leaf apices consistently with a single large tooth; plants isophyllous or nearly

so. Leaves transversely oriented; underleaves free, extremely long decurrent

Lophocolea gottscheoides

25. Leaf apices consistently bifid; plants distinctly anisophyllous 26

26. Leaf lobes and marginal teeth caducous, often giving leaf apices a ragged

appearance; leaves often with accessory teeth and laciniae. Leaf margins

entire to highly dentate Leptophyllopsis irregularis

26. Leaf lobes and marginal teeth, if present, persistent, the leaf apices never

with a ragged appearance; leaves never with accessory laciniae. Leaf margins

ENGEL: BRUNSWICK PENINSULA 151

entire to 1-dentate 27

27. Leaves bifid to one-half, with leaf segments frequently canaliculate. Leaf seg-

ments very wide triangular, widely divergent Lophocolea divaricata

27. Leaves bidentate or bifid to at most one-third, with leaf segments plane, never

canaliculate 28

28. Dorsal and ventral leaf surfaces covered with short spines

Lophocolea muricata

28. Dorsal and ventral leaf surfaces smooth 29

29. Leaf cells with trigones large and knotlike. Dorsal leaf margin straight to

slightly curved, ventral margin greatly curved; plants frequently brown pig-

mented Leptoscyphus patagonicus

29. Leaf cells with trigones absent or very small 30

30. Median leaf cells (46-)52-91x 33-65 /n. Dorsal leaf margin straight or nearly

so, entire; ventral leaf margin rounded (especially toward the apex), entire- 1-

dentate; underleaves elongate-ovate in shape, as wide as or slightly wider

than stem, connate on one side Lophocolea textilis

30. Median leaf cells 17-48(-52)x 20-43 M 31

31. Leaf segments ending in a uniseriate row of 4-15 cells, the segments piliferous;

underleaf margins 1-large laciniate-lobate Lophocolea leptantha

31. Leaf segments ending in a uniseriate row of 1-6 cells, the segments narrow to

broadly triangular; underleaf margins entire or 1-dentate or occasionally

ciliate-small laciniate Lophocolea lenta

CHILOSCYPHUS

Corda1 in Opiz, Beitr. Naturg. 12: 651. 1829 [sub Cheiloscyphos].

KEY TO THE BRUNSWICK PENINSULA SPECIES OF Chiloscyphus

1. Underleaves connate with leaves on one side [or if connate on both sides (rare)

then with underleaves one-half to three-fourths x stem width], as wide as or of

lesser width than stem; plants light green to brownish 2

1. Underleaves connate with leaves on both sides, ca. twice as wide as stem; plants

dull green or red brown 4

2. Underleaves one-half to at most three-fourths of stem width, greatly concave

and recurved; ventral leaf margin distinctly recurved, occasionally revolute

C. pallido-virens

2. Underleaves as wide as stem, spreading, never concave or recurved; ventral

leaf margin plane to occasionally slightly recurved C. hookeri 3

3. Leaves on a single axis usually with apices variable, e.g., broadly rounded to

truncate to retuse to single lobed to bifid C. hookeri var. hookeri

3. Leaves on a single axis with apices exhibiting little variation, e.g., consistently

broadly rounded or truncate, occasionally retuse, never toothed or bifid

C. hookeri var. constantifolius

(1970) has proposed that Chiloscyphus Dum. (Sylloge Jung. Europ. Indig.

67. 1831) be conserved. Until the proposal is voted upon, the authorship must be

that of Corda (1829) who, however, used the spelling "Cheiloscyphus."

152 FIELDIANA: BOTANY, VOLUME 41

4. Leaves bifid, ventral margins 3-9 dentate. Leaves connate dorsally, with a

distinct adaxial concavity near the base; underleaves connate on both sides

by 6-18 cells; trigones large, knotlike C. ualdiviensis

4. Leaves undivided or with a single tooth, ventral margins entire 5

5. Underleaves distinctly connate by several cells; leaves ± symmetrically ovate;

plants light (rare) or dull green to light brown in color, not developing red

pigments C. integrifolius

5. Underleaves connate on both sides, on one side connate by a long decurrent

underleaf base; leaves asymmetically ovate; plants red brown in color. Leaves

opposite or subopposite; dorsal margin often abruptly decurved to revolute; leaf

cells with medium to large trigones, subapical cells 31-56 /u, long; perianth

cupulate in shape, mouth wide, with 8-9 large lobes and a few laciniae

C. magellanicus

Chiloscyphus hookeri Engel

Phytogeography . — Falkland Islands, Tierra del Fuego, and Pata-

gonian Channels north to 49°02' S.

Both varieties of the species occur in the Brunswick Peninsula.

Chiloscyphus hookeri Engel var. constantifolius Engel

Chiloscyphus hookeri Engel var. constantifolius Engel, J. Hattori

Bot. Lab. 36: 155. 1973. Holotype: Chile, Prov. Magallanes, B.

Tekenika, 5 November 1902, Skottsberg ser. Ill, nr. 33 (S-PA!-c.

per.).

Ecology. — On floor of climax forests and both in and at the mar-

gins of a pool in an Empetrum-Nothofagus mosaic in the evergreen

forest region. Unlike var. hookeri, not in the evergreen forest

"bryophyte rich facies."

Brunswick Peninsula Specimens Seen. — CABO SAN ISIDRO: 12

February 1929, Roivainen 2401 (H); 13 February 1929, Roivainen

2395 & 2398 as Lophocolea pallido-uirens (H). BAHIA SAN NICO-

LAS REGION: E. side of bay (6397); ridge between B. Bougainville

and B. San Nicolas, ca. 155 m. (6422 B). PUERTO GALLANT

REGION: B. Fortescue (5949-c. d).

Chiloscyphus hookeri Engel var. hookeri

Chiloscyphus hookeri Engel var. hookeri J. Hattori Bot. Lab. 36:

150. pi. 1-2. 1973. Holotype: Chile, Prov. Magallanes, I. Hermite,

Hooker 12, mixed with syntype plants ofJungermannia pallido-

virens (NY!).

Ecology. — Only in evergreen Nothofagus forest region where on

rotted branches and over litter of the floor in forested areas and on

ENGEL: BRUNSWICK PENINSULA 153

mounds of bryophytes in the "bryophyte rich facies." The ecology of

the varieties differ as var. constantifolius is unknown from the

"bryophyte rich facies."

Brunswick Peninsula Specimens Seen, — CABO SAN ISIDRO: 12

February 1929, Roivainen 2402 as Lophocolea pallido-virens (H).

BAHIA SAN NICOLAS REGION: W. side of bay (6334 B-c. per.).

PUERTO GALLANT REGION: B. Fortescue (5957 A- c. per.+ rf,

5979 D, 5987 & 5996-c. 6); NE side of Pto. Gallant (6014 B, 6025-

c. 6,6027 C, 6028 B-c. sporo., 6029 B). RADA YORK: sin. coll.

(Lechler) as C. subhorizontalis (G-c. young per.). PUERTO CUT-

TER REGION: At copper mine (2274-c. young per.).

Chiloscyphus integrifolius (Lehm. & Lindenb.) G. L. & N.

Jungermannia integrifolia Lehm. & Lindenb. in Lehm. Nov. Minus

Cog. Stir. Pug. 6: 32. 1834. Chiloscyphus integrifolius (Lehm. &

Lindenb.) G. L. & N. Syn. Hep. 180. 1845. Original material:

Peru, without specific locality, sin. coll. (S-PA! ex hb. Lehmann).

Leioscyphus ligulatus Steph. K. Svenska VetenskAkad. Handl. 46

(9): 37. f. 14 b. 1911, syn. fide Grolle (1962). Mylia ligulata

(Steph.) Herz. in Skottsberg, Nat. Hist. Juan Fernandez Easter

Is. 2: 714. 1942. Leptoscyphus ligulatus (Steph.) Schust. Am.

Midi. Nat. 62: 12. 1959. Original material: Chile, Prov. Magal-

lanes, Cta. Rayo, Skottsberg (UPS)-cited in Grolle (1962).

Remarks. — Chiloscyphus integrifolius exhibits a certain but

rather slight degree of variation. The leaf shape varies from occa-

sionally wide ovate to the usual condition of narrowly ovate to

elliptic to subrectangular. Leaf apices vary from broadly rounded

to truncate to emarginate to occasionally one-dentate. The leaves

rarely are sporadically, feebly bidentate.

Phytogeography . — Andean South American; Patagonian Chan-

nels, Valdivian region, and Peru.

The Fuegian record in Stephani (190 la) requires confirmation. I

am not yet certain if this species occurs in Juan Fernandez; this

matter is currently under investigation.

Brunswick Peninsula Specimen Seen. — BAHIA SAN NICOLAS

REGION: SE end of I. Nasau near Pta. Sta. Brigida, Imshaug

45439 A (MSC).

154 FIELDIANA: BOTANY, VOLUME 41

Chiloscyphus magellanicus Steph.

Chiloscyphus magellanicus Steph. Bull. Herb. Boissier II. 8 (2):

140. 1908 ( = Spec. Hep. 3: 256). Lectotype (nov.): Chile, Patago-

nia, without specific locality, Dusen 373 (FH!).

Remarks. — This species may offer some confusion with Leptoscy-

phus expansus when sterile plants are at hand. The large subapical

leaf cells (31-56 /* long) of C. magellanicus will immediately sepa-

rate the species fromL. expansus, which according to Grolle (1962)

has subapical leaf cells (25-)35-40(-50) /u,. Leptoscyphus expansus

very frequently produces perianths, and these laterally compressed

structures will immediately remove it from Chiloscyphus.

Chiloscyphus magellanicus may also be confused with C. hooker

var. constantifolius. The former has underleaves connate on both

sides, while the latter has underleaves connate on one side.

I have examined original material of C. magellanicus from the

Geneva and Farlow herbaria. The following perianth-bearing

plants were selected as lectotype candidates: Geneva 0306, which

possessed a single perianth, and the Farlow specimen. In his origi-

nal description Stephani stated the perianth mouth was lobate

and, as the Farlow plant has well-developed lobes, I have selected

it as the lectotype. The Geneva plant has the perianth mouth regu-

larly dentate with teeth three to six cells high. Both Geneva 0306

and the Farlow specimen were mixed with Chiloscyphus integrifol-

ius.

Ecology. — Encountered at only a single locality, where found on

sides and apices of bryophyte mounds in the evergreen forest

"bryophyte rich fades."

Phytogeography. — Known only from the Patagonian Channel

region. The Valdivian report in Stephani (1911) requires confirma-

tion.

Brunswick Peninsula Specimens Seen. — PUERTO GALLANT

REGION: NE side of Pto. Gallant (6033 B-c. per., 6036 B-c.

per. + sporo. & 6053 A-c. per.).

Chiloscyphus pallido-virens (Hook. f. & Tayl.) G. L. & N.

Jungermannia pallido-virens Hook. f. & Tayl. Lond. J. Bot. 3: 473.

1844. Chiloscyphus pallido-virens (Hook. f. & Tayl.) G. L. & N.

Syn. Hep. 178. 1845. Lophocolea pallido-virens (Hook. f. & Tayl.)

Mitt. J. Linn. Soc. 15: 72. 1876. Original material: Chile, Prov.

ENGEL: BRUNSWICK PENINSULA 155

Magallanes, I. Hermite, Cta. San Martin, Hooker (FH!, MICH!,

NY!).

Mylia ligulata (Steph.) Herz. var. reflexistipula Herz. Revue Bryol.

Lichen. 23: 38. f. 5 a-e. 1954. syn. fide Grolle (1962). Leptoscy-

phus ligulatus (Steph.) Schust. var. reflexistipulus (Herz.) Schust.

Am. Midi. Nat. 62: 12. 1959, Lectotype (fide Grolle, 1962): Chile,

Prov. Aisen, C. Tesoro, 860-900 m, 1940, Schwabe 41/a p.p. (JE,

non vidi).

Remarks. — Chiloscyphus pallido-virens bears a superficial re-

semblance to Leptoscyphus horizontalis. When fertile, plants of C.

pallido-virens are immediately distinguished by the trigonous peri-

anth on short lateral-intercalary branches, while L. horizontalis

possesses laterally compressed perianths which are terminal on the

main axis. Sterile plants of the two taxa are also readily distin-

guishable. The leaves of C. pallido-virens have ventral margins

deflexed, and leaf apices which are often emarginate, with a single

segment or more rarely short bifid; while L. horizontalis has leaves

with ventral margins abruptly inflexed and with leaf apices never

emarginate or segmented.

Dried plants of C. pallido-virens have a distinctive, diagnostic

appearance due to the sharply inrolled leaf margins.

Ecology. — On bare soil, over forest floor litter, and on rotted logs

in the evergreen Nothofagus forests and evergreen-deciduous eco-

tonal areas. In the Pto. Cutter region, where a soil cover is rare

and is largely replaced by a thick, spongy bryophyte cover (the

"bryophyte rich facies"), the species was found only on bare soil

exposed by a stream cut. Also in Sphagnum bogs and may be

intermixed with Sphagnum sp.

Phytogeography. — Tierra del Fuego and Patagonian Channels

north to 44°19' S. The reports from Lota (37°05' S.) (Herzog, 1943),

Juan Fernandez (Herzog, 1942), and Tasmania (Rodway, 1916)

require investigation.

Literature Records. — Anonymous-Strait of Magellan (Kiihn-

emann, 1937, 1949 as Lophocolea); Andersson-Pto. del Hambre

(Angstrom, 1872 as Jungermannia); Cunningham-Strait of Magel-

lan (Stephani, 1906 asLophocolea).

Brunswick Peninsula Specimens Seen. — Strait of Magellan, with-

out specific locality, sin. coll., ex hb. Husnot as Lophocolea husnoti

(nom. nud.) (FH). PUNTA ARENAS REGION: Near Punta Are-

156 FIELDIANA: BOTANY, VOLUME 41

nas, Lechler as Lophocolea husnoti (nom. nud.; det. Stephani) (L).

RIO TRES BRAZOS REGION: Plateau above R. Tres Brazos at

road crossing, ca. 160 m., Ostafichuk 1383 B (MSC). LAGUNO EL

PARRILLAR: Near E. shore of lake, ca. 365 m. (2078 B, 2108 A-c.

9 + 6,2109 A & 2112). PUERTO DEL HAMBRE REGION: Fuerte

Bulnes, Pta. Santa Ana (1806-c. mature per.+ 9, 1847-c. 9);

Puerto del Hambre, 8 October 1971, Matteri & Menendez 3703

(BA); near Fuerte Bulnes Hatcher 2-8 (UW-M); N. side of R. San

Juan, 1 km. from straits (1869 A & 7875 B). CABO SAN ISIDRO:

13 February 1929, Roivainen 1307 as Mylia fuegiensis (H-c. <5).

BAHIA SAN NICOLAS REGION: W. side of bay (6307, 6341 B &

6362); ridge between B. Bougainville and B. San Nicolas, ca. 155

m. (6421 A). BAHIA WOOD: Cunningham 90 (NY). RADA YORK:

Lechler as Lophocolea husnoti (nom. nud.; det. Stephani) (L).

PUERTO CUTTER REGION: Base of M. Condor (2344 & 2356;.

Chiloscyphus valdiviensis Mont.

Chiloscyphus valdiviensis Mont. Annls. Sci. Nat. III. 4: 351. 1845.

Heteroscyphus valdiviensis (Mont.) Schiffn. Ost. Bot. Z. 60: 172.

1910. Original material: Chile, Prov. Valdivia, Valdivia, sin.

coll. (Gay) (S-PA!-c. <J).

Chiloscyphus massalongoanus Steph. Hedwigia 32: 325. 1893,1 syn.

nov. Original material (cf. Massalongo, 1885): Chile, Prov. Ma-

gallanes, I. Basket, I. Hoste, and Argentina, Terr. Tierra del

Fuego, B. Slogget, I. Gable, Spegazzini (non vidi).

Lophocolea pulcherrima Steph. K. Svenska VetenskAkad. Handl.

46 (9): 51. f. 17 g, h. 1911, syn. nov. Lectotype (nov.): Chile, Prov.

Magallanes, S. Skyring, B. Rodriguez, 25 April 1908, Halle &

Skottsberg (UPS!).

Chiloscyphus chiloensis Steph. K. Svenska VetenskAkad. Handl.

46 (9): 56. f. 21 b. 1911, syn. nov. Lectotype (nov.): Chile, Prov.

Chiloe, I. Chiloe, R. Pudeto, 17 July 1908, Halle & Skottsberg

103 (UPS!-c. per. + sporo.) (isolectotypes: G!-c. per., UPS!-c.

young, per.).

Stephani (1893) described this species on the assumption that Massalongo (1885)

described a new species, C. fissistipus, which would have been a later homonym of

C. fissistipus (Hook. f. & Tayl.) G. L. & N. However, Massalongo (loc. cit.) was

clearly not describing a new taxon, but merely referred to the Hooker & Taylor

name, as all five references cited refer to the New Zealand sector name. Evans

(1898) perpetuated the misconception in his synonymy of C. massalongoanus.

ENGEL: BRUNSWICK PENINSULA 157

Chiloscyphus similis Steph. K. Svenska VetenskAkad. Handl. 46

(9): 56. f. 21 c. 1911, syn. nov. Original material: Chile, Prov.

Magallanes, Cta. Gomez, Halle & Skottsberg (G!, UPS!-c. 6).

Lophocolea baccarinii Gola, Nuovo G. Bot. Ital. II. 29: I67.pl. l,f.

11-14. 1923, syn. nov. Original material: Chile, Prov. Magal-

lanes, I. Laberinto, 6 February 1913, De Gasperi s. n. (FI!-c.

per.).

Ecology. — Only within evergreen Nothofagus forests and here

loosely adhering to Nothofagus bark, particularly as part of a mat

of vegetation covering tree trunks; frequently associated with Po-

rella subsquarrosa. Also covering extensive areas on a moist, well-

shaded cliff.

Phytogeography. — Tierra del Fuego, Patagonian Channels, and

Valdivian region north to 39°36' S.

Literature Record. — Cunningham-Strait of Magellan (Stephani,

1908).

Brunswick Peninsula Specimens Seen. — BAHIA SAN NICOLAS

REGION: E. side of bay (6395 A, 6405, 6408 & 6414 A). PUERTO

GALLANT REGION: NE side of Pto. Gallant (6047). PUERTO

CUTTER REGION: Between copper mine and river S. of mine

(2162 B-c. c?); W. of copper mine (2225 A & 2235); at copper mine

(2277); base of M. Condor (2335 & 2352).

Chiloscyphus SPECIES EXCLUDED FROM THE BRUNSWICK PENINSULA

1. Chiloscyphus physanthus (Hook. f. & Tayl.) Mitt.

Jungermannia physantha Hook. f. & Tayl. Lond. J. Bot. 3: 561.

1844. Lophocolea physantha (Hook. f. & Tayl.) G. L. & N. Syn.

Hep. 700. 1847. Chiloscyphus physanthus (Hook. f. & Tayl.) Mitt.

in Hook. f. Bot. Ant. Voy. 2: 141. 1854. Original material: New

Zealand, Hooker (non vidi).

Leioscyphus repens Mitt, in Hook. f. Bot. Ant. Voy. 2: 134. 1854,

syn. fide Hodgson (1943). Leptoscyphus repens (Mitt.) Kiihnem.

Revta Cent. Estud. Doct. Cienc. Nat., B. Aires 1: 176. 1937. My-

lia repens (Mitt.) Herz. in Skottsberg, Nat. Hist. Juan Fernandez

Easter Is. 2: 714. 1942. Original material: New Zealand, North

Island, Bay of Islands, Lyall (NY)-cited in Hodgson (1943).

The Strait of Magellan record of this species originates from the

Stephani (1906) report of Leioscyphus repens. Grolle (1962) notes

158 FIELDIANA: BOTANY, VOLUME 41

that the specimens on which this report is based are of Leptoscy-

phus patagonicus. Kiihnemann (1937, 1949) reported the species

from the Strait of Magellan in his catalogues. See Hodgson (1943)

for a treatment of C. physanthus.

NOTES ON Chiloscyphus SPECIES

1. Chiloscyphus retroversus Schiffn.

Chiloscyphus retroversus Schiffn. in Naumann, Forschungsr. Ga-

zelle 4 (4): 15. pi. 3, f. 17-19. 1890. Lophocolea retroversa

(Schiffn.) Steph. K. Svenska VetenskAkad. Handl. 46 (9): 52.

1911. Original material: lies de Kerguelen, Naumann (non vidi).

Reported for the Brunswick Peninsula by Stephani (1911) for a

Halle and/or Skottsberg collection from Pto. Pomar. I have not seen

the specimen on which the report was based and I am uncertain as

to the identity of the species.

2. Chiloscyphus subhorizontalis Gott. & Hampe

This name was reported (without a description or reference to a

description) for the Brunswick Peninsula by Angstrom (1872) as

"Jungermannia (Chiloscyphus) subhorizontalis" and to my knowl-

edge this is the only mention of this name in the literature, with

the exception of the Bonner reference below. I have seen a speci-

men in the Stephani herbarium (G) labeled Chiloscyphus subhori-

zontalis Gott. & Hampe, York Bay, and the plant is one of C.

hookeri var. hookeri. Bonner (1963) lists this specimen as the

"type" of C. subhorizontalis.

CLASMATOCOLEA

Spruce, Trans. Proc. Bot. Soc. Edinb. 15: 440. 1885.

KEY TO THE BRUNSWICK PENINSULA SPECIES OF Clasmatocolea

1. Leaves basically bilobed 2

1 . Leaves unlobed 5

2. Leaves bifid from one-half to nearly the base, dorsal lobes with 2-5 oppositely

arranged teeth-laciniae, dorsal leaf margin with a canaliculate lobe

C. trachyopa

2. Leaves bifid to less than one-half, dorsal lobes entire or 1-dentate, dorsal leaf

margin entire or 1-dentate 3

3. Underleaves bifid from ca. one-half to usually near the base, often semi-

obliquely inserted; leaves usually longer than wide. Branches mostly of

Frullania-type, often slender and copiously produced C. rigens

3. Underleaves emarginate to bifid to at most one-fourth, transversely inserted;

leaves wider than long 4

ENGEL: BRUNSWICK PENINSULA 159

4. Dorsal leaf lobe canaliculate, ventral leaf lobe consistently with a single,

conspicuous tooth on ventral margin; ratio of distance between leaf lobe ap-

ices and leaf width less than 1:3.5 (1:2-3.5) C. obvoluta

4. Dorsal leaf lobe plane, ventral leaf lobe entire or occasionally with a single

tooth on ventral margin; ratio of distance between leaf lobe apices and leaf

width more than 1:3.5 (1:3.5-8.8) C. cookiana

5. Leaves slightly concave, orbicular in shape; antheridial stalk of 2 rows of cells.

Perianths inflated, clavate-campanulate, trigonous at the base, obscurely so

toward the apex, mouth truncate, wide, the three lobes rotund, entire, occasion-

ally emarginate, rarely with the ventral lobe bidentate or bilobed

C. vermicularis

5. Leaves deeply adaxially concave, orbicular to reniform in shape; (?) antheridial

stalks uniseriate 6

6. Leaves with 16-22 very regularly placed teeth [C. ctenophylla]

6. Leaves entire to sparingly and irregularly dentate-laciniate 7

7. Underleaves of main axis inconspicuous, scalelike 8

7. Underleaves large, conspicuous, not scalelike 9

8. Underleaves with segments setaceous, Underleaves never undivided and of

only a few cells; plants erect; leaves subtransversely oriented (and with a

superficial facies to those ofPlagiochila ansata) .... [Stolonophora abnormis]

8. Underleaves of main axis with segments highly variable, but not setaceous,

underleaves occasionally undivided and of only a few cells; plants prostrate or

essentially so; leaves distinctly succubously oriented C. navistipula

9. Leaves of lateral-intercalary branches closely imbricated, giving the branch a

narrow, wormlike appearance, branches often short and often copiously pro-

duced, smaller in width than main axis; underleaves of lateral-intercalary

branches may be small, scalelike, often of only a few cells 10

9. Leaves of lateral-intercalary branches not more closely imbricated than in

main axis, not wormlike, often very long, usually of the same width as the main

axis; underleaves of lateral-intercalary branches large, never small and scale-

like 11

10. Leaves on main axis sinuous to incurved in moistened condition; lateral-

intercalary branch underleaves large, orbicular, deeply concave . . C. fulvella

10. Leaves on main axis plane in moistened condition; lateral-intercalary branch

underleaves small, erect or nearly so, scalelike, often of only a few cells,

frequently unlobed and ovate-lanceolate C. puccioana

11. Branch apices enlarged; at least some of leaves of main axis incurved in dried

condition; dried plants highly nitid in incident light; perianths nearly always

present; plants on bark C. gayana

11. Branch apices not enlarged; leaves not incurved in dried condition; dried plants

dull in incident light; perianths rarely produced; plants on ground or rock, very

seldom on bark . . . C. humilis

Clasmatocolea cookiana (Mass.) Engel

Lophocolea cookiana Mass. Nuovo G. Bot. Ital. I. 17: 224. pi. 16, f.

11. 1885. Clasmatocolea cookiana (Mass.) Engel, J. Hattori Bot.

Lab. 36: 156. 1973. Lectotype (fide Engel, 1973a): Argentina,

160 FIELDIANA: BOTANY, VOLUME 41

Terr. Tierra del Fuego, I. de los Estados, Pto. Cook, February

1882, Spegazzini 14 (VER!-c. d).

Lophocolea latissima Steph. Bih. K. Svenska VetenskAkad. Handl.

26 (III, 6): 42. 1900, syn. fide Engel (1973a). Original material:

Chile, Prov. Magallanes, S. Molyneux, 1 June 1896, Dusen 68

(GO.

Remarks. — Clasmatocolea cookiana exhibits a certain degree of

variation. The dorsal margins are usually entire, but may occa-

sionally possess a single tooth. These forms, however, as well as all

specimens observed of C. cookiana, have plane dorsal lobes, a char-

acter which will separate this taxon from C. obvoluta, its closest

ally. The latter consistently has canaliculate dorsal leaf lobes, and

has dorsal and ventral leaf margins consistently 1(2-3) dentate.

Phytogeography . — Falkland Islands (a few depauperate plants),

Tierra del Fuego and Patagonian Channels north to 43°57' S. (I.

Guaitecas).

Literature Record. — Skottsberg & Halle-Pto. Cutter, B. Arauz

(Stephani, 1911 as Lophocolea latissima).

Brunswick Peninsula Specimens Seen. — PUERTO GALLANT

REGION: NE side of Pto. Gallant (6035 B). BAHIA ARAUZ: 3

May 1908, Halle & Skottsberg 214 as Lophocolea latissima (S-PA).

PUERTO CUTTER REGION: Between copper mine and river S. of

mine (2 150).

Clasmatocolea fulvella (Hook, f., & Tayl.) Grolle

Jungermannia fulvella Hook. f. & Tayl. Lond. J. Bot. 3: 464. 1844.

Chiloscyphus fulvellus (Hook. f. & Tayl.) Nees in G. L. & N. Syn.

Hep. 711. 1847. Lophocolea fulvella (Hook. f. & Tayl.) Mass.

Nuovo G. Bot. Ital. I. 17: 227. 1885. Clasmatocolea fulvella

(Hook. f. & Tayl.) Grolle, Revue Bryol. Lichen. 29: 72. 1960.

Original material: Chile, Prov. Magallanes, I. Hermite, Hooker

s.n. (NY! S-PA!).

Remarks. — The underleaves of C. fulvella show little variability

and possess characteristics very distinctive of the species. The un-

derleaves are suborbicular to subsquarrose in outline, and become

abruptly concave near the insertion. The margins are curved dor-

sally, obliterating a view of the stem from lateral and ventral

views, lending the underleaf a cup-shaped appearance. The under-

leaf apices are broadly rounded to truncate at the apex, which is

ENGEL: BRUNSWICK PENINSULA 161

bidentate to retuse. Further, the underleaf apices are very fre-

quently either approaching or in contact with the stem.

Ecology. — Forming dense carpeting on very rotted logs in the

evergreen Nothofagus region. It may be intermixed with other

Hepaticae, such as C. puccioana orLepidozia sp.

Phytogeography. — Falkland Islands, Tierra del Fuego, and north

to 36°50' S. in West Patagonia; also in P. N. Nahuel Huapi of

Andean Patagonia.

Literature Record. — Naumann-Punta Arenas (Schiffner, 1890 as

Lophocolea).

Brunswick Peninsula Specimens Seen. — PUNTA ARENAS RE-

GION: Punta Arenas, Charcot Exped. 9 as Lophocolea navistipula

(G); ibid., Naumann s. n. (FH-c. per.). BAHIA SAN NICOLAS

REGION: W. side of bay (6323-c. 6 & 6388 A-c. sporo.). PUERTO

CUTTER REGION: W. of copper mine (2236-c. per.).

Clasmatocolea gayana (Mont.) Grolle

Jungermannia gayana Mont. Annls. Sci. Nat. III. 4: 349. 1845.

Chiloscyphus gayanus (Mont.) G. L. & N. Syn. Hep. 710. 1847.

Lophocolea gayana (Mont.) Mitt, in Seemann, Fl. Vit. 404. 1873.

Clasmatocolea gayana (Mont.) Grolle, Revue Bryol. Lichen. 29:

72. 1960. Original material: Chile, Prov. Valdivia, Valdivia, Gay

44 (S-PA!).

Lophocolea vinciguerreana Mass. Nuovo G. Bot. Ital. I. 17: 229. pi.

18, f. 1-9. 1885, syn. nov. Lectotype (nov.): Chile, Prov. Magal-

lanes, I. Basket, Cabo Desolacion, June 1882, Spegazzini 317

(VER!).

Ecology. — Strictly corticolous, and in the Brunswick Peninsula

on Nothofagus betuloides and Drimys, occasionally associated with

the filmy fern Serpyllopsis.

Phytogeography. — Tierra del Fuego, Patagonian Channels, and

Valdivian region north to 39°53' S.

Literature Record. — Andersson-Pio. del Hambre (Angstrom,

1872 as Jungermannia).

Brunswick Peninsula Specimens Seen. — Strait of Magellan, with-

out specific locality, Dusen s.n. as Lophocolea humilis (FH-c. per.).

PUNTA ARENAS REGION: Punta Arenas, March 1868, Cunning-

ham 194 as Lophocolea humilis (BM). PUERTO DEL HAMBRE

162 FIELDIANA: BOTANY, VOLUME 41

REGION: Pto. del Hambre, Andersson (S-PA-c. per.). BAHIA SAN

NICOLAS REGION: W. side of bay (6377-c. young per., 6378-c.

<J). PUERTO GALLANT REGION: B. Fortescue (5978, 6000 C).

PUERTO CUTTER REGION: W. of copper mine (2226-c. d), base

of M. Condor (2357-c. per.).

Clasmatocolea humilis (Hook. f. & Tayl.) Grolle

Jungermannia humilis Hook. f. & Tayl. Lond. J. Bot. 3: 468. 1844.

Mylia humilis (Hook. f. & Tayl.) Trev. Memorie 1st. Lomb. Sci.

Lett. III. 4: 412. 1877. Solenostoma humilis (Hook. f. & Tayl.)

Mitt. Phil. Trans. R. Soc. 168 (extra vol.): 42. 1879. Nardia hu-

milis (Hook. f. & Tayl.) Berggr. N. Z. Hep. 7. 1898. Lophocolea

humilis (Hook. f. & Tayl.) Steph. Bih. K. Svenska VetenskAkad.

Handl. 26 (III, 6): 40. 1900. Leioscyphus humilis (Hook. f. &

Tayl.) Pears. Bull. Misc. Inf. R. Bot. Gdns. Kew 1922: 249. 1922.

Clasmatocolea humilis (Hook. f. & Tayl.) Grolle, Rev. Bryol. Li-

chen. 29: 72. 1960. Original material: lies de Kerguelen, Hooker

s.n. (S-PA!, ex hb. Lehmann).

Jungermannia palustris Hook. f. & Tayl. Lond. J. Bot. 3: 464. 1844,

syn. nov. Lophocolea palustris (Hook. f. & Tayl.) Besch. & Mass.

Mission Scient. Cap Horn 5: 222. 1889. Original material: Chile,

Prov. Magallanes, I. Hermite, Hooker 19b (NY!, S-PA!).

Lophocolea magellanica Schiffn. in Naumann, Forschungsr. Ga-

zelle 4 (4): 14. pi. 4, f. 22, 23. 1890, syn. nov. Lectotype f/ww J.-

Chile, Prov. Magallanes, I. Desolacion, B. Tuesday, 2 February

1876, Naumann s.n. (FH!-c. per.).

Lophocolea hastatistipa Steph. K. Svenska VetenskAkad. Handl.

46 (9): 45. f. 19 h, i. 1911, syn. nov. Lectotype (nov.): Falkland Is.,

King George Bay, 22 November 1907, Halle & Skottsberg 352

(UPS!).

Lophocolea incrassata Steph. K. Svenska VetenskAkad. Handl. 46

(9): 46. f. 17 c, d. 1911, syn. nov. Lectotype (nov.): Falkland Is.,

1908, Skottsberg 644 (G!).

Lophocolea integerrima Steph. K. Svenska VetenskAkad. Handl.

46 (9): 46. f. 17 a, b. 1911, syn. nov. Lectotype (nov.): Chile, Prov.

Magallanes, S. Skyring, F. de los Ventisqueros, 26 April 1908,

Halle & Skottsberg 211 (UPS!-c. per.).

Lophocolea rotundifolia Steph. K. Svenska VetenskAkad. Handl.

46 (9): 52. f. 19 r, s. 1911, syn. nov. Lectotype (nov.): Chile, Prov.

Magallanes, I. Atalaya, 25 May 1908, Skottsberg 230 (UPS!).

ENGEL: BRUNSWICK PENINSULA 163

Lophocolea multispinula Steph. Spec. Hep. 6: 284. 1922, syn. nov.

Original material: Chile, Prov. Magallanes, I. Desolacion, B.

Tuesday, sin. coll. (G!).

Remarks. — The underleaves of Clasmatocolea humilis exhibit

considerable variation. They may be plane to very slightly concave

as in the type plants of Jungermannia humilis, to ± cucullate as in

type plants of Lophocolea magellanica. In undivided underleaves,

the apex may be very wide truncate or the underleaf may taper

gradually to a narrowly rounded apex; in the latter instance the

underleaf margins occasionally are incurved (dorsal view). Fur-

ther, apices vary from unlobed and broadly rounded or truncate to

retuse to bifid to varying degrees, but not to greater than 0.35. The

unlobed apices may be entire or bidentate. Underleaf margins are

usually entire or 1- dentate to 1- lobate in the middle third, but

may be dentate or small to large lobate in either upper, middle or

lower third of the underleaf margin.

Engel 6030 is an interesting variant. The leaves occasionally

have a tooth near or at the leaf apices. The leaves sporadically are

truncate and more rarely retuse at the apices. The leaves normally

are entire and wide reniform in shape and with very broadly

rounded leaf apices.

Ecology. — Where abundant moisture is available, such as in

stream beds, on logs over streams, in shallow pools, and on coastal

rocks which received fresh water from rain as well as run-off from

the forest above. Salt water influence was at most moderate. How-

ever, the species is able to grow in tidal zone regions (see Engel &

Schuster, 1973).

Phytogeogrpahy. — lies de Kerguelen, lies Crozet, Marion Island,

Prince Edward Island, Tristan da Cunha, Falkland Islands, Tierra

del Fuego, Patagonian Channels, and the Valdivian region north

to 36°43' S.; also in P. N. Nahuel Huapi of Andean Patagonia.

Brunswick Peninsula Specimens Seen. — BAHIA SAN NICOLAS

REGION: Ridge between B. Bougainville and B. San Nicolas, ca.

155 m. (6447). PUERTO GALLANT REGION: NE side of Pto.

Gallant (6030-c. per., 6052 A). BAHIA ARAUZ: 3 May 1908, Halle

& Skottsberg 222 as Lophocolea otiphylla (S-PA). PUERTO CUT-

TER REGION: N. of copper mine (2198, 2298-c. per. -I- d, 2310-c.

per., 231 7-c. per.); base of M. Condor (2331 -c. per.). PUERTO

POMAR: 14 April 1908, Halle & Skottsberg 225 as syntype of Lo-

phocolea patulistipa (S-PA).

164 FIELDIANA: BOTANY, VOLUME 41

Clasmatocolea navistipula (Steph.) Grolle

Lophocolea navistipula Steph. Bull. Herb. Boissier II. 6 (7): 543.

1906 (=Spec. Hep. 3: 57). Clasmatocolea navistipula (Steph.)

Grolle, Reprium Nov. Spec. Regni Veg. 82 (1): 88. 1971. Original

material: Chile, Prov. Magallanes, I. Desolacion, Dusen (non

vidi).

Jamesoniella difficilis Steph. K. Svenska VetenskAkad. Handl. 46

(9): 17. f. 6a. 1911, syn. fide Grolle (1971a). Original material:

Chile, Prov. Magallanes, Pto. Grappler, Skottsberg (BM, UPS>-

cited in Grolle (1971a); I. Atalaya, Halle and/or Skottsberg (non

vidi); S. Skyring, B. Rodriguez, Halle & Skottsberg (S-PA, UPS)-

cited in Grolle (1971a); Canal Gajardo, V. Inga, Halle and/or

Skottsberg (non vidi); B. Arauz, Halle and/or Skottsberg (non

vidi); W. end of L. Fagnano, Skottsberg (LD, UPS)-cited in

Grolle (197 la).

Lophocolea subcapillaris Steph. K. Svenska VetenskAkad. Handl.

46 (9): 54. f. 18 e, f. 1911, syn. nov. Lectotype (nov.): Chile, Prov.

Magallanes, R. Fontaine, 1 March 1908, Halle & Skottsberg 234

(UPS!).

Remarks. — C. navistipula is a close ally of C. puccioana. They

may be separated as follows: C. navistipula has a) main axis under-

leaves usually scalelike, often ca. one-half or less the stem width

and covering only a small fraction of stem tissue; b) underleaf

segments frequently with one segment smaller than the other; and

c) plants sparingly branched and only occasionally producing nu-

merous lateral-intercalary branches. C. puccioana has a) main axis

underleaves ca. twice the stem width and covering large areas of

stem tissue; b) underleaf segments of equal size; and c) lateral-

intercalary branches copiously produced.

The absence of regularly produced, well-developed underleaves

ofC. navistipula will immediately separate it fromC. humilis.

The main axis underleaves of C. navistipula are quite polymor-

phous. They are usually scalelike and subrectangular or occasion-

ally ovate, and when the latter they may be undivided and acute at

the apex. The apices are usually emarginate or short bifid and with

lobes rounded (rarely acute) and usually of unequal sizes; one lobe

may be quite large while the other is reduced to a tooth. Occasion-

ally, the underleaves of C. navistipula are sporadically well devel-

oped on the main axis, but as with the scalelike individuals, are

polymorphous and with one segment smaller than the other.

ENGEL: BRUNSWICK PENINSULA 165

The branch underleaves of C. navistipula are small and scale-

like.

Stephani (1911), in his description and drawings of Lophocolea

subcapillaris, was clearly not referring to the syntypes from Insula

Pacheco, which are misdeterminations of Stolonophora abnormis.

Ecology. — Evergreen Nothofagus forests and near the evergreen-

deciduous ecotonal areas. I found it on rotted logs and stumps, in

and at the margins of pools, and in a Sphagnum bog. The plants

are often saturated with water and appear as feltlike cushions.

Phytogeography. — Tristan da Cunha (Arnell, 1958), Tierra del

Fuego, and the Patagonian Channel region north to 49°25' S.

Brunswick Peninsula Specimens Seen. — LAGUNO EL PARRIL-

LAR: Near E. shore of lake, ca. 365 m. (2105). PUERTO DEL

HAMBRE REGION: Near Fuerte Bulnes, Hatcher 7-5 (UW-M); N.

side of R. San Juan, 1 km. from straits (1856-c. per.+cap. & 1867).

BAHIA SAN NICOLAS REGION: Ridge between B. Bougainville

and B. San Nicolas, ca. 155 m. (6425, 6444 A-c. per.+ <J). PUERTO

GALLANT REGION: NE side of Pto. Gallant (6046). PUERTO

CUTTER REGION: Between copper mine and river S. of mine

(2129-1 -c. per.); N. of copper mine (2212-c. per.+cap.).

Clasmatocolea obvoluta (Hook. f. & Tayl.) Grolle

Jungermannia obvoluta Hook. f. & Tayl. Lond. J. Bot. 4: 80. 1845.

Lophocolea obvoluta Evans, Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 25: 421. 1898.

Clasmatocolea obvoluta (Hook. f. & Tayl.) Grolle, Revue Bryol.

Lichen. 29: 72. 1960. Lectotype (nov.): Chile, Prov. Magallanes,

I. Hermite, Cta. San Martin, Davis s.n. (FH!).

Jungermannia obvolutaeformis De Not. Memorie Accad. Sci. To-

rino II. 16: 220. pi. 8, f. 1-4. 1855. syn. fide Stephani (1906).

Lophocolea obvolutaeformis (De Not.) Mass. Nuovo G. Bot. Ital. I.

17: 223. 1885. Original material: Chile, "Prov. Valparaiso, Val-

paraiso," Puccio (non vidi).

Ecology. — Only in the evergreen Nothofagus forest region. In

forested areas on soil, rotted logs, and submerged or floating in

shallow pools, while in the "bryophyte rich fades" on the sides and

apices of bryophyte mounds, as well as on the floor between the

mounds.

Phytogeography. — Tierra del Fuego and Patagonian Channels

north to 46° 19' S. I have eliminated the species from the Falkland

Islands.

166 FIELDIANA: BOTANY, VOLUME 41

Literature Records. — Andersson-Pto. del Hambre (Angstrom,

1872 as Jungermannia)', Cunningham, Dusen, Hyades-Strait of

Magellan (Stephani, 1906 as Lophocolea); Skottsberg & Halle-Pio.

Cutter (Stephani, 1911 as Lophocolea).

Brunswick Peninsula Specimens Seen. — Strait of Magellan, with-

out specific locality, 1901, Schubert as Lophocolea latissima (FH-c.

per.). PUERTO DEL HAMBRE REGION: Pto. del Hambre, An-

dersson (S-PA). BAHIA SAN NICOLAS REGION: W. side of bay

(6346 C-c. per., 6384); ridge between B. Bougainville and B. San

Nicolas, ca. 155 m. (6433 B & 6437 c. 6). PUERTO GALLANT

REGION: B. Fortescue (5951); Pto. Gallant, March 1867, Cunning-

ham 258, 260 (BM, NY); NE side of Pto. Gallant (6018 A-c.

per. + sporo., 6019, 6029 A, 6033 A & 6034). PUERTO CUTTER

REGION: Between copper mine and river S. of mine (2134 A-c.

per.); slightly W. of copper mine (2239-c. per.); base of M. Condor

(2330-c. per.)

Clasmatocolea puccioana (De Not.) Grolle

Jungermannia ?puccioana De Not. Memorie Accad. Sci. Torino II.

16: 221. pi. IX, 1-6. 1855. Lophocolea puccioana (De Not.) Mass.

Nuovo G. Bot. Ital. I. 17: 227. 1885. Clasmatocolea puccioana (De

Not.) Grolle, Revue Bryol. Lichen. 29: 72. 1960. Original mate-

rial: Chile, "Prov. Valparaiso, Valparaiso," Puccio (non vidi).

Lophocolea diuersistipa Steph. K. Svenska VetenskAkad. Handl.

46 (9): 42. f. 15 e, f. 1911, syn. nov. Original material: Chile,

Prov. Magallanes, Pto. Gray, 7 June 1908, Skottsberg 198 (UPS!-

c. per.); Pto. Ramirez, Halle and/or Skottsberg (non vidi); Pto.

Cutter, 13 April 19Q8, Halle & Skottsberg 198 (UPS!).

Lophocolea patagonica Beauv. in Steph. Spec. Hep. 6: 572. 1924 ut

nom. nov. pro Lophocolea rotundistipula Steph. K. Svenska Ve-

tenskAkad. Handl. 46 (9): 52. f. 20 a-e. 1911, syn. nov. non Lo-

phocolea rotundistipula Steph. Bull. Herb. Boissier II. 6 (9): 793.

1906 (=Spec. Hep. 3: 93). Original material: Chile, Prov. Magal-

lanes, F. Peel, 16 June 19Q8, Skottsberg s.n. (UPS!).

Ecology. — Only in the evergreen forest "bryophyte rich facies,"

where in depressions and on the sides and apices of bryophyte

mounds where it grew intermixed with other Hepaticae, such as

Adelanthus lindenbergianus, Anastrophyllum involutifolium,

Gackstroemia magellanica, Leptoscyphus patagonicus, and Riccar-

dia prehensilis.

ENGEL: BRUNSWICK PENINSULA 167

Phytogeography. — Restricted to the Patagonian Channel region,

where it occurs north to 48°56' S.

Reports of C. puccioana from the Falkland Islands are misdeter-

minations of C. fulvella. The records of this species in Arnell (1955)

are misdeterminations of Clasmatocolea gayana. The remainder of

Valdivian reports (Herzog, 1939, 1954; Stephani, 1900), as well as

the report from Tristan da Cunha in Arnell (1958) require confir-

mation.

Brunswick Peninsula Specimens Seen. — Strait of Magellan, with-

out specific locality, Naumann s.n. as Lophocolea humilis, ex hb.

Stephani (BM). PUNTA ARENAS REGION: Punta Arenas, Cun-

ningham 194 as L. humilis (BM). PUERTO GALLANT REGION:

NE side of Pto. Gallant (6004 D, 6008 C, 6021, 6037 C & 6059 A).

PUERTO CUTTER REGION: N. of copper mine (2199); W. of cop-

per mine (2233 B); Pto. Cutter, 1908, Halle & Skottsberg s. n. (hb.

Grolle).

Clasmatocolea rigens (Hook. f. & Tayl.) Engel

Jungermannia rigens Hook. f. & Tayl. Lond. J. Bot. 3: 461. 1844.

Cephalozia rigens (Hook. f. & Tayl.) Trev. Memorie 1st. Lomb.

Sci. Lett. III. 4: 417. 1877. Lophocolea rigens (Hook. f. & Tayl.)

Evans, Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 25: 423. 1898. Clasmatocolea ri-

gens (Hook. f. & Tayl.) Engel, J. Hattori Bot. Lab. 36: 156. 1973.

Original material: Falkland Is., Hooker (BM!).

Lophocolea koeppensis Gott. Ergebn. Dt. Polar-Exped. 2 (16): 453.

pi. 2, f. 4-9. 1890, syn. fide Engel (1973a). Clasmatocolea koep-

pensis (Gott.) Grolle, Revue Bryol. Lichen. 29: 72. 1960. Lecto-

type (fide Grolle, 1972b): South Georgia, Koppenberg, 10 Febru-

ary 1883, Will 35 (Ml).

Lophocolea debilis Steph. K. Svenska VetenskAkad. Handl. 46 (9):

42. f. 19 a-c. 1911, syn. fide Engel (1973a). Lectotype (fide Engel,

1973a): Chile, Prov. Magallanes, S. Skyring, Pta. Eulogio, 22

April 1908, Halle & Skottsberg 196 (UPS!, isolectotype-G!).

Remarks. — The original material of Jungermannia rigens repre-

sents a very small form of the species that is not uncommon.

The identity of Clasmatocolea rigens has been confused, and

there are several misdetermined specimens of this taxon in various

herbaria. The following brief description which somewhat supple-

ments the description in Evans (1898) is therefore included:

168 FIELDIANA: BOTANY, VOLUME 41

Plants often densely caespitose. Branches mostly of the Frullania type, often

slender and copiously produced, lateral-intercalary and ventral-intercalary

branches occasionally present.

Leaves usually longer than wide, erect, adaxially concave, ovate in shape, mar-

gins entire or occasionally 1-dentate toward the apex; leaf apices one-fourth to one-

third bifid, sinus narrowly-broadly rounded to lunate, occasionally triangular, lobes

wide triangular and usually apiculate; leaf cells thin walled, trigones minute to

medium.

Underleaves irregular in shape, often semi-obliquely inserted, i.e., the underleaf

directed at an acute angle from the stem, margins entire or usually 1 (to rarely 3)

dentate-laciniate, the laciniae of various sizes; apex bifid from ca. one-half to

usually near the base.

Perianths often produced, exerted by about one-fourth to one-half their length

beyond the bracts, ± campanulate in shape and quite wide at the mouth, or broad-

est near the base and narrowing slightly at the mouth, the keels sharp to ± round-

ed, with wings of a few cells high; sides slightly convex (especially toward the base)

to concave, the lobes rounded, with or without 2 larger laciniae which give the

perianth lobes a bifid appearance, the lobes are otherwise sparingly to usually

densely dentate-ciliate-laciniate and slightly undulated.

Ecology. — Rare in the evergreen forest region and then only in

the drier portion, but quite common in the deciduous forests. Also

in the steppe region at the peninsular neck. In the deciduous for-

ests on soil, particularly at the bases of Nothofagus, on rotted logs

(sometimes in dense, thick mats) and stumps, and on the bark of

Nothofagus.

In southern South America the species seems to be characteristic

of deciduous forests and boundaries between deciduous and ever-

green Nothofagus forests.

Phytogeography. — South Sandwich Islands, South Georgia, Falk-

land Islands, Tierra del Fuego (vicinity of Ushuaia and R. Azopar-

do), southern Patagonian Channels (Brunswick Peninsula, S. Sky-

ring, Pta. Eulogio), and the Valdivian region (West Patagonia

north to 45°25' S. and Andean Patagonia at 43°30' S.).

Literature Record. — Skottsberg & Halle-R. de las Minas (Ste-

phani, 1911 asLophocolea).

Brunswick Peninsula Specimens Seen. — Strait of Magellan, with-

out specific locality, Dusen s.n. (FH-c. per.). CABEZA DEL MAR

REGION: Just E. of Seccion Cabeza del Mar, Ostafichuk 1309,

1317 & 1318 (MSC). CHABUNCO REGION: Headland at Cabo

Negro, Ostafichuk 1233, 1263 B & 1266-c. d(MSC). PUNTA

ARENAS REGION: Punta Arenas, November 1867, Cunningham

100 asLophocolea bispinosa (EM); ibid., 27 June 1895, Dusen 15 as

Lophocolea latissima (NY-c. per.); ibid. , 27 June 1895, Dusen s.n.

ENGEL: BRUNSWICK PENINSULA 169

as L. latissima, mixed with Lophocolea cfr. lenta (S-PA); ibid. , 26

May 1896, Dusen 31 as Lophocolea humifusa (S-PA, UPS); ibid.,

Thaxter 101 (MICH); E. of Mina Loreto on S. side of R. de las

Minas, ca. 215 m. (1906 & 1928), Imshaug 38882 (MSC); ridge

above refugio (Club Andino), 8 km W. of Punta Arenas, 305-610 m.

(1945-c. <J, 1966-c. per., 1974, 1985-c. per., 1987-c. per., & 1989-

c. per.), Imshaug 39033 (MSC). RIO TRES BRAZOS REGION: Pla-

teau above R. Tres Brazos at road crossing, ca. 160 m., Ostafichuk

1359 A-c. sporo.+ 6 & 1364 B (MSC). SENO OTWAY REGION: B.

Camden (2008 & 203 1-c. rf); E. of Canelos and just W. of Ch. La

Quema (2044, 2048, 2053). LAGUNO EL PARRILLAR: Just E. of

lake, ca. 365 m. (2076-c. per.); 4 km. E. of lake, ca. 305 m. (2125).

PUERTO DEL HAMBRE REGION: Fuerte Bulnes, Pta. Santa Ana

(1804-c. 6, 1815-c. per.+cap., 1823-c. per., 1827-c. per.+cap.,

1836-c. per., 1845-c. per.+ 9 & 1846); near Fuerte Bulnes, Hatcher

2-7, 4-2, 4-13, 5-1, 5-5, 7-1, 7-9, 7-14, 8-3 & 9-2 (UW-M); N. side of

R. San Juan, 1 km. from straits (1877-c. per.). BAHIA SAN NICO-

LAS REGION: W. side of bay (6326- c. per.).

Clasmatocolea trachyopa (Hook. f. & Tayl.) Grolle

Jungermannia trachyopa Hook. f. & Tayl. Lond. J. Bot. 3: 471.

1844. Lophocolea trachyopa (Hook. f. & Tayl.) G. L. & N. Syn.

Hep. 699. 1847. Clasmatocolea trachyopa (Hook. f. & Tayl.)

Grolle, Revue Bryol. Lichen. 29: 73. 1960. Original material:

Chile, Prov. Magallanes, I. Hermite, Hooker (NY!).

Lophocolea arenaria Schiffn. in Naumann, Forschungsr. Gazelle 4

(4): 13. pi. 3, f. 20-24. 1890, syn. fide Stephani (1906). Original

material: Chile, Prov. Magallanes, Punta Arenas, 7 February

1876, Naumann s.n. (FH!-c. per.).

Lophocolea lacerata Steph. Bih. K. Svenska VetenskAkad. Handl.

26 (III, 6): 41. 1900, syn. fide Stephani (1906). Original material:

Chile, Prov. Magallanes, Pto. Bueno, 31 May 1896, Dusen 35

(NY!); Prov. Aisen, R. Aisen Valley, Dusen (G!-c. per., NY!-c.

per., S-PA!-c. per.).

Blepharostoma acanthifolium Gola, Nuovo G. Bot. Ital. II. 29: 169.

pi. 1, f. 18-19. 1923, syn. nov. Original material: Chile, Prov.

Magallanes, I. Laberinto, 5 February 1913, Gasperi s.n. (FI!).

Ecology. — Occasionally on rotted logs in the evergreen Nothofa-

gus region.

170 FIELDIANA: BOTANY, VOLUME 41

Phytogeography. — Tierra del Fuego, Patagonian Channels, and

north in the Valdivian region to 39°56' S.

Literature Records. — Anonymous-Strait of Magellan (Kiihn-

emann, 1937, 1949 as Lophocolea, Bonner, 1963); Ball, Naumann-

Strait of Magellan (Stephani, 1906 as Lophocolea).

Brunswick Peninsula Specimens Seen. — BAHIA SAN NICOLAS

REGION: W. side of bay (6359-c. per.). PUERTO GALLANT RE-

GION: B. Fortescue (5973-c. per.). PUERTO CUTTER REGION:

Slightly W. of copper mine (2261 -c. per.).

Clasmatocolea vermicularis (Lehm.) Grolle

Jungermannia vermicularis Lehm. Linnaea 4: 361. 1829. Alicu-

laria vermicularis (Lehm.) G. L. & N. Syn. Hep. 11. 1844. Nardia

vermicularis (Lehm.) Trev. Memorie 1st Lomb. Sci. Lett. III. 4:

400. 1877. Notoscyphus vermicularis (Lehm.) Steph. Bull. Herb.

Boissier II. 1 (2): 174. 1901 (=Spec. Hep. 2: 35). Clasmatocolea

vermicularis (Lehm.) Grolle, Revue Bryol. Lichen. 29: 78. 1960.

Original material: South Africa, Cape Province, Devils Peak,

Ecklon (S)- cited in Grolle (1960a).

Jungermannia flexuosa Lehm. Linnaea 4: 361. 1829, syn. fide Ste-

phani (WQD.Aliculariaflexuosa (Lehm.) Neesin G. L. & N. Syn.

Hep. 11. 1844. Notoscyphus flexuosus (Lehm.) Sim, S. Afr. J. Sci.

12: 20. 1916. Original material: South Africa, Cape Prov., Table

Mt., Ecklon (non vidi).

Jungermannia subintegra Hook. f. & Tayl. Lond. J. Bot. 3: 477.

1844, syn. fide Grolle (1960a). Lejeunea subintegra (Hook. f. &

Tayl.) G. L. & N. Syn. Hep. 376. 1845. Lophocolea subintegra

(Hook. f. & Tayl.) Grolle, Trans. Br. Bryol. Soc. 3: 587. 1959.

Original material: Falkland Is., Hooker (FH!, W- cited in Grolle,

1960a).

Jungermannia chamissonis Gott. & Lindenb. in G. L. & N. Syn.

Hep. 668. 1847, syn. fide Grolle (1960a). Leptoscyphus chamis-

sonis (Gott. & Lindenb.) Mitt. Hooker's J. Bot. Kew Gdn. Misc. 3:

358. 1851. Mylia chamissonis (Gott. & Lindenb.) Trev. Memorie

1st Lomb. Sci. Lett. III. 4: 412. 1877. Leioscyphus chamissonis

(Gott. & Lindenb.) Spruce, Trans. Proc. Bot. Soc. Edinb. 15: 445.

1885. Original material: Chile, without specific locality, Cham-

isso (S)- cited in Grolle (1960a).

Chiloscyphus nigrescens Lindenb. & Hampe, in Hampe, Linnaea

24: 640. 1851, syn. fide Grolle (1960a). Original material: Costa

ENGEL: BRUNSWICK PENINSULA 171

Rica, Reventado, 350 m., Oersted (S ex hb. Lehmann)- cited in

Grolle(1960a).

Leptoscyphus nigricans Mitt. Hooker's J. Bot. Kew Gdn. Misc. 3:

358. 1851, nom. nud., syn. cf. Steph. (1906, p. 224).

Notoscyphus variifolius Mitt. J. Linn. Soc. 16: 188. 1877, syn. fide

Steph. (1901). Original material: South Africa, Cape Town, near

Orange Grove, Eaton (non vidi).

Clasmatocolea heterostipa Spruce, Trans. Proc. Bot. Soc. Edinb. 15:

44l.pl. 20. 1885, syn. cf. Grolle (1959a). Original material: Ecua-

dor, "Andes Quintensis," M. Pichincho, 1,700-3,400 m., Spruce

(E)-cited in Grolle (1956).

Nardia lindmanii Steph. Bih. K. Svenska VetenskAkad. Handl. 23

(III, 2): 25. 1897, syn fide Grolle (1964d). Alicularia lindmanii

(Steph.) Steph. Bull. Herb. Boissier II. 1 (5): 481. 1901 (=Spec.

Hep. 2: 43). Notoscyphus lindmanii (Steph.) Schiffn. Hedwigia

51: 276. 1912. Original material: Brazil, Rio Grande do Sul,

Porto Alegre, Lindman 42 (G)-cited in Grolle (1964d).

Clasmatocolea chilensis Steph. Bih. K. Svenksa VetenskAkad.

Handl. 26 (III, 6): 33. 1900, syn. cf. Grolle (1956). Original mate-

rial: Chile, Prov. Concepcion, Concepcion, 5 September 1896,

Dusen 157, 166, 473 (GKcited in Grolle (1956).

Lophocolea turbiniflora Steph. Bih. K. Svenska VetenskAkad.

Handl. 26 (III, 6): 45. 1900, syn. fide Grolle (1960a). Original

material: Chile, Prov. Valparaiso, El Salto, 1896, Dusen s. n. (SV-

cited in Grolle (1960a).

Lophocolea flavovirens Steph. K. Svenska VetenskAkad. Handl. 46

(9): 44. f. 19 d-g. 1911, syn. cf. Grolle (1956). Clasmatocolea flavo-

virens (Steph.) Herz. Acta Horti Gothoburg. 15: 159. 1943. Lecto-

type (cf. Grolle, 1956): Chile, Prov. Chiloe, I. Guafo, Cta. Samuel,

25 July 1908, Halle 201 (UPS!-c. sporo., isolectotype-G!).

Lophocolea ligulata Steph. K. Svenska VetenskAkad. Handl. 46

(9): 47. f. 17 e,f. 1911, syn. fide Grolle (1960a). Original material:

Chile, Prov. Chiloe, I. Guafo, Halle (G, UPS)- cited in Grolle

(1960a).

Lophocolea skottsbergii Steph. K. Svenska VetenskAkad. Handl. 46

(9): 53. f. 20 f. 1911, syn. fide Grolle U960a). Original material:

Chile, Prov. Chiloe, I. Chiloe, Ancud, Skottsberg s. n. (UPSV-

cited in Grolle (1960a); S. Skyring, Pto. Pinto, Halle and/or

Skottsberg (non vidi); S. Otway, R. Grande, Halle and/or Skotts-

172 FIELDIANA: BOTANY, VOLUME 41

berg (non vidi). Argentina, Terr. Tierra del Fuego, R. Olivia,

near Ushuaia, Halle and/or Skottsberg (non vidi). Chile, Prov.

Magallanes, I. Dawson, B. Harris, Halle and/or Skottsberg (non

vidi); Puerto Barrow, Halle and/or Skottsberg (non vidi). Falk-

land Islands, Port Louis, Halle and/or Skottsberg (non vidi).

South Georgia, Cumberland Bay, Halle and/or Skottsberg (non

vidi).

Lophocolea boliviensis Steph. in Herzog, Biblthca Bot. 87: 217.

1916, syn. fide Grolle (1960a). Original material: Bolivia, near

Altamachi, 3,500 m., 1911, Herzog (JE)-cited in Grolle (1960a).

Alicularia grandistipula Herz. Biblthca Bot. 88: 30. 1921, syn. fide

Grolle (1960a), non A. grandistipula (Steph.) Horik. Hikobia 1:

30. 1950. Original material: Bolivia, Cord, de Quimsacruz, near

Mine Yoloco, 4,400 m., 1911, Herzog (JE)-cited in Grolle

(1960a).

Odontoschisma variabile Sim, Trans. R. Soc. S. Afr. 15: 77. unnum-

bered plate on p. 77. 1926, syn. fide Grolle (1960a), non Odontos-

chisma variabile (Lindenb. & Gott.) Trev. Memorie 1st Lomb. Sci.

Lett. III. 4: 419. 1877. Original material: South Africa, without

specific locality, sin. coll. (non vidi).

Lophocolea ovistipula Herz. Memo. Soc. Fauna Flora Fenn. 27: 98.

f. 43 a-e. 1952, syn. cf. Grolle (1959a). Original material: South

Africa, Cape Prov., Table Mt., 600-900 m., 1922, Rolfes (JE)-

cited in Grolle (1959a).

Lophocolea subulistipa Herz. Memo. Soc. Fauna Flora Fenn. 27: 99.

f. 44 a-e. 1952, syn. fide Grolle (1960a). Original material: South

Africa, Natal, "Pietermaritzburg, Botanischer Garten," 1922,

Rolfes (JE)-cited in Grolle (1960a).

Lophocolea elata (Gott.) Steph. f. aquatica Herz. Reprium Nov.

Spec. Regni Veg. 57: 164. 1955, syn. fide Grolle (1960a). Original

material: Colombia, Eastern Cord., Laguna de Cunta, 1927, Kil-

lip & Smith (JE)-cited in Grolle (1960a).

Lophocolea minima S. Arnell, Results Norw. Scient. Exped. Tristan

da Cunha 3 (42): 18. f. 14 a-d. 1958, syn. fide Grolle (1960a).

Original material: Inaccessible Is., NE of Blendon Hall, Christo-

phersen & Mejland2431 (O-non vidi).

Phytogeography. — Amphiatlantic temperate; Marion Island,

South Africa, Natal, Transvaal, East African mountains (Burundi),

Reunion Island, Tristan da Cunha, Gough Island, South Georgia,

ENGEL: BRUNSWICK PENINSULA 173

Falkland Islands, Tierra del Fuego, Patagonian Channels, the

Valdivian region (West Patagonia north to 36°50' S., Andean Pata-

gonia north to 41°00' S.), Juan Fernandez, Central Chile (near

Valparaiso), and north in the Andes to Costa Rica; also known

from Brazil.

Brunswick Peninsula Specimens Seen. — PUERTO DEL HAM-

BRE REGION: Near Fuerte Bulnes, Hatcher 1-5 (UW-M).

PUERTO SAN ISIDRO: 12 February 1929, Roivainen 2406 & 2424

as Lophocolea abnormis (H). CABO SAN ISIDRO: 12 February

1929, Roivainen 338 as Lophocolea abnormis (H).

EVANSIANTHUS

Schust. & Engel, Bryologist 76: 516. 1974.

Evansianthus georgiensis (Gott.) Schust. & Engel

Lophocolea georgiensis Gott. Ergebn. Dt. Pol.-Exped. 2 (16): 453. pi.

3-4. 1890. Clasmatocolea georgiensis (Gott.) Grolle, Brit. Antarct.

Surv. Bull. 28: 86. 1972. Evansianthus georgiensis (Gott.) Schust.

& Engel, Bryologist 76: 518. 1973. Lectotype (fide Grolle, 1972b):

South Georgia, 10 May 1883, Will 11 (M!).

Remarks. — See Schuster & Engel (1973).

Ecology. — On bare soil in an ecotone between a Nothofagus

"Krumholz" zone and alpine zone of cushion plants at Club Andino.

The plants were mixed with Hygrolembidium isophyllum.

Phytogeography. — South Georgia, Falkland Islands, Isla Grande

de Tierra del Fuego, and Patagonian Channels north to 50°59' S.

Brunswick Peninsula Specimen Seen. — PUNTA ARENAS RE-

GION: W. of Punta Arenas, Club Andino, Schuster 69-018 (hb.

Schuster).

LEPTOPHYLLOPSIS

Schust. J. Hattori Bot. Lab. 26: 270. 1963.

Leptophyllopsis irregularis (Steph.) Engel

Lophocolea irregularis Steph. Bih. K. Svenska VetenskAkad.

Handl. 26 (III, 6): 40. 1900. Leptophyllopsis irregularis (Steph.)

Engel, Bryologist 76: 533. 1973. Original material: Chile, Prov.

Aisen, R. Aisen Valley, 9 February 1897, Dusen s. n. (S-PA!-c.

per.).

174 FIELDIANA: BOTANY, VOLUME 41

Remarks. — This taxon may be distinguished by its unique

leaves. At least some of the leaves on an axis have apices which

appear ragged as the result of the caducous lobes and accessory

teeth and laciniae. The lobes and leaf margins (especially towards

the apex) are often sparingly to highly dentate-laciniate. Several

leaves on an axis may be simple bifid with both segments intact,

slightly spreading, directed straight forward or slightly connivent,

with the segments ± apiculate or occasionally attenuate. Upon

rare occasion, however, the leaves may be entire and have apices

which are truncate or retuse. To my knowledge, the only other

Lophocoleoid plant with caducous leaf lobes is Leptophyllopsis

laxus (Mitt.) Schust. of New Zealand (see Schuster, 1963c, pp. 269-

270).

The perianths ofLophocolea irregularis vary from barely exerted

beyond the bracts as in the original material, to those which are

distinctly exserted.

Phytogeography. — Reported from Tierra del Fuego (R. Grande),

southern Patagonian Channels (Brunswick Peninsula and the

Puerto Natales-R. Rubens area), the Valdivian region, Juan Fer-

nandez, and Tristan da Cunha.

Literature Record. — Dusen-Punta Arenas (Stephani, 190 la as

Lophocolea}.

Brunswick Peninsula Specimen Seen.— PUERTO DEL HAMBRE

REGION: Fuerte Bulnes, Pta. Santa Ana (1839-c. per.).

LEPTOSCYPHUS

Mitt. Hooker's J. Bot. Kew Gdn. Misc. 3: 358. 1851.

KEY TO THE BRUNSWICK PENINSULA SPECIES OF Leptoscyphus

1. Leaves convex, at least in the apical ventral margins; leaf cells with very small

to subnodulose trigones 2

1. Leaves concave, at least in the apical ventral margins; leaf cells mostly with

large knotlike trigones 3

2. Leaves unlobed L. expansus

2. Leaves bifid. Dorsal leaf margin straight to slightly curved, ventral margin

greatly curved L. patagonicus

3. Underleaves undivided L. cuneifolius

3. Underleaves shallowly to deeply bifid 4

4. Leaves connate dorsally, distinctly opposite; sinus of underleaf shallow

L. aequatus

4. Leaves free from one another, ± alternate; sinus of underleaf deep 5

5. Underleaves long-linear, entire; ventral leaf margin plane; leaves strongly

ENGEL: BRUNSWICK PENINSULA 175

erect, often appressed to one another dorsally; perianths barely exserted beyond

bracts; plants (1.4-)2.5(-3.2) mm. in diameter; male bracts with paraphyllia

L. abditus

5. Underleaves widely ovate, dentate-laciniate; ventral leaf margin abruptly in-

flexed; leaves spreading, rarely erect; perianths exserted well above bracts;

plants (4.4-)5.4(-6.8) mm wide; male bracts without paraphyllia . L. horizontalis

Leptoscyphus abditus (Sull.) Dugas

Plagiochila abdita Sull. Hooker's J. Bot. Kew Gdn. Misc. 2: 317.

1850. Mylia abdita (Sull.) Evans, Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 25: 426.

1898. Leioscyphus abditus (Sull.) Steph. Wiss. Ergebn. Schwed.

Siidpolarexped. 1901-1903. 4 (1): 5. 1905. Leptoscyphus abditus

(Sull.) Dugas, Annls. Sci. Nat. X. 11: 8. 1929. Lectotype (nov.):

Fuegia (Chile, Prov. Magallanes, B. Orange), US. Exploring

Exped. s.n. (FH!-c. per.)

Leioscyphus pollens Mitt. J. Linn. Soc. 15: 68. 1876, syn. fide Evans

(1898). Lectotype (cf. Grolle, 1962): lies de Kerguelen, Moseley

(NY!).

Lophocolea bisetula Steph. K. Svenska VetenskAkad. Handl. 46

(9): 40. f. 15 d. 1911, syn. fide Grolle (1962). Original material:

Falkland Is., Mt. Adam, ca. 700 m., 1907, Halle & Skottsberg s.n.

(S, UPS)-cited in Grolle (1962).

Solenostoma fuegiensis Gola, Nuovo G. Bot. Ital II. 29: 163. pi. l,f.

9-10. 1923, syn. fide Vana (1974). Original material: Chile, Prov.

Magallanes, B. Ainsworth, 1913, Gasperi (FI)-cited in Vana

(1974).

Ecology. — On bark of Nothofagus and (less frequently) on soil or

rotted logs above ca. 215 m. in deciduous forests and drier areas of

evergreen forests.

Phytogeography. — Subantarctic distribution; occurring in South

Georgia, Falkland Islands, Tierra del Fuego (490-600 m. where

recorded), southern Patagonian Channels (Brunswick Peninsula),

and West Patagonian zone of the Valdivian region (860-1,200 m.

on C. Tesoro, 39°38' S.).

Brunswick Peninsula Specimens Seen.— PUNTA ARENAS RE-

GION: E. of Mina Loreto on S. side of R. de las Minas, ca. 215 m.

(1900); ridge above refugio (Club Andino), 8 km. W. of Punta Are-

nas, 305-610 m. (1964-c. per., 1977-c. per. & 1981-c. per.). LA-

GUNO EL PARRILLAR REGION: Just E. of lake, ca. 365 m. (2072

&2073).

176 FIELDIANA: BOTANY, VOLUME 41

Leptoscyphus aequatus (Hook. f. & Tayl.) Mitt.

Jungermannia aequata Hook. f. & Tayl. Lond. J. Bot. 3: 465. 1844.

Chiloscyphus aequatus (Hook. f. & Tayl.) G. L. & N. Syn. Hep.

704. 1847. Leptoscyphus aequatus (Hook. f. & Tayl.) Mitt.

Hooker's J. Bot. Kew Gdn. Misc. 3: 358. 1851. Leioscyphus ae-

quatus (Hook. f. & Tayl.) Mitt, in Hook. f. Bot. Ant. Voy. 3: 225.

1859. Mylia aequata (Hook. f. & Tayl.) Kiihnem. Lilloa 19: 340.

1949. Lectotype (nov.): Chile, Prov. Magallanes, I. Hermite,

Hooker (FH!-c. d).

Jungermannia surrepens Hook. f. & Tayl. Lond. J. Bot. 3: 475.

1844, syn. fide Grolle (1962). Chiloscyphus surrepens (Hook. f. &

Tayl.) G. L. & N. Syn. Hep. 179. 1845. Leioscyphus surrepens

(Hook, f & Tayl.) Besch. & Mass. Mission Scient. Cap Horn 5:

218. 1889. Leptoscyphus surrepens (Hook, f & Tayl.) Kiihnem.

Revta Cent. Estud. Doct. Cienc. Nat., B. Aires 1: 176. 1937. My-

lia surrepens (Hook. f. & Tayl.) Kiihnem. Lilloa 19: 341. 1949.

Lectotype (nov.): Chile, Prov. Magallanes, I. Hermite, Davis

(FH!).

Phytogeography . — Falkland Islands, Tierra del Fuego, the Pata-

gonian Channels north to 50°16' S. and Gough Island (see pi. 6).

Literature Records. — Andersson-Pto. del Hambre (Angstrom,

1872 as Jungermannia surrepens); Dusen-Punta Arenas (Grolle,

1962); Skottsberg & Halle-Canal Jeronimo (Grolle, 1962).

Brunswick Peninsula Specimens Seen. — Strait of Magellan, with-

out specific locality, Naumann as Chiloscyphus surrepens (FH).

PUERTO GALLANT REGION: NE side of Pto. Gallant (6045 B).

BAHIA ARAUZ: 3 May 1908, Halle & Skottsberg 214 (S-PA).

PUERTO CUTTER REGION: At copper mine (2291).

Leptoscyphus cuneifolius (Hook.) Mitt.

Jungermannia cuneifolia Hook. Brit. Jungerm.p/. 64. 1814. Mylius

cuneifolius (Hook.) S. Gray, Nat. Arr. Brit. PL 1: 694. 1821. Aplo-

zia cuneifolia (Hook.) Dum. Bull. Soc. Roy. Bot. Belg. 13: 55.

1874. Coleochila cuneifolia (Hook.) Dum. Bull. Soc. Roy. Bot.

Belg. 13: 106. 1874. Clasmatocolea cuneifolia (Hook.) Spruce,

Trans. Proc. Bot. Soc. Edinb. 15: 440. 1885. Leptoscyphus cunei-

folius (Hook.) Mitt. Hooker's J. Bot. Kew Gdn. Misc. 3: 358. 1851.

Leioscyphus cuneifolius (Hook.) Steph. Bull. Herb. Boissier II. 6

(3): 218. 1906 ( = Spec. Hep. 3: 18). Anomylia cuneifolia (Hook.)

ENGEL: BRUNSWICK PENINSULA 177

Schust. Am. Midi. Nat. 62: 53. 1959. Original material: Ireland,

Bantry, H utchins (NY)-cited in Grolle (1962).

Leioscyphus fragilis Jack & Steph. Hedwigia 31: 20. 1892. Mylia

fragilis (Jack & Steph.) Herz. Revue Bryol. Lichen. 23: 38. 1954,

nom. inval. Mylia fragilis S. Arnell in Bartram & Arnell, Bryolo-

gist 64: 249. 1961. Anomylia fragilis (Jack & Steph.) Schust. Am.

Midi. Nat. 62: 53. 1959. Leptoscyphus cuneifolius (Hook.) Mitt,

subsp. fragilis (Jack & Steph.) Grolle, Nova Acta Leopoldina 25

(161): 28. 1962. Original material: Colombia, Prov. Antioquia,

Paramo de Sonson, 3,300 m., 1872, Wallis (W)-cited in Grolle

(1962).

Mylia antillana Carring. & Spruce in Besch. & Spruce, Bull. Soc.

Bot. Fr. 36: 177. 1889, syn. fide Grolle (1962). Leioscyphus antil-

lanus (Carring. & Spruce) Steph. Bull. Herb. Boissier II. 6 (3):

219. 1906 (=Spec. Hep. 3: 19). Anomylia antillana (Carring. &

Spruce) Schust. Am. Midi. Nat. 62: 53. 1959. Original material:

Guadeloupe, Perrottet (MANCH)-cited in Grolle (1962).

Remarks. — See remarks in Paton (1967) and Grolle (1969a).

Ecology. — Climax evergreen Nothofagus forest, where it occurred

on bark among Hepaticae, the lichens Menegazzia wilsonii and

Pseudocyphelaria flavicans and the filmy fernSerpyllopsis.

Phytogeography. — Widespread and largely oceanic in distribu-

tion. Tristan da Cunha (650 m.) Patagonian Channels north to

44° 40' S. in the Valdivian region, Juan Fernandez (1,370 m. on

Mas Afuera), Colombia (3,300 m.), Venezuela, British Guiana (Mt.

Roraima), West Indies, North America (1,725-2,200 m. in the

southern Appalachians), Azores (1,400 m.), and British Isles.

Brunswick Peninsula Specimens Seen. — PUERTO GALLANT

REGION: B. Fortescue (5954, 5976 & 5983).

Leptoscyphus expansus (Lehm.) Grolle

Jungermannia expansa Lehm. Linnaea 4: 361. 1829. Chiloscyphus

expansus (Lehm.) Nees in G. L. & N. Syn. Hep. 179. 1845. Mylia

expansa (Lehm.) S. Arnell, Bot. Notiser 108: 310. 1955. Leptoscy-

phus expansus (Lehm.) Grolle, Nova Acta Leopoldina 25 (161):

60. 1962. Original material: South Africa, Cape Prov., Table Mt.,

Ecklon (W)-cited in Grolle (1962); Devils Peak, Ecklon (non

vidi).

Plagiochila chiloscyphoides Lindenb. in Lehm. Nov. Minus Cog.

178 FIELDIANA: BOTANY, VOLUME 41

Stir. Pug. 8: 4. 1844, syn. fide Grolle (1962). Leptoscyphus chilos-

cyphoides (Lindenb.) Gott. Bot. Ztg. 16 (supplement): 33. 1858.

Leioscyphus chiloscyphoides (Lindenb.) Mitt, in Hook. f. Bot.

Ant. Voy. 3: 225. 1859. Mylia chiloscyphoidea (Lindenb.) Evans,

Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 25: 426. 1898. Original material: Chile,

Prov. Magallanes, Strait of Magellan, Jacquinot 59a (P)-cited in

Grolle (1962).

Plagiochila gottscheana Lindenb. in Lehm. Nov. Minus Cog. Stir.

Pug. 8: 2. 1844, syn. fide Arnell (1955). Leptoscyphus gotts-

cheanus (Lindenb.) Gott. Bot. Ztg. 16 (supplement) 33. 1858.

Leioscyphus gottseheanus (Lindenb.) Steph. Bull. Herb. Boissier

II. 6 (3): 227. 1906 (=Spec. Hep. 3: 27). Original material: South

Africa, Cape Prov., "Promontario Bonae Spei," Ecklon (non vidi).

Jungermannia reclinans Hook. f. & Tayl. Lond. J. Bot. 3: 470.

1844, syn. cf. Stephani (1906). Lophocolea reclinans (Hook. f. &

Tayl.) G. L. & N. Syn. Hep. 700. 1847. Leptoscyphus reclinans

(Hook. f. & Tayl.) Mitt. Hooker's J. Bot. Kew Gdn. Misc. 3: 358.

1851. Lectotype1 (nov.): Falkland Is., Hooker (NY!).

Jungermannia fuscovirens Hook. f. & Tayl. Lond. J. Bot. 3: 474.

1844, syn. fide Grolle (1962). Chiloscyphus fuscovirens (Hook. f.

& Tayl.) G. L. & N. Syn. Hep. 189. 1845. Lophocolea fuscovirens

(Hook. f. & Tayl.) Mitt, in Hook. f. Bot. Ant. Voy. 3: 226. 1859.

Leioscyphus fuscovirens (Hook. f. & Tayl.) Steph. Bull. Herb.

Boissier II. 6 (3): 226. 1906 (=Spec. Hep. 3: 26). Mylia fuscovirens

(Hook. f. & Tayl.) Herz. in Skottsberg, Nat. Hist. Juan Fernan-

dez, Easter Is. 2: 714. 1942. Lectotype (nov.): Chile, Prov. Magal-

lanes, I. Hermite, Hooker s.n. (FH!-c. sporo.).

Chiloscyphus huidobroanus Mont. Annls. Sci. Nat. III. 4: 352.

1845, syn. fide Grolle (1962). Leioscyphus huidobroanus (Mont.)

Steph. Bull. Herb. Boissier II. 6 (3): 228. 1906 (=Spec. Hep. 3:

28). Original material: Southern Chile, Gay s.n. (P, S)-cited in

Grolle (1962).

Jungermannia obscura Angstr. Ofvers. K. VetenskAkad. Forh. 29

(4): 11. 1872, syn. fide Grolle (1962) non J. obscura Sw. Flora

Ind. Occid. 3: 1869. 1806. (=Frullania sp.). Mylia obscura

(Angstr.) Trev. Memorie 1st. Lomb. Sci. Lett. III. 4: 412. 1877.

Grolle (1962, p. 65) states that "Teil von Holotypus" was collected on I. Cabo de

Hornos. The original material, however, is from the Falkland Islands and was

collected by J. D. Hooker.

ENGEL: BRUNSWICK PENINSULA 179

Leioscyphus obscurus (Angstr.) Steph. Wiss. Ergebn. Schwed.

Siidpolarexped. 4 (1): 5. 1905. Leptoscyphus obscurus (Angstr.)

Kiihnem. Revta Cent. Estud. Doct. Cienc. Nat., B. Aires 1: 176.

1937. Original material: Chile, Prov. Magallanes, Pto. del

Hambre, Andersson (non vidi).

Leioscyphus iversenii Pears. Christ. Vidensk.-Selsk. Forhandl. 9:

12. 1888, syn. fide Grolle (1962). Leptoscyphus iversenii (Pears.)

Sim, Trans. R. Soc. S. Afr. 15: 104. 1926. Mylia iversenii (Pears.)

S. Arnell, Bot. Notiser 108: 310. 1955. Lectotype (cf. Grolle,

1962): South Africa, Cape Prov., Knysna, Iversen s.n. (MANCH-

non vidi).

Lophocolea inconspicua Mitt. J. Linn. Soc. 15: 64. 1876, syn. fide

Grolle (1962). Original material: Tristan da Cunha, (?) Moseley

(NY)-cited in Grolle (1962).

Chiloscyphus ankefinensis Gott. in Steph. Bull. Herb. Boissier II. 7

(10): 852. 1907 (=Spec. Hep. 3: 224), syn. fide Grolle (1962).

Lectotype (cf. Grolle, 1962): Madagascar, South Betsileo, 1891,

Hildebrandt s.n. (G-non vidi).

Chiloscyphus lobatus Steph. Bull. Herb. Boissier II. 8 (2): 140. 1908

(=Spec. Hep. 3: 256), syn. fide Grolle (1962). Heteroscyphus loba-

tus (Steph.) Kiihnem. Lilloa 19: 333. 1949. Original material:

Chile, Prov. Magallanes, I. Descolacion, Pto. Angosto, Dusen 376

(FH!-c. per.).

Lophocolea dura Steph. K. Svenska VetenskAkad. Handl. 46 (9):

43. f. 16 a-d. 1911, syn. fide Grolle (1962). Original material:

Chile, Prov. Magallanes, Canal Gajardo, Cta. Inga, 1908, Halle

& Skottsberg s.n. (UPS)— cited in Grolle (1962).

Chiloscyphus difficilis Steph. in Herz. Biblthca Bot. 87: 222. 1916,

syn. fide Grolle (1962). Original material: Bolivia, above Camar-

apa, ca. 2,600 m., 1911, Herzog, s.n. (M)-cited in Grolle (1962).

Lophocolea subretusa Pears. Bull. Roy. Bot. Gard. Kew 1922: 251. 1

pi. 1922, syn. nov. Holotype: Falkland Is., Tyssen Islands, Janu-

ary 1868, Cunningham 106 (BM!).

Lejoscyphus (sic) antarcticus Mass. Atti 1st. Veneto Sci. 87: 229.

1927, syn. fide Grolle (1962).1 Original material: Argentina,

Terr. Tierra del Fuego, I de los Estados and Chile, Prov. Magal-

lanes, I. Burnt, Spegazzini (non vidi).

'Grolle (1962) erroneously lists Lejoscyphus (sic) magellanicus Mass. Atti 1st.

Veneto Sci. 87: 229. 1927 as a synonym of Leptoscyphus expansus.

180 FIELDIANA: BOTANY, VOLUME 41

Plagiochila knysnana S. Arnell, Revue Bryol. Lichen. 23: 179. f. 6.

1954, syn. fide Grolle (1962). Original material: South Africa,

Cape Prov., Knysna, Gouna forest, 1951, Arnell 1760 (S)-cited in

Grolle (1962).

Remarks. — There is a form of Leptoscyphus expansus which is

not of infrequent occurrence, is often light green, has subrectangu-

lar leaves, and leaf apices obliquely or transversely truncate to

emarginate. The leaves are often distant in this form, and when

such plants are sterile, they may offer confusion with Lophocolea

sabuletorum. The two taxa may be distinguished as follows. Leptos-

cyphus expansus has a) underleaves bifid nearly to the base; b)

segments setaceous; and c) a capacity for development of a

brownish-reddish pigmentation. Lophocolea sabuletorum has a)

underleaves bifid usually to ca. one-half; b) segments triangular;

and c) no secondary pigment development, with plants consistently

light green. If present, either androecia or gynoecia will serve to

distinguish the taxa. The antheridial stalk cells are in two rows in

Leptoscyphus expansus and in a single row in Lophocolea sabuleto-

rum. The perianths of Leptoscyphus expansus are laterally com-

pressed while those of L. sabuletorum are trigonous.

Pearson (1922, Bull. Roy. Bot. Gard. Kew 1922: 248-253. 1922)

described a new species, Lophocolea subretusa, based upon a speci-

men collected in 1868 by Cunningham in the Falkland Islands and

named by Stephani as Lophocolea humilis. The outside of the

packet of the holotype specimen (BM) neither bears the name Lo-

phocolea subretusa nor an indication that Pearson saw the collec-

tion. However, within the packet there is a small blue slip of paper

labeled "Lophocolea subretusa n. sp. Pearson M. S."

Ecology. — Very common in the deciduous and drier regions of the

evergreen forests. On soil, rotted logs (often in pure, compact mats

covering extensive areas), and stumps and only rarely on tree

bark. Rare in the wetter evergreen forests and then only on coastal

rocks and in climax forests (it is absent from the evergreen forest

"bryophyte rich facies.") Also in the steppe region of the peninsular

neck.

The above-mentioned coastal rocks (Pto. Cutter) received fresh

water from rain and forest run-off, with salt water influence mini-

mal here. However, the species is able to grow in tidal zone regions

[see Engel & Schuster, 1973].

ENGEL: BRUNSWICK PENINSULA 181

Phytogeography . — Amphiatl antic temperate; lies de Kerguelen,

lies Crozet, Marion Island, Prince Edward Island, the Mascarenes,

Madagascar, South Africa, Natal, Tristan da Cunha, Gough Island,

South Georgia, Falkland Islands, Tierra del Fuego, Patagonian

Channels, the Valdivian region (West Patagonia north to 36°43' S.,

Andean Patagonia at P. N. Nahuel Huapi, East Patagonia in Prov.

Cordoba), Juan Fernandez, central Chile, and Bolivian Andes

(2,600 m.) (see pi. 16).

Literature Records. — Anonymous- Strait of Magellan (Kiihnn-

emann, 1949 as Lophocolea fuscovirens and Plagiochila chiloscy-

phoides; Bonner, 1963 as Chiloscyphus fuscovirens, Leptoscyphus

obscurus, Lophocolea fuscovirens, and Plagiochila chiloscyphoides);

Andersson-Strait of Magellan (Stephani, 1906 as Leioscyphus ob-

scurus)', Dumont d'Urville-Pto. Gallant (G.L. & N., 1847 as Plagi-

ochila chiloscyphoides), Strait of Magellan (Bonner, 1962 as P. chi-

loscyphoides); Dusen-Punta Arenas (Stephani, 1900 as Lophocolea

fuscovirens), Cabo Froward (Stephani, 190 la as Lophocolea fuscovi-

rens), Strait of Magellan (Stephani, 1906 as Lophocolea fuscovi-

rens); Jacquinot-Pto. Gallant (Montagne, 1845, 1852 as P. chilos-

cyphoides, G.L. & N., 1847 as P. chiloscyphoides), Strait of Magel-

lan (Stephani, 1906 as Leioscyphus chiloscyphoides; Grolle, 1962);

Santesson-Tres Puentes (Arnell, 1955 as Chiloscyphus lobatus and

Mylia fuscovirens); Skottsberg & Halle-Pio. Pomar, Pto. Cutter

and R. de las Minas (Stephani, 1911 as Leioscyphus chiloscy-

phoides), R. de las Minas, Pto. Pomar (Grolle, 1962), R. de las

Minas (Stephani, 1911 as Lophocolea fuscovirens) .

Brunswick Peninsula Specimens Seen. — Strait of Magellan, with-

out specific locality, Dumont d'Urville as Chiloscyphus amphibolius

(PC). CHABUNCO REGION: Headland at Cabo Negro, Ostafichuk

1245-c. per., 1249-c. sporo., 1250-c. per., 1251-c. per. (MSC).

PUNTA ARENAS REGION: Punta Arenas, Charcot Exped. 30 as

Chiloscyphus magellanicus (PC-c. per. -(-sporo.); ibid., Thaxter 27,

50 (MICH); near Mina Loreto, 9 December 1903, Scott Elliot 115 as

Leioscyphus aequatus (G-c. per.); near R. de las Minas, 20 Febru-

ary 1908, Halle & Skottsberg 203 as Lophocolea fuscovirens (S-PA-

c. per.). E. of Mina Loreto on S. side of R. de las Minas, ca. 215 m.

(1881 A-c. per., 1883-c. per.+ d, 1886 B-c. per.+ d, 1891-c. per.,

7897 B-c. young per., 1904-c. per.+ d, 1905-c. per., 1909-c. per.,

1912-c. per., 1913-c. per., 1915-c. per., 1926-c. per., 1930-c. per.,

1937-c. 6), Imshaug 38860, 38864-c. per. & 38881 (MSC); ridge

above refugio (Club Andino), 8 km W. of Punta Arenas, 305-610 m.

182 FIELDIANA: BOTANY, VOLUME 41

(1940-c. per., 1946 A, 1951-c. per., 1963, 1975-c. per. & 1983-c.

per.), Imshaug 39008 (MSC). RIO TRES BRAZOS REGION: Pla-

teau above R. Tres Brazos at road crossing, ca. 160 m., Ostafichuk

1342-c. sporo., 1349A-C. per. (MSC). RIO COLORADO REGION:

Between R. Amarillo and R. Colorado, 3 June 1908, Halle 183 as

Lophocolea aequifolia (S-PA-c. per.). SENO OTWAY REGION: B.

Camden (2001 A-c. per.,2003-c. per.+ 8,2011-c. per.+ 8,2021-c.

per., 2024-c. per., 2025 B); E. of Canelos and just W. of Ch. La

Quema (2067-c. per.+ d). LAGUNO EL PARRILLAR: Just E. of

lake, ca. 365 m. (2069-c. per., 2070-c. per., & 2085-c. per.).

PUERTO DEL HAMBRE REGION: Fuerte Bulnes, Pta. Santa Ana

(1803 B, 1825-c. per. + sporo., 1840-c. per.+ 8, 1843-c. per., 1849 B

— c. 8, 1852-c. per.+ 8 & 1854}; near Fuerte Bulnes, Hatcher 1-9,

2-9, 6-12, 7-7, 8-1, 8-5, 8-7, 9-3, 9-7 (UW-M); N. side of R. San Juan,

1 km. from straits, Imshaug 38813 & 38819 (MSC). PUERTO SAN

ISIDRO: 12 February 1929, Roivainen 335 (H-c. per.); 13 February

1929, Roivainen 1281 as Mylia maculata (H-c. c?+young per.).

BAHIA SAN NICOLAS REGION: W. side of bay (6313 A-c.

per.+cap.+ 8, 6318-c. 8, 6331-c. per.); mature forest on W. side of

bay (6335-c. per., & 6342 C-c. per.); E. side of bay (6394 B); sea

cliffs with forest above southeast end of I. Nassau near Pta. Sta.

Brigada, Imshaug 45439 B (MSC-c. per. + sporo. + 8); ridge be-

tween B. Bougainville and B. San Nicolas, ca. 155 m. (6448-c.

per.). PUERTO GALLANT REGION: B. Fortescue (5963-c. per. &

5979 A-c. per.). RADA YORK: Lechler 1300 (NY). PUERTO CUT-

TER REGION: At copper mine (2280 & 2293 B-c. per.). PUERTO

POMAR: 14 April 1908, Halle & Skottsberg 182 as Lophocolea

abnormis (S-PA).

Leptoscyphus horizontalis (Hook.) Herz.

Jungermannia horizontalis Hook. Musci Exot. 1: pi. 96. f. 1-7.

1818. Chiloscyphus horizontalis (Hook.) Dum. Recueil Obs. Jun-

germ. 19. 1835. Lophocolea horizontalis (Hook.) Evans, Bull.

Torrey Bot. Club 25: 421. 1898. Leioscyphus horizontalis (Hook.)

Steph. Wiss. Ergebn. Schwed. Siidpolarexped. 4 (1): 5. 1905. My-

lia horizontalis (Hook.) Kiihnem. Lilloa 19: 341. 1949. Leptoscy-

phus horizontalis (Hook.) Herz. Geogr. Moose p. 195, 377. 1926.

Original material: Argentina, Terr. Tierra del Fuego, I. de los

Estados, Menzies (FH!, S)-cited in Grolle (1962).

Jungermannia grandifolia Hook. f. & Tayl. Lond. J. Bot. 3: 474.

1844, syn. fide Stephani (1893) non J. grandifolia (Berggr.)

ENGEL: BRUNSWICK PENINSULA 183

Hodg. Trans. R. Soc. N. Z. 85: 582. 1958. Chiloscyphus grandifol-

ius (Hook. f. & Tayl.) G. L. & N. Syn. Hep. 185. 1845. Lectotype

(nov.): Chile, Prov. Magallanes, I. Hermite, Hooker (FH!).

Lophocolea concava Steph. Bih. K. Svenska VetenskAkad. Handl.

26 (III, 6): 36. 1900, syn. fide Grolle (1962). Type (according to

Stephani's correction in Spec. Hep. 3: 59): Chile, Prov. Magal-

lanes, R. Azopardo, Dusen 43 (S-PA, UPS, W)— cited in Grolle

(1962, p. 44).

Ecology. — Only within the evergreen forested regions; rather

common in the "bryophyte rich facies" where it occurs at the bases,

sides, and apices of bryophyte mounds as well as in shaded, wet

depressions of the floor. Also on rotted branches and logs and on

soil in mature forests.

Phytogeography. — Tierra del Fuego, Patagonian Channels, and

Valdivian region north to 40°58' S. (665 m.).

Literature Records. — Anonymous- Strait of Magellan (Bonner,

1963 as Chiloscyphus, Stephani, 1906 as Leioscyphus); Andersson-

Pto. del Hambre (Angstrom, 1872 as Jungermannia grandiflora);

Lechler-Rada York (Grolle, 1962); Savatier-Pto. Gallant (Bescher-

elle & Massalongo, 1889 as Chiloscyphus [?] grandifolius)', Skotts-

berg & Halle-R. de las Minas (Stephani, 1911 as Lophocolea conca-

va), Pto. Cutter (Stephani, 1911 as Lophocolea).

Brunswick Peninsula Specimens Seen. — Strait of Magellan, with-

out specific locality, 1868, Dow s. n. (NY); ibid., Lechler (S-PA);

ibid., February 1861, Megere as Jungermannia involutifolia (F);

ibid., February 1861, Nadaud (F). BAHIA SAN NICOLAS RE-

GION: W. side of bay (6353 B & 6366 C). PUERTO GALLANT

REGION: B. Fortescue (5957 B); Pto. Gallant, sin. coll. (NY-c.

per.); NE side of Pto. Gallant (6029 C-c. 6, 6031 & 6064 B). RADA

YORK: Lechler as Chiloscyphus grandifolius (S-PA). PUERTO

CUTTER REGION: Between copper mine and river S. of mine

(2148-c. 6, 2167 B, 2171 B & 2175 C); slightly W. of copper mine

(2240 B, 2259-c. per.+ c?).

Leptoscyphus patagonicus (Steph.) Grolle

Leioscyphus patagonicus Steph. K. Svenska VetenskAkad. Handl.

46 (9): 38. f. 14 c. 1911. Mylia patagonica (Steph.) S. Arnell,

Svensk Bot. Tidskr. 49: 237. 1955, nom illeg. Leptoscyphus pata-

gonicus (Steph.) Grolle, Nova Acta Leopoldina 25 (161): 59. 1962.

184 FIELDIANA: BOTANY, VOLUME 41

Original material: Chile, Prov. Magallanes, S. Skyring, Esto.

Excelsior, 1908, Halle & Skottsberg (S, UPS)-cited in Grolle

(1962).

Lophocolea aromatica Steph. K. Svenska VetenskAkad. Handl. 46

(9): 39. f. 15 b, c. 1911, syn. fide Grolle (1962). Original material:

Juan Fernandez, Mas Afuera, 1909, Skottsberg s. n. (UPS)-cited

in Grolle (1962).

Phytogeography. — Falkland Islands, I. de los Estados and I.

Grande de Tierra del Fuego, southern Patagonian Channels

(Brunswick Peninsula and S. Skyring region), Valdivian region

(44° 19' S. in West Patagonia), and Juan Fernandez; not reported

from Andean Patagonia.

Literature Record. — Skottsberg & Halle-Pio. Cutter (Grolle,

1962).

Brunswick Peninsula Specimens Seen. — Strait of Magellan, with-

out specific locality, Cunningham as Lophocolea recurvula (NY);

ibid., sin. coll. (NY). PUERTO GALLANT REGION: NE side of

Pto. Gallant (6004 A-c. per.+ tf). PUERTO CUTTER REGION:

Pto. Cutter, 13 April 1908, Halle & Skottsberg 195 as Lophocolea

cunninghamii (UPS); at copper mine (2267).

Leptoscyphus SPECIES EXCLUDED FROM THE BRUNSWICK PENINSULA

1. Leptoscyphus amphibolius (Nees) Grolle

Jungermannia amphibolia Nees in Martius, Fl. Bras, seu Enum.

PI. 1 (1): 334. 1833. Lophocolea amphibolia (Nees) Nees & Mont.

Annls. Sci. Nat. II. 5: 56. 1836. Chiloscyphus amphibolius (Nees)

Nees in G. L. & N. Syn. Hep. 178. 1845. Heteroscyphus amphibol-

ius (Nees) Schiffn. Ost. Bot. Z. 60: 172. 1910. Leptoscyphus am-

phibolius (Nees) Grolle, Nova Acta Leopoldina 25 (161): 54.

1962. Original material: Brazil, "In Districtu Adamantam," Mar-

tius (S-PA, W)-cited in Grolle (1962).

Reported for the Strait of Magellan (without specific locality) by

Montagne (1845 as Chiloscyphus) followed by Kiihnemann (1937

as Chiloscyphus and 1949 as Heteroscyphus) in his catalogues. I

have seen a specimen from PC labeled "Chiloscyphus amphibolius

Nees, Magellan, d'Urville" which is actually Leptoscyphus expan-

sus (Lehm.) Grolle. Leptoscyphus amphibolius, according to Grolle

(1962), is restricted to the Neotropics.

ENGEL: BRUNSWICK PENINSULA 185

LOPHOCOLEA

(Bum.) Bum. Recueil Obs. Jungerm. 17. 1835. Jungermannia sect.

Lophocolea Bum. Syll. Jungerm. 59. 1831.

KEY TO THE BRUNSWICK PENINSULA SPECIES OF Lophocolea

1. Leaves consistently bifid 2

1. Leaves (well developed) entire, emarginate or 1-dentate 8

2. Leaf lobes and marginal teeth caducous, often giving leaf apices a ragged

appearance; leaves often with accessory teeth and laciniae; leaf margins en-

tire to highly dentate. Underleaves deeply bifid, with margins 1-laciniate,

and lobes spreading; perianths twice as long as broad; a margin of innermost

bract to 8-dentate-laciniate; plants dioecious . . . [Leptophyllopsis irregularis]

2. Leaf lobes and marginal teeth, if present, persistent, leaf apices never with a

ragged appearance; leaves not with accessory teeth and laciniae; leaf margins

entire to 1-dentate 3

3. Leaves bifid to one-half, leaf segments frequently canaliculate. Leaf segments

very wide triangular, widely divergent; perianth wings dentate-laciniate

L. divaricata

3. Leaves bidentate or bifid to at most one-third, leaf segments plane, never canal-

iculate 4

4. Underleaves connate with the leaves on both sides. Leaves symmetrically

ovate or nearly so to subrectangular in shape, the sinus truncate or lunate

L. sylvatica

4. Underleaves connate on only one side or completely free 5

5. Dorsal and ventral leaf surfaces with spines L. muricata

5. Dorsal and ventral leaf surfaces smooth 6

6. Median leaf cells (46-)52-91 p. x 33-65 /n; perianth terete or obscurely trian-

gular below. Dorsal leaf margin straight or nearly so, entire, ventral margin

rounded, especially toward the apex, entire- 1-dentate; Underleaves elongate-

ovate in shape, as wide as or slightly wider than stem, connate on one side

L. textilis

6. Median leaf cells 17-48C-52) /x x 20-43 /u; perianth triangular below 7

7. Leaf segments ending in a uniseriate row of 1-6 cells, segments narrow to

broadly triangular. Underleaf margins entire- 1-dentate or occasionally ciliate-

small laciniate; plants monoecious L. lento,

1. Leaf segments ending in a uniseriate row of 4-15 cells, segments piliferous.

Underleaves deeply bifid, margins usually with a single long lacinia-lobe; per-

ianths 3.6-5.3 x longer than broad; perianth lobes narrowly triangular, den-

tate-laciniate; margins of innermost bracts entire-3 dentate; plants monoecious

L. leptantha

8. Leaves connate dorsally; ventral-basal leaf portion expanded and broad auri-

culate. Leaves wide-reniform in shape; underleaves free, never connate, ap-

ices truncate to retuse L. otiphylla

8. Leaves not connate dorsally; ventral-basal leaf portion not expanded or auri-

culate, or if expanded as in L. elata, then with underleaves bifid to over one-

half . . , . 9

186 FIELDIANA: BOTANY, VOLUME 41

9. Underleaves bifid to ca. one-half or more (rarely to only one-third), plane,

underleaf margins entire-4 dentate-laciniate; leaf apices variable, i.e., broadly

rounded to truncate to emarginate 10

9. Underleaves retuse, 1-dentate, or entire, never bifid to one-half, frequently con-

vex to ± canaliculate; underleaf margins entire; leaf apices entire to 1-dentate

11

10. Leaves expanded near ventral base and here often reflexed; leaf apices

broadly rounded, never retuse; underleaves one-half stem width to as wide as

stem. Underleaf segments often differing in size and configuration; stems

thick, fleshy L. elata

10. Leaves not expanded near ventral base; leaf apices variable, broadly rounded

to truncate to retuse to emarginate to 1- or bidentate; underleaves as wide as

to 1.5 x stem width. Underleaf margins entire-2-dentate-small laciniate

L. sabuletorum

11. Leaf apices entire; underleaves connate on one side; plants clearly anisophyl-

lous. Underleaves entire, strongly convex (recurved) to canaliculate, apices en-

tire to bidentate to retuse L. austrigena

11. Leaf apices one dentate; underleaves free, not connate with the leaves; plants

isophyllous or nearly so. Leaves transversely oriented; underleaf apices 1

toothed, margins extremely long decurrent L. gottscheoides

Lophocolea austrigena (Hook. f. & Tayl.) G. L. & N.

Jungermannia austrigena Hook. f. & Tayl. Lond. J. Bot. 3: 466.

1844. Lophocolea austrigena (Hook. f. & Tayl.) G. L. & N. Syn.

Hep. 702. 1847. Original material: Chile, Prov. Magallanes, I.

Hermite, Hooker s. n. (BM!-c. per., NY!-c. per., S-PA!, W-cited

in Grolle, 1962).

Jungermannia cavispina Hook. f. & Tayl. Lond. J. Bot. 3: 463.

1844, syn. fide Stephani (1906). Lectotype (nov.): Falkland Is.,

1843, Hookers, n. (FH!).

Lophocolea triseriata Steph. Bih. K. Svenska VetenskAkad. Handl.

26 (III, 6): 45. 1900, syn. nov. Original material: Chile, Prov.

Aisen, R. Aisen Valley, 13 January l897,Dusen s. n. (NY!, S-PA!

-c. per., UPS!).

Leioscyphus grandistipus Steph. K. Svenska VetenskAkad. Handl.

46 (9): 37. f. 13 c, d. 1911, syn. fide Grolle (1962). Leptoscyphus

grandistipus (Steph.) Kiihnem. Revta. Cent. Estud. Doct. Cienc.

Nat., B. Aires 1: 176. 1937. Mylia grandistipa (Steph.) Kiihnem.

Lilloa 19: 341. 1949. Lectotype (nov.): Falkland Is., Hornby Mts.,

19 December 1907, Skottsberg 346 (S-PA!).

Lophocolea falklandica Steph. K. Svenska VetenskAkad. Handl. 46

(9): 44. f. 16 e. 1911, syn. fide Grolle (1962). Lectotype (nov.):

ENGEL: BRUNSWICK PENINSULA 187

Falkland Is., Westpoint Is., 8 December 1907, Skottsberg 351 (S-

PA!-c. rf).

Remarks. — It appears that Stephani did not have a concept of

Lophocolea austrigena. The 1896 Dusen collections of L. austrigena

were published in Stephani (1900) as L. gottscheoides and a new

species, L. triseriata, which is here treated as a new synonym of L.

austrigena. The 1897 Dusen collections of L. austrigena were pub-

lished in Stephani (190 la) as L. otiphylla and L. triseriata. All

observed 1903 Skottsberg collections determined by Stephani (and

published in Stephani, 1905) as L. austrigena from I. de los Esta-

dos, Pto. Cook are specimens of Clasmatocolea humilis. In the same

publication, the 1902 Skottsberg Falkland Island collections of L.

austrigena are specimens of Clasmatocolea humilis andC. vermicu-

laris. In addition, Leioscyphus grandistipus, published as a new

species in Stephani (1911), is a synonym ofL. austrigena.

Lophocolea austrigena shows some relationships to L. gotts-

cheoides. Lophocolea austrigena is distinct with a) entire leaf api-

ces; b) underleaves connate on one side; and c) clearly anisophyl-

lous plants. Lophocolea gottscheoides has a) leaf apices one dentate;

b) underleaves not connate at the base; and c) plants isophyllous or

nearly so.

Lophocolea austrigena is related to L. boveana. The two should

not be confused, however, as L. austrigena has a) leaves broader

than long; b) leaf apices broadly rounded (rarely transversely trun-

cate); and c) perianths exserted far beyond bracts. Lophocolea bo-

veana has a) leaves longer than broad; b) leaf apices narrowly

rounded (rarely obliquely truncate), and c) perianths only slightly

exserted beyond bracts.

This species is a close relative of the rather rare L. patulistipa.

The two may be separable by underleaf characters. Lophocolea aus-

trigena has entire underleaves with apices entire to bidentate to

retuse, while L. patulistipa has underleaf margins often one den-

tate, with apices bifid to one-third. The latter taxon has under-

leaves often short bifid, but never bidentate or entire.

Lophocolea austrigena is quite variable, and there are several

forms exhibited by this taxon. One form is that of short, stiff plants

with the free underleaf margin only short decurrent. In this form

the ventral leaf margins are often constricted, producing leaves

that appear transversely oriented. A second form, which is quite

different in appearance, is characterized by elongate plants which

188 FIELDIANA: BOTANY, VOLUME 41

are flaccid in texture, and dorsal leaf margins plus free underleaf

margins that are very long decurrent. This form is characteristic of

several of the syntypes ofL. triseriata and of the lectotype ofLeios-

cyphus grandistipulus. I do not regard these forms as being taxo-

nomically significant, as they are connected by numerous interme-

diates and are part of the continuum of variation ofL. austrigena.

Ecology. — Not uncommon in the Patagonian Channels, but unex-

pectedly rare in the Brunswick Peninsula.

Phytogeography. — Falkland Islands, Tierra del Fuego, the Pata-

gonian Channels, the Valdivian region (north to 39°52' S.), Tristan

da Cunha, and Inaccessible Island.

There have been no authentic reports from Andean Patagonia;

the report in Stephani (1911) from Est. Miguens is based upon a

specimen of Clasmatocolea vermicularis. The reports from the New

Zealand sector require confirmation.

Brunswick Peninsula Specimens Seen. — PUERTO DEL

HAMBRE REGION: Near Fuerte Bulnes, Hatcher 1-10 (UW-M).

PUERTO CUTTER REGION: Between copper mine and river S. of

mine (2754-c. 6).

Lophocolea divaricate Hook. f. & Tayl.

Lophocolea divaricata Hook. f. & Tayl. Lond. J. Bot. 5: 367. 1846

non L. divaricata Herz. Archos Esc. Farm. Cordoba 7: 19. 1938.

Jungermannia divaricata (Hook. f. & Tayl.) Hook. f. & Tayl. in

Hook. f. Bot. Ant. Voy. 1: 437. 1847 non J. divaricata Sm. in

Sowerby, Engl. Bot. 10: 719. 1800 ( =Cephaloziella) nonJ. divari-

cata Nees, Enum. Plant. Crypt. Javae ... p. 60. 1830 (cf. Acro-

mastigum). Original material: Chile, Prov. Magallanes, I. Her-

mite, Hooker (NY!).

Ecology. — Rare in the Brunswick Peninsula as well as southern

South America. I found it only once, on soil of coastal rocks under

Libocedrus cover in the wet western end of the peninsula. The salt

water influence of these coastal rocks was minimal.

Phytogeography. — Falkland Islands, Tierra del Fuego, Pata-

gonian Channels (Brunswick Peninsula), and the Valdivian region

(45°17' S., 73°43' W.).

Brunswick Peninsula Specimen Seen.— PUERTO CUTTER RE-

GION: At copper mine (2293 C-c. per.)

ENGEL: BRUNSWICK PENINSULA 189

Lophocolea elata (Gott.) Steph.

Jungermannia elata Gott. Ergebn. Dt. Pol.-Exped. 2 (16): 450. pi. 7,

f. 3-6. 1890. Lophocolea elata (Gott.) Steph. Wiss. Ergebn.

Schwed. Siidpolarexped. 4 (1): 7. 1905. Original material: South

Georgia, 1882, Will-non uidi.

Remarks. — Lophocolea elata is highly distinctive and should not

be confused with any other hepatic. The following, when observed

as an ensemble of characters, will serve to distinguish the taxon.

The leaves are large, entire, broadly rounded at the apex, and are

expanded £lnd often reflexed near the ventral base. The under-

leaves are often abruptly recurved and are polymorphous with re-

gard to size, configuration, and insertion, which may be transverse

or oblique. The apices are bifid to ca. one-half to often nearly to the

base with the segments apiculate, long triangular or long acumi-

nate, and often conspicuously differing in size and/or configuration.

Frequently, one segment may be reduced to a tooth while the other

is large and lobelike. I have not observed reproductive structures.

Lophocolea elata has been confused with Saccogynidium vascu-

losum, but the taxa may be differentiated with the former having

a) a smooth leaf cuticle; b) leaf apices very broadly rounded; and c)

median leaf cells 22-49 /a long. Saccogynidium vasculosum has a) a

finely papillose leaf cuticle; b) leaf apices usually broadly rounded;

and c) median leaf cells 42-60 ^ long.

Grolle (1972b) lectotypifies Jungermannia elata and treats Lo-

phocolea elata as a synonym of Leptoscyphus expansus.

Phytogeography. — South Georgia, Falkland Islands, I. Grande de

Tierra del Fuego, and southern Patagonian Channels (Brunswick

Peninsula) (see pi. 5).

The report from Grupo Evangelistas in Stephani (1911) requires

investigation.

Brunswick Peninsula Specimen Seen.— PUNTA ARENAS RE-

GION: E. of Mina Loreto on S. side of R. de las Minas, ca. 215 m.

(1902).

Lophocolea gottscheoides Besch. & Mass.

Lophocolea? gottscheoides Besch. & Mass. Bull. Mens. Soc. Linn.

Paris 1 (79): 631. 1866. Original material: Chile, Prov. Magal-

lanes, I. Hermite, Hariot (non uidi).

Lophocolea apiculata Evans, Contr. U.S. Natn. Herb. 1: 140. pi. 15,

190 FIELDIANA: BOTANY, VOLUME 41

f. 1-10. 1892, syn. nov. Original material: Chile, Prov. Magal-

lanes, I. Desolacion, Pto. Churruca, 2 February 1888, Albatross

(F!NY!).

Ecology. — Sporadic in evergreen forested region, nowhere very

common. I found it on soil in forested areas, sometimes on stream

banks.

Phytogeography. — Tierra del Fuego, Patagonian Channels, and

north to 36°50' S. in the Valdivian region.

Brunswick Peninsula Specimens Seen. — Strait of Magellan, with-

out specific locality, sin. coll., ex hb. Husnot (FH). BAHIA SAN

NICOLAS REGION: W. side of bay (6368 B & 6372). PUERTO

GALLANT REGION: NE side of Pto. Gallant (6057 A). PUERTO

CUTTER REGION: Base of M. Condor (2322, 2323 B & 2326).

Lophocolea lenta (Hook. f. & Tayl.) G. L. & N.

Jungermannia lenta Hook. f. & Tayl. Lond. J. Bot. 3: 379. 1844.

Lophocolea lenta (Hook. f. & Tayl.) G. L. & N. Syn Hep. 162.

1845. Original material: Auckland Is., Hooker (non uidi).

Jungermannia secundifolia Hook. f. & Tayl. Lond. J. Bot. 3: 471.

1844, syn. fide Mitten (1855). Lophocolea secundifolia (Hook. f. &

Tayl.) G. L. & N. Syn. Hep. 693. 1847. Lectotype (nov.): Falkland

Is., Hooker (FH!).

Remarks. — The Dusen specimen cited below is of interest. The

specimen is actually referrable to the L. lenta complex, as it con-

sists only of male stems, while to my knowledge, L. lenta is monoe-

cious. After further study the species may prove to be either mon-

oecious or dioecious.

The type material of Lophocolea secundifolia is monoecious. The

plants of type material are light brown in color and rather small in

size. Lophocolea secundifolia is treated as a synonym of L. lenta by

the following authors: Evans (1898), Hodgson (1943), and Mitten

(1854, p. 136).

Lophocolea lenta is related to L. leptantha, but may be separated

as follows: Lophocolea lenta has a) underleaf margins which are

entire- 1-dentate or occasionally ciliate-small laciniate and b) tri-

angular to acuminate leaf segments which are never piliferous and

which terminate in a uniseriate row of 1-6 cells. Lophocolea leptan-

tha has a) underleaf margins which have one large lacinium-lobe

and b) piliferous leaf segments which terminate in a uniseriate row

of 4-15 cells.

ENGEL: BRUNSWICK PENINSULA 191

Lophocolea lento, approaches L. bidentata, particularly in robust

forms of the former taxon, and the two may be confused, especially

if sterile plants are at hand. Lophocolea lenta is distinct with a)

plants small in size; b) leaves narrowly ovate to elliptic to subrec-

tangular in shape; and c) plants which are monoecious and which

often produce gynoecia. In L. bidentata a) the plants are robust; b)

the leaves are wide ovate in shape; and c) the plants are dioecious

and seldom produce gynoecia.

The underleaves of Lophocolea lenta exhibit considerable varia-

tion. They are frequently quite small, i.e., three-fourths the stem

width to as wide as the stem, and are usually entire margined to 1

dentate in weakly developed forms. This form was encountered on

tussock grass bases in the Falkland Islands. In more robust plants

the underleaves are ca. 1.5 as wide as the stem and have margins 1

ciliate-laciniate. The apex varies from bifid to ca. one-half to

nearly the base. The sinus is narrow to broadly rounded, and the

segments vary from directed straight forward to widely spreading.

Phytogeography. — Amphipacific; reported from the Falkland Is-

lands, Tierra del Fuego, and the Valdivian region in the American

sector and Auckland Island, Campbell Island, Snares Island, New

Zealand, Tasmania, and Australia in the New Zealand sector.

Brunswick Peninsula Specimens Seen. — PUNTA ARENAS RE-

GION: Punta Arenas, 27 June l895,Dusen s. n. asL. latissima (S-

PA). PUERTO DEL HAMBRE REGION: Puerto del Hambre, 8

October 1971, Hdssel de Menendez 3696, 3701 (BA).

Lophocolea leptantha (Hook. f. & Tayl.) G. L. & N.

Jungermannia leptantha Hook. f. & Tayl. Lond. J. Bot. 3: 471.

1844. Lophocolea leptantha (Hook. f. & Tayl.) G. L. & N. Syn.

Hep. 694. 1847. Lectotype (nov.): Chile, Prov. Magallanes, I.

Hermite,//oo&er s. n. (NY!-c. sporo.).

Jungermannia alternifolia Hook. f. & Tayl. Lond. J. Bot. 4: 83.

1845, syn. nov. Lophocolea alternifolia (Hook. f. & Tayl.) G. L. &

N. Syn. Hep. 695. 1847. Lectotype (nov.): Falkland Is. (non New

Zealand), Lyall s. n. (FH!-c. sporo.).

Lophocolea gibbosa Mont. Annls. Sci. Nat. III. 4: 351. 1845, syn.

nov. Original material: Southern Chile, without specific locality,

Gay (PC!-c. per.).

Lophocolea cunninghamii Steph. Bull. Herb. Boissier 6 (8): 652.

192 FIELDIANA: BOTANY, VOLUME 41

1906 (=Spec. Hep. 3: 68), syn. nov. Original material: Chile,

Prov. Magallanes, Pto. Eden, April 1868, Cunningham 56 (G!).

Lophocolea monoica Steph. K. Svenska VetenskAkad. Handl. 46

(9): 48. f. 19 k-p. 1911, syn. nov. Lectotype (nov.): Falkland Is.,

Port Stanley, Sapper Hill, 29 October 1907, Skottsberg s. n.

(UPS!-c. per.).

Remarks. — The lectotype material of Lophocolea leptantha is

monoecious, a critical character which was previously not reported

for the species. The perianths of L. leptantha are commonly present

and are helpful in identifying the species. Perianths are long and

narrow (3.1-)3.6-5.3 x longer than broad.

Some notes on synonymy will be documented in a future publica-

tion.

Ecology. — Rather common on soil and rotted logs in the decidu-

ous forested region and drier regions of evergreen forests. Rare in

the wetter evergreen forests and then occurs in sheets of vegeta-

tion in mature forests or on rotted logs over coastal rocks (with

only minimal salt water influence), i.e., it is totally absent from

the evergreen forest "bryophyte rich facies." Also in the steppe

region of the peninsular neck.

Phytogeography. — Falkland Islands, Tierra del Fuego, Pata-

gonian Channels, and the Valdivian region (West Patagonia to

43°54' S.).

I have not seen the specimen on which the Juan Fernandez re-

port is based, and its presence there is to be regarded as question-

able. There are no authentic reports of this species from Andean

Patagonia; the report of L. monoica from Arroyo Carbon in Ste-

phani (1911) is a misdetermination ofClasmatocolea rigens.

Literature Records. — Anonymous-Strait of Magellan (Kuhn-

emann, 1937, 1949); Andersson-Pto. del Hambre (Angstrom, 1872

as Jungermannia); Dusen-Punta Arenas (Stephani, 1900), Strait

of Magellan (Stephani, 1906); Skottsberg & Halle-Pto. Cutter (Ste-

phani, 1911 asL. cunninghamii).

Brunswick Peninsula Specimens Seen. — Strait of Magellan, with-

out specific locality, sin. coll. (NY). CABEZA DEL MAR REGION:

Just E. of Seccion Cabeza del Mar, Ostafichuk 1314 B (MSC-c.

per. -(- 6. CHABUNCO REGION: Headland at Cabo Negro, Ostafi-

chuk 1232 & 1269-c. sporo.+ <5 (MSC). PUNTA ARENAS RE-

GION: Punta Arenas, April 1882, Spegazzini 1 as L. bispinosa

ENGEL: BRUNSWICK PENINSULA 193

(NY, VER); E. of Mina Loreto on S. side of R. de las Minas, ca. 215

m. (1881 B, 1925-c. per. & 1936). RIO TRES BRAZOS REGION:

Plateau above R. Tres Brazos at road crossing, ca. 160 m., Ostafi-

chuk 1368 B (MSC-c. per.+ rf). SENO OTWAY REGION: B. Cam-

den (1993-c. per.+ tf, 1996-c. per.+ tf & 2001 B-c. per.+ <5). LA-

GUNO EL PARRILLAR: Just E. of lake, ca. 365 m. (2080).

PUERTO DEL HAMBRE REGION: Fuerte Bulnes, Pta. Santa Ana

(1808, 1820, 1831-c. per.+cap. & 1848); near Fuerte Bulnes,

Hatcher 5-8, 7-3, 8-5 & 9-4 (UW-M); N. side of R. San Juan, 1875 A

& 1878-c. per. + sporo.+ d). BAHIA SAN NICOLAS REGION: W.

side of bay (6324 A-c. sporo.). PUERTO GALLANT REGION: B.

Fortescue (5979 B); Pto. Gallant, 20 April 1896, Dusen 280 as L.

cunninghamii (G); ibid., 20 April 1896, Dusen 282 as Lophocolea

fuscovirens (S-PA). PUERTO CUTTER REGION: At copper mine

(2293 A-c. per.).

Lophocolea muricata (Lehm.) Nees

Jungermannia muricata Lehm. Linnaea 4: 363. 1829. Lophocolea

muricata (Lehm.) Nees in G. L. & N. Syn. Hep. 169. 1845. Origi-

nal material: South Africa, Cape Prov., Table Mt., Ecklon (non

vidi).

Ecology-Phytogeography. — This pan-tropical species (see map in

Grolle, 1969b) is represented by only a single Brunswick Peninsula

collection, which is the southernmost occurrence of the taxon. It

occurred on a very large rock in a Nothofagus betuloides-Drimys

forest.

Brunswick Peninsula Specimen Seen. — SENO OTWAY RE-

GION: B. Camden (2014-c. per.+ rf).

Lophocolea otiphylla (Hook. f. & Tayl.) Mitt.

Jungermannia otiphylla Hook. f. & Tayl. Lond. J. Bot. 3: 466. 1844.

Lophocolea otiphylla (Hook. f. & Tayl.) Mitt, in Hook. f. Bot. Ant.

Voy. 3: 226. 1859. Original material: Chile, Prov. Magallanes, I.

Hermite,#oofo?r (NY!, S-PA!, W-cited in Grolle, 1962).

Chiloscyphus notophylloides Mass. Nuovo G. Bot. Ital. I. 17: 230.

pi. 19, f. 17. 1885, syn. fide Bescherelle & Massalongo (1889).

Original material: Chile, Prov. Magallanes, I. Basket, June

1882, Spegazzini, (FH!, ex hb. Massalongo).

Leioscyphus oppositifolius Steph. K. Svenska VetenskAkad. Handl.

46 (9): 38. f. 13 e. 1911, syn. fide Grolle (1962). Original material:

194 FIELDIANA: BOTANY, VOLUME 41

Chile, Prov. Magallanes, Cta. Barrow, Skottsberg (S- cited in

Grolle, 1962).

Remarks. — Lophocolea otiphylla may possibly be confused with

L. austrigena, another entire-leaved member of the genus. Lopho-

colea otiphylla has widely reniform leaves which are connate dor-

sally, expanded near the ventral-basal portion, and has under-

leaves never connate with the leaves or strongly convex to canali-

culate. Lophocolea austrigena has orbicular to wide ovate leaves

which are not connate dorsally or expanded near the ventral-basal

portion, and has underleaves which are connate on one side and

often strongly convex (recurved) to canaliculate.

The ventral leaf margin plus the expanded ventral portion of the

leaf may be slightly inflexed giving the leaf an adaxial concavity.

When this occurs (as in Engel 6064 A) the plants bear a superficial

resemblance to hygrophilus forms of Clasmatocolea humilis. Lo-

phocolea otiphylla, however, may be immediately distinguished by

the dorsally connate and ventrally expanded leaves, neither of

which occur in C. humilis.

Ecology. — Within evergreen Nothofagus forests where there is

considerable moisture available, such as in wet depressions, near

streams, and on moist, shaded cliff faces.

Phytogeography. — Tierra del Fuego, Patagonian Channels, north

in Valdivian region to (?) 36°43' S. and central Chile (Valparaiso, !).

The reports in Stephani (1900) (Valdivian) are erroneous; those

from the Rio Aisen valley are misdeterminations of Lophocolea

austrigena, while those from I. Guaitecas are misdeterminations of

Clasmatocolea humilis. The records in Herzog (1939) as well as all

Falkland Island reports of this species are misdeterminations of

Clasmatocolea humilis.

Literature Record. — Skottsberg & Halle -B. Arauz (Stephani,

1911).

Brunswick Peninsula Specimens Seen. — BAHIA SAN NICOLAS

REGION: E. side of bay (6402). PUERTO GALLANT REGION:

NE side of Pto. Gallant (6043 A, 6052 B, 6064 A & 6067 C).

PUERTO CUTTER REGION: Between copper mine and river S. of

B).

Lophocolea sabuletorum (Hook. f. & Tayl.) G. L. & N.

Jungermannia sabuletorum Hook. f. & Tayl. Lond. J. Bot. 3: 469.

ENGEL: BRUNSWICK PENINSULA 195

1844. Lophocolea sabuletorum (Hook. f. & Tayl.) G. L. & N. Syn.

Hep. 697. 1847. Lectotype (nov.): Falkland Is., Hooker (FH!).

Jungermannia rivalis Hook. f. & Tayl. Lond. J. Bot. 3: 469. 1844,

syn. nov. Lophocolea rivalis G. L. & N. Syn. Hep. 701. 1847.

Lectotype (nov.): Falkland Is., Port Louis, Hooker (NY!-c. <5).

Remarks. — Lophocolea rivalis fits well within the variation of L.

sabuletorum and is here treated as a synonym. The type plants of

L. rivalis are ± large and very flaccid, and have a light brown

coloration. I have designated a Hooker collection (cO in the New

York Botanical Garden as the lectotype.

Lophocolea sabuletorum may offer some confusion with forms of

Clasmatocolea vermicularis which do not possess distinctly adaxi-

ally concave leaves. Lophocolea sabuletorum has at least some

leaves slightly convex, and with leaf apices variable, i.e., broadly

rounded to truncate or often retuse to emarginate to 1- or biden-

tate. Clasmatocolea vermicularis has leaves which exhibit at least